Science.gov

Sample records for algebraic scattering theory

  1. C*-algebraic scattering theory and explicitly solvable quantum field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Warchall, Henry A.

    1985-06-01

    A general theoretical framework is developed for the treatment of a class of quantum field theories that are explicitly exactly solvable, but require the use of C*-algebraic techniques because time-dependent scattering theory cannot be constructed in any one natural representation of the observable algebra. The purpose is to exhibit mechanisms by which inequivalent representations of the observable algebra can arise in quantum field theory, in a setting free of other complications commonly associated with the specification of dynamics. One of two major results is the development of necessary and sufficient conditions for the concurrent unitary implementation of two automorphism groups in a class of quasifree representations of the algebra of the canonical commutation relations (CCR). The automorphism groups considered are induced by one-parameter groups of symplectic transformations on the classical phase space over which the Weyl algebra of the CCR is built; each symplectic group is conjugate by a fixed symplectic transformation to a one-parameter unitary group. The second result, an analog to the Birman-Belopol'skii theorem in two-Hilbert-space scattering theory, gives sufficient conditions for the existence of Mo/ller wave morphisms in theories with time-development automorphism groups of the above type. In a paper which follows, this framework is used to analyze a particular model system for which wave operators fail to exist in any natural representation of the observable algebra, but for which wave morphisms and an associated S matrix are easily constructed.

  2. Dynamical basis sets for algebraic variational calculations in quantum-mechanical scattering theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sun, Yan; Kouri, Donald J.; Truhlar, Donald G.; Schwenke, David W.

    1990-01-01

    New basis sets are proposed for linear algebraic variational calculations of transition amplitudes in quantum-mechanical scattering problems. These basis sets are hybrids of those that yield the Kohn variational principle (KVP) and those that yield the generalized Newton variational principle (GNVP) when substituted in Schlessinger's stationary expression for the T operator. Trial calculations show that efficiencies almost as great as that of the GNVP and much greater than the KVP can be obtained, even for basis sets with the majority of the members independent of energy.

  3. An algebraic approach to the scattering equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Rijun; Rao, Junjie; Feng, Bo; He, Yang-Hui

    2015-12-01

    We employ the so-called companion matrix method from computational algebraic geometry, tailored for zero-dimensional ideals, to study the scattering equations. The method renders the CHY-integrand of scattering amplitudes computable using simple linear algebra and is amenable to an algorithmic approach. Certain identities in the amplitudes as well as rationality of the final integrand become immediate in this formalism.

  4. Algebraic theory of molecules

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Iachello, Franco

    1995-01-01

    An algebraic formulation of quantum mechanics is presented. In this formulation, operators of interest are expanded onto elements of an algebra, G. For bound state problems in nu dimensions the algebra G is taken to be U(nu + 1). Applications to the structure of molecules are presented.

  5. Symplectic Clifford Algebraic Field Theory.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dixon, Geoffrey Moore

    We develop a mathematical framework on which is built a theory of fermion, scalar, and gauge vector fields. This field theory is shown to be equivalent to the original Weinberg-Salam model of weak and electromagnetic interactions, but since the new framework is more rigid than that on which the original Weinberg-Salam model was built, a concomitant reduction in the number of assumptions lying outside of the framework has resulted. In particular, parity violation is actually hiding within our framework, and with little difficulty we are able to manifest it. The mathematical framework upon which we build our field theory is arrived at along two separate paths. The first is by the marriage of a Clifford algebra and a Lie superalgebra, the result being called a super Clifford algebra. The second is by providing a new characterization for a Clifford algebra employing its generators and a symmetric array of metric coefficients. Subsequently we generalize this characterization to the case of an antisymmetric array of metric coefficients, and we call the algebra which results a symplectic Clifford algebra. It is upon one of these that we build our field theory, and it is shown that this symplectic Clifford algebra is a particular subalgebra of a super Clifford algebra. The final ingredient is the operation of bracketing which involves treating the elements of our algebra as endomorphisms of a particular inner product space, and employing this space and its inner product to provide us with maps from our algebra to the reals. It is this operation which enables us to manifest the parity violation hiding in our algebra.

  6. Algebraic orbifold conformal field theories

    PubMed Central

    Xu, Feng

    2000-01-01

    The unitary rational orbifold conformal field theories in the algebraic quantum field theory and subfactor theory framework are formulated. Under general conditions, it is shown that the orbifold of a given unitary rational conformal field theory generates a unitary modular category. Many new unitary modular categories are obtained. It is also shown that the irreducible representations of orbifolds of rank one lattice vertex operator algebras give rise to unitary modular categories and determine the corresponding modular matrices, which has been conjectured for some time. PMID:11106383

  7. Using Number Theory to Reinforce Elementary Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Covillion, Jane D.

    1995-01-01

    Demonstrates that using the elementary number theory in algebra classes helps students to use acquired algebraic skills as well as helping them to more clearly understand concepts that are presented. Discusses factoring, divisibility rules, and number patterns. (AIM)

  8. From operator algebras to superconformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Kawahigashi, Yasuyuki

    2010-01-15

    We survey operator algebraic approach to (super)conformal field theory. We discuss representation theory, classification results, full and boundary conformal field theories, relations to supervertex operator algebras and Moonshine, connections to subfactor theory of Jones, and certain aspects of noncommutative geometry of Connes.

  9. Computer algebra and transport theory.

    SciTech Connect

    Warsa, J. S.

    2004-01-01

    Modern symbolic algebra computer software augments and complements more traditional approaches to transport theory applications in several ways. The first area is in the development and enhancement of numerical solution methods for solving the Boltzmann transport equation. Typically, special purpose computer codes are designed and written to solve specific transport problems in particular ways. Different aspects of the code are often written from scratch and the pitfalls of developing complex computer codes are numerous and well known. Software such as MAPLE and MATLAB can be used to prototype, analyze, verify and determine the suitability of numerical solution methods before a full-scale transport application is written. Once it is written, the relevant pieces of the full-scale code can be verified using the same tools I that were developed for prototyping. Another area is in the analysis of numerical solution methods or the calculation of theoretical results that might otherwise be difficult or intractable. Algebraic manipulations are done easily and without error and the software also provides a framework for any additional numerical calculations that might be needed to complete the analysis. We will discuss several applications in which we have extensively used MAPLE and MATLAB in our work. All of them involve numerical solutions of the S{sub N} transport equation. These applications encompass both of the two main areas in which we have found computer algebra software essential.

  10. Electromagnetic scattering theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bird, J. F.; Farrell, R. A.

    1986-01-01

    Electromagnetic scattering theory is discussed with emphasis on the general stochastic variational principle (SVP) and its applications. The stochastic version of the Schwinger-type variational principle is presented, and explicit expressions for its integrals are considered. Results are summarized for scalar wave scattering from a classic rough-surface model and for vector wave scattering from a random dielectric-body model. Also considered are the selection of trial functions and the variational improvement of the Kirchhoff short-wave approximation appropriate to large size-parameters. Other applications of vector field theory discussed include a general vision theory and the analysis of hydromagnetism induced by ocean motion across the geomagnetic field. Levitational force-torque in the magnetic suspension of the disturbance compensation system (DISCOS), now deployed in NOVA satellites, is also analyzed using the developed theory.

  11. Algebraic methods in system theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brockett, R. W.; Willems, J. C.; Willsky, A. S.

    1975-01-01

    Investigations on problems of the type which arise in the control of switched electrical networks are reported. The main results concern the algebraic structure and stochastic aspects of these systems. Future reports will contain more detailed applications of these results to engineering studies.

  12. Operator algebra in logarithmic conformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Nagi, Jasbir

    2005-10-15

    For some time now, conformal field theories in two dimensions have been studied as integrable systems. Much of the success of these studies is related to the existence of an operator algebra of the theory. In this paper, some of the extensions of this machinery to the logarithmic case are studied and used. More precisely, from Moebius symmetry constraints, the generic three- and four-point functions of logarithmic quasiprimary fields are calculated in closed form for arbitrary Jordan rank. As an example, c=0 disordered systems with nondegenerate vacua are studied. With the aid of two-, three-, and four-point functions, the operator algebra is obtained and associativity of the algebra studied.

  13. Charge transfer in algebraic quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wright, Jill Dianne

    We discuss aspects of the algebraic structure of quantum field theory. We take the view that the superselection structure of a theory should be determinable from the vacuum representation of the observable algebra, and physical properties of the charge. Hence one determines the nature of the charge transfer operations: the automorphisms of the observable algebra corresponding to the movement of charge along space-time paths. New superselection sectors are obtained from the vacuum sector by an automorphism which is a limit of charge transfer operations along paths with an endpoint tending to spacelike infinity. Roberts has shown that for a gauge theory of the first kind, the charge transfer operations for a given charge form a certain kind of 1-cocycle over Minkowski space. The local 1-cohomology group of their equivalence classes corresponds to the superselection structure. The exact definition of the cohomology group depends on the properties of the charge. Using displaced Fock representations of free fields, we develop model field theories which illustrate this structure. The cohomological classification of displaced Fock representations has been elucidated by Araki. For more general representations, explicit determination of the cohomology group is a hard problem. Using our models, we can illustrate ways in which fields with reasonable physical properties depart fromthe abovementioned structure. In 1+1 dimensions, we use the Streater-Wilde model to illustrate explicitly the representation-dependence of the cohomology structure, and the direction-dependence of the limiting charge transfer operation. The cohomology structure may also be representation-dependent in higher-dimensional theories without strict localization of charge, for example the electromagnetic field. The algebraic structure of the electromagnetic field has many other special features, which we discuss in relation to the concept of charge transfer. We also give some indication of the modifications

  14. A Topos for Algebraic Quantum Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Heunen, Chris; Landsman, Nicolaas P.; Spitters, Bas

    2009-10-01

    The aim of this paper is to relate algebraic quantum mechanics to topos theory, so as to construct new foundations for quantum logic and quantum spaces. Motivated by Bohr’s idea that the empirical content of quantum physics is accessible only through classical physics, we show how a noncommutative C*-algebra of observables A induces a topos {mathcal{T}(A)} in which the amalgamation of all of its commutative subalgebras comprises a single commutative C*-algebra {A} . According to the constructive Gelfand duality theorem of Banaschewski and Mulvey, the latter has an internal spectrum {\\underline{Σ}(A)} in {mathcal{T}(A)} , which in our approach plays the role of the quantum phase space of the system. Thus we associate a locale (which is the topos-theoretical notion of a space and which intrinsically carries the intuitionistic logical structure of a Heyting algebra) to a C*-algebra (which is the noncommutative notion of a space). In this setting, states on A become probability measures (more precisely, valuations) on {\\underline{Σ}} , and self-adjoint elements of A define continuous functions (more precisely, locale maps) from {\\underline{Σ}} to Scott’s interval domain. Noting that open subsets of {\\underline{Σ}(A)} correspond to propositions about the system, the pairing map that assigns a (generalized) truth value to a state and a proposition assumes an extremely simple categorical form. Formulated in this way, the quantum theory defined by A is essentially turned into a classical theory, internal to the topos {mathcal{T}(A)}. These results were inspired by the topos-theoretic approach to quantum physics proposed by Butterfield and Isham, as recently generalized by Döring and Isham.

  15. Algebraic Theories and (Infinity,1)-Categories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cranch, James

    2010-11-01

    We adapt the classical framework of algebraic theories to work in the setting of (infinity,1)-categories developed by Joyal and Lurie. This gives a suitable approach for describing highly structured objects from homotopy theory. A central example, treated at length, is the theory of E_infinity spaces: this has a tidy combinatorial description in terms of span diagrams of finite sets. We introduce a theory of distributive laws, allowing us to describe objects with two distributing E_infinity stuctures. From this we produce a theory of E_infinity ring spaces. We also study grouplike objects, and produce theories modelling infinite loop spaces (or connective spectra), and infinite loop spaces with coherent multiplicative structure (or connective ring spectra). We use this to construct the units of a grouplike E_infinity ring space in a natural manner. Lastly we provide a speculative pleasant description of the K-theory of monoidal quasicategories and quasicategories with ring-like structures.

  16. Decomposition Theory in the Teaching of Elementary Linear Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    London, R. R.; Rogosinski, H. P.

    1990-01-01

    Described is a decomposition theory from which the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, the diagonalizability of complex square matrices, and functional calculus can be developed. The theory and its applications are based on elementary polynomial algebra. (KR)

  17. Topological insulators and C*-algebras: Theory and numerical practice

    SciTech Connect

    Hastings, Matthew B.; Loring, Terry A.

    2011-07-15

    Research Highlights: > We classify topological insulators using C* algebras. > We present new K-theory invariants. > We develop efficient numerical algorithms based on this technique. > We observe unexpected quantum phase transitions using our algorithm. - Abstract: We apply ideas from C*-algebra to the study of disordered topological insulators. We extract certain almost commuting matrices from the free Fermi Hamiltonian, describing band projected coordinate matrices. By considering topological obstructions to approximating these matrices by exactly commuting matrices, we are able to compute invariants quantifying different topological phases. We generalize previous two dimensional results to higher dimensions; we give a general expression for the topological invariants for arbitrary dimension and several symmetry classes, including chiral symmetry classes, and we present a detailed K-theory treatment of this expression for time reversal invariant three dimensional systems. We can use these results to show non-existence of localized Wannier functions for these systems. We use this approach to calculate the index for time-reversal invariant systems with spin-orbit scattering in three dimensions, on sizes up to 12{sup 3}, averaging over a large number of samples. The results show an interesting separation between the localization transition and the point at which the average index (which can be viewed as an 'order parameter' for the topological insulator) begins to fluctuate from sample to sample, implying the existence of an unsuspected quantum phase transition separating two different delocalized phases in this system. One of the particular advantages of the C*-algebraic technique that we present is that it is significantly faster in practice than other methods of computing the index, allowing the study of larger systems. In this paper, we present a detailed discussion of numerical implementation of our method.

  18. Metric Lie 3-algebras in Bagger-Lambert theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Medeiros, Paul; Figueroa-O'Farrill, José; Méndez-Escobar, Elena

    2008-08-01

    We recast physical properties of the Bagger-Lambert theory, such as shift-symmetry and decoupling of ghosts, the absence of scale and parity invariance, in Lie 3-algebraic terms, thus motivating the study of metric Lie 3-algebras and their Lie algebras of derivations. We prove a structure theorem for metric Lie 3-algebras in arbitrary signature showing that they can be constructed out of the simple and one-dimensional Lie 3-algebras iterating two constructions: orthogonal direct sum and a new construction called a double extension, by analogy with the similar construction for Lie algebras. We classify metric Lie 3-algebras of signature (2, p) and study their Lie algebras of derivations, including those which preserve the conformal class of the inner product. We revisit the 3-algebraic criteria spelt out at the start of the paper and select those algebras with signature (2, p) which satisfy them, as well as indicate the construction of more general metric Lie 3-algebras satisfying the ghost-decoupling criterion.

  19. Combinatorial Hopf Algebras in Quantum Field Theory I

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Figueroa, Héctor; Gracia-Bondía, José M.

    This paper stands at the interface between combinatorial Hopf algebra theory and renormalization theory. Its plan is as follows: Sec. 1.1 is the introduction, and contains an elementary invitation to the subject as well. The rest of Sec. 1 is devoted to the basics of Hopf algebra theory and examples in ascending level of complexity. Section 2 turns around the all-important Faà di Bruno Hopf algebra. Section 2.1 contains a first, direct approach to it. Section 2.2 gives applications of the Faà di Bruno algebra to quantum field theory and Lagrange reversion. Section 2.3 rederives the related Connes-Moscovici algebras. In Sec. 3, we turn to the Connes-Kreimer Hopf algebras of Feynman graphs and, more generally, to incidence bialgebras. In Sec. 3.1, we describe the first. Then in Sec. 3.2, we give a simple derivation of (the properly combinatorial part of) Zimmermann's cancellation-free method, in its original diagrammatic form. In Sec. 3.3, general incidence algebras are introduced, and the Faà di Bruno bialgebras are described as incidence bialgebras. In Sec. 3.4, deeper lore on Rota's incidence algebras allows us to reinterpret Connes-Kreimer algebras in terms of distributive lattices. Next, the general algebraic-combinatorial proof of the cancellation-free formula for antipodes is ascertained. The structure results for commutative Hopf algebras are found in Sec. 4. An outlook section very briefly reviews the coalgebraic aspects of quantization and the Rota-Baxter map in renormalization.

  20. Current algebra formulation of M-theory based on E11 Kac-Moody algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sugawara, Hirotaka

    2017-02-01

    Quantum M-theory is formulated using the current algebra technique. The current algebra is based on a Kac-Moody algebra rather than usual finite dimensional Lie algebra. Specifically, I study the E11 Kac-Moody algebra that was shown recently1‑5 to contain all the ingredients of M-theory. Both the internal symmetry and the external Lorentz symmetry can be realized inside E11, so that, by constructing the current algebra of E11, I obtain both internal gauge theory and gravity theory. The energy-momentum tensor is constructed as the bilinear form of the currents, yielding a system of quantum equations of motion of the currents/fields. Supersymmetry is incorporated in a natural way. The so-called “field-current identity” is built in and, for example, the gravitino field is itself a conserved supercurrent. One unanticipated outcome is that the quantum gravity equation is not identical to the one obtained from the Einstein-Hilbert action.

  1. Symmetric linear systems - An application of algebraic systems theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hazewinkel, M.; Martin, C.

    1983-01-01

    Dynamical systems which contain several identical subsystems occur in a variety of applications ranging from command and control systems and discretization of partial differential equations, to the stability augmentation of pairs of helicopters lifting a large mass. Linear models for such systems display certain obvious symmetries. In this paper, we discuss how these symmetries can be incorporated into a mathematical model that utilizes the modern theory of algebraic systems. Such systems are inherently related to the representation theory of algebras over fields. We will show that any control scheme which respects the dynamical structure either implicitly or explicitly uses the underlying algebra.

  2. Quantum theory of Thomson scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Crowley, B. J. B.; Gregori, G.

    2014-12-01

    The general theory of the scattering of electromagnetic radiation in atomic plasmas and metals, in the non-relativistic regime, in which account is taken of the Kramers-Heisenberg polarization terms in the Hamiltonian, is described from a quantum mechanical viewpoint. As well as deriving the general formula for the double differential Thomson scattering cross section in an isotropic finite temperature multi-component system, this work also considers closely related phenomena such as absorption, refraction, Raman scattering, resonant (Rayleigh) scattering and Bragg scattering, and derives many essential relationships between these quantities. In particular, the work introduces the concept of scattering strength and the strength-density field which replaces the normal particle density field in the standard treatment of scattering by a collection of similar particles and it is the decomposition of the strength-density correlation function into more familiar-looking components that leads to the final result. Comparisons are made with previous work, in particular that of Chihara [1].

  3. Multiple Scattering Theory of XAFS

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zabinsky, Steven Ira

    A multiple scattering theory of XAFS for arbitrary materials with convergence to full multiple scattering calculations and to experiment is presented. It is shown that the multiple scattering expansion converges with a small number of paths. The theory is embodied in an efficient automated computer code that provides accurate theoretical multiple scattering standards for use in experimental analysis. The basis of this work is a new path enumeration and filtering algorithm. Paths are constructed for an arbitrary cluster in order of increasing path length. Filters based on the relative importance of the paths in the plane wave approximation and on the random phase approximation limit the number of paths so that all important paths with effective path length up to the mean free path length (between 10 and 20 A) can be considered. Quantitative expressions for path proliferation and relative path importance are presented. The calculations are compared with full multiple scattering calculations for Cu and Al. In the case of fcc Cu, the path filters reduce the number of paths from 60 billion to only 56 paths in a cluster of radius 12.5 A. These 56 paths are sufficient to converge the calculation to within the uncertainty inherent in the band structure calculation. Based on an analysis of these paths, a new hypothesis is presented for consideration: Single scattering, double scattering, and all orders of scattering that involve only forward or back scattering are sufficient to describe XAFS. Comparison with experiment in Cu, Pt and Ti demonstrate the accuracy of the calculation through the fourth shell. The correlated Debye model is used to determine Debye-Waller factors--the strengths and weaknesses of this approach are discussed. Preliminary results for calculations of the x -ray absorption near edge structure (XANES) have been done. The calculations compare well with Cu, Pt and Ti experiments. The white line in the Pt absorption edge is calculated correctly. There are

  4. From string theory to algebraic geometry and back

    SciTech Connect

    Brinzanescu, Vasile

    2011-02-10

    We describe some facts in physics which go up to the modern string theory and the related concepts in algebraic geometry. Then we present some recent results on moduli-spaces of vector bundles on non-Kaehler Calabi-Yau 3-folds and their consequences for heterotic string theory.

  5. A Cohomology Theory of Grading-Restricted Vertex Algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Yi-Zhi

    2014-04-01

    We introduce a cohomology theory of grading-restricted vertex algebras. To construct the correct cohomologies, we consider linear maps from tensor powers of a grading-restricted vertex algebra to "rational functions valued in the algebraic completion of a module for the algebra," instead of linear maps from tensor powers of the algebra to a module for the algebra. One subtle complication arising from such functions is that we have to carefully address the issue of convergence when we compose these linear maps with vertex operators. In particular, for each , we have an inverse system of nth cohomologies and an additional nth cohomology of a grading-restricted vertex algebra V with coefficients in a V-module W such that is isomorphic to the inverse limit of the inverse system . In the case of n = 2, there is an additional second cohomology denoted by which will be shown in a sequel to the present paper to correspond to what we call square-zero extensions of V and to first order deformations of V when W = V.

  6. Linear {GLP}-algebras and their elementary theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pakhomov, F. N.

    2016-12-01

    The polymodal provability logic {GLP} was introduced by Japaridze in 1986. It is the provability logic of certain chains of provability predicates of increasing strength. Every polymodal logic corresponds to a variety of polymodal algebras. Beklemishev and Visser asked whether the elementary theory of the free {GLP}-algebra generated by the constants \\mathbf{0}, \\mathbf{1} is decidable [1]. For every positive integer n we solve the corresponding question for the logics {GLP}_n that are the fragments of {GLP} with n modalities. We prove that the elementary theory of the free {GLP}_n-algebra generated by the constants \\mathbf{0}, \\mathbf{1} is decidable for all n. We introduce the notion of a linear {GLP}_n-algebra and prove that all free {GLP}_n-algebras generated by the constants \\mathbf{0}, \\mathbf{1} are linear. We also consider the more general case of the logics {GLP}_α whose modalities are indexed by the elements of a linearly ordered set α: we define the notion of a linear algebra and prove the latter result in this case.

  7. Algebraic isomorphism in two-dimensional anomalous gauge theories

    SciTech Connect

    Carvalhaes, C.G.; Natividade, C.P.

    1997-08-01

    The operator solution of the anomalous chiral Schwinger model is discussed on the basis of the general principles of Wightman field theory. Some basic structural properties of the model are analyzed taking a careful control on the Hilbert space associated with the Wightman functions. The isomorphism between gauge noninvariant and gauge invariant descriptions of the anomalous theory is established in terms of the corresponding field algebras. We show that (i) the {Theta}-vacuum representation and (ii) the suggested equivalence of vector Schwinger model and chiral Schwinger model cannot be established in terms of the intrinsic field algebra. {copyright} 1997 Academic Press, Inc.

  8. Surface charge algebra in gauge theories and thermodynamic integrability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barnich, Glenn; Compère, Geoffrey

    2008-04-01

    Surface charges and their algebra in interacting Lagrangian gauge field theories are constructed out of the underlying linearized theory using techniques from the variational calculus. In the case of exact solutions and symmetries, the surface charges are interpreted as a Pfaff system. Integrability is governed by Frobenius' theorem and the charges associated with the derived symmetry algebra are shown to vanish. In the asymptotic context, we provide a generalized covariant derivation of the result that the representation of the asymptotic symmetry algebra through charges may be centrally extended. Comparison with Hamiltonian and covariant phase space methods is made. All approaches are shown to agree for exact solutions and symmetries while there are differences in the asymptotic context.

  9. Partial Fractions in Calculus, Number Theory, and Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Yackel, C. A.; Denny, J. K.

    2007-01-01

    This paper explores the development of the method of partial fraction decomposition from elementary number theory through calculus to its abstraction in modern algebra. This unusual perspective makes the topic accessible and relevant to readers from high school through seasoned calculus instructors.

  10. Algebraic formulation of quantum theory, particle identity and entanglement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Govindarajan, T. R.

    2016-08-01

    Quantum theory as formulated in conventional framework using statevectors in Hilbert spaces misses the statistical nature of the underlying quantum physics. Formulation using operators 𝒞∗ algebra and density matrices appropriately captures this feature in addition leading to the correct formulation of particle identity. In this framework, Hilbert space is an emergent concept. Problems related to anomalies and quantum epistemology are discussed.

  11. Category of trees in representation theory of quantum algebras

    SciTech Connect

    Moskaliuk, N. M.; Moskaliuk, S. S.

    2013-10-15

    New applications of categorical methods are connected with new additional structures on categories. One of such structures in representation theory of quantum algebras, the category of Kuznetsov-Smorodinsky-Vilenkin-Smirnov (KSVS) trees, is constructed, whose objects are finite rooted KSVS trees and morphisms generated by the transition from a KSVS tree to another one.

  12. Universal Algebraic Varieties and Ideals in Physics:. Field Theory on Algebraic Varieties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Iguchi, Kazumoto

    A class of universal algebraic varieties in physics is discussed herein using the concepts of determinant ideals in algebraic geometry. It is shown that these algebraic varieties arise with very different physical contexts in many branches of physics and mathematics from high energy physics theory to chaos theory. In these physical systems the models are constructed by using the fields on usual manifolds such as vector fields in a Euclidean space and a Minkowskian space. But there is a universal mathematical aspect of linear algebra for linear vector spaces, where the linear independency and dependency are described using the Gramians of the vectors. These Gramians form a class of hypersurfaces in a higher-dimensional mathematical space: If there exist g vectors vi in an n-dimensional Euclidean space, the Gramian Gg is given as a g × g determinant Gg=Det[xij] with the inner products xij=(vi,vj), and exists in a g(g-1)/2-[g(g+1)/2-] dimensional space if the vectors are (not) normalized, xii=1 (xii ≠ 1). It is also shown that the Gramians are invariant under automorphisms of the vectors. The mathematical structure of the Gramians is revealed to be equivalent to the concepts of determinant ideals Ig(v), each element of which is a g × g determinant constructed from components of an arbitrary N×N matrix with N>n and which have inclusion relation: R=I0(v)⊃ I1(v) ⊃···⊃ Ig(v) ⊃···, and Ig(v)=0 if g>n. In the various physical systems the ideals naturally emerge to give us dynamical flows on the hypersurfaces, and therefore, it is called the field theory on algebraic varieties. This viewpoint provides us a grand viewpoint in physics and mathematics.

  13. Operator Algebras and Noncommutative Geometric Aspects in Conformal Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Longo, Roberto

    2010-03-01

    The Operator Algebraic approach to Conformal Field Theory has been particularly fruitful in recent years (leading for example to the classification of all local conformal nets on the circle with central charge c < 1, jointly with Y. Kawahigashi). On the other hand the Operator Algebraic viewpoint offers a natural perspective for a Noncommutative Geometric context within Conformal Field Theory. One basic point here is to uncover the relevant structures. In this talk I will explain some of the basic steps in this "Noncommutative Geometrization program" up to the recent construction of a spectral triple associated with certain Ramond representations of the Supersymmetric Virasoro net. So Alain Connes framework enters into play. This is a joint work with S. Carpi, Y. Kawahigashi, and R. Hillier.

  14. "Phonon" scattering beyond perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Qiu, WuJie; Ke, XueZhi; Xi, LiLi; Wu, LiHua; Yang, Jiong; Zhang, WenQing

    2016-02-01

    Searching and designing materials with intrinsically low lattice thermal conductivity (LTC) have attracted extensive consideration in thermoelectrics and thermal management community. The concept of part-crystalline part-liquid state, or even part-crystalline part-amorphous state, has recently been proposed to describe the exotic structure of materials with chemical- bond hierarchy, in which a set of atoms is weakly bonded to the rest species while the other sublattices retain relatively strong rigidity. The whole system inherently manifests the coexistence of rigid crystalline sublattices and fluctuating noncrystalline substructures. Representative materials in the unusual state can be classified into two categories, i.e., caged and non-caged ones. LTCs in both systems deviate from the traditional T -1 relationship ( T, the absolute temperature), which can hardly be described by small-parameter-based perturbation approaches. Beyond the classical perturbation theory, an extra rattling-like scattering should be considered to interpret the liquid-like and sublattice-amorphization-induced heat transport. Such a kind of compounds could be promising high-performance thermoelectric materials, due to the extremely low LTCs. Other physical properties for these part-crystalline substances should also exhibit certain novelty and deserve further exploration.

  15. Experimental confirmation of neoclassical Compton scattering theory

    SciTech Connect

    Aristov, V. V.; Yakunin, S. N.; Despotuli, A. A.

    2013-12-15

    Incoherent X-ray scattering spectra of diamond and silicon crystals recorded on the BESSY-2 electron storage ring have been analyzed. All spectral features are described well in terms of the neoclassical scattering theory without consideration for the hypotheses accepted in quantum electrodynamics. It is noted that the accepted tabular data on the intensity ratio between the Compton and Rayleigh spectral components may significantly differ from the experimental values. It is concluded that the development of the general theory (considering coherent scattering, incoherent scattering, and Bragg diffraction) must be continued.

  16. Algebraic perturbation theory for dense liquids with discrete potentials.

    PubMed

    Adib, Artur B

    2007-06-01

    A simple theory for the leading-order correction g{1}(r) to the structure of a hard-sphere liquid with discrete (e.g., square-well) potential perturbations is proposed. The theory makes use of a general approximation that effectively eliminates four-particle correlations from g{1}(r) with good accuracy at high densities. For the particular case of discrete perturbations, the remaining three-particle correlations can be modeled with a simple volume-exclusion argument, resulting in an algebraic and surprisingly accurate expression for g{1}(r). The structure of a discrete "core-softened" model for liquids with anomalous thermodynamic properties is reproduced as an application.

  17. Cartan-Weyl 3-algebras and the BLG theory. I: classification of Cartan-Weyl 3-algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chu, Chong-Sun

    2010-10-01

    As Lie algebras of compact connected Lie groups, semisimple Lie algebras have wide applications in the description of continuous symmetries of physical systems. Mathematically, semisimple Lie algebra admits a Cartan-Weyl basis of generators which consists of a Cartan subalgebra of mutually commuting generators H I and a number of step generators E α that are characterized by a root space of non-degenerate one-forms α. This simple decomposition in terms of the root space allows for a complete classification of semisimple Lie algebras. In this paper, we introduce the analogous concept of a Cartan-Weyl Lie 3-algebra. We analyze their structure and obtain a complete classification of them. Many known examples of metric Lie 3-algebras (e.g. the Lorentzian 3-algebras) are special cases of the Cartan-Weyl 3-algebras. Due to their elegant and simple structure, we speculate that Cartan-Weyl 3-algebras may be useful for describing some kinds of generalized symmetries. As an application, we consider their use in the Bagger-Lambert-Gustavsson (BLG) theory.

  18. Equivalent D = 3 supergravity amplitudes from double copies of three-algebra and two-algebra gauge theories.

    PubMed

    Huang, Yu-tin; Johansson, Henrik

    2013-04-26

    We show that three-dimensional supergravity amplitudes can be obtained as double copies of either three-algebra super-Chern-Simons matter theory or two-algebra super-Yang-Mills theory when either theory is organized to display the color-kinematics duality. We prove that only helicity-conserving four-dimensional gravity amplitudes have nonvanishing descendants when reduced to three dimensions, implying the vanishing of odd-multiplicity S-matrix elements, in agreement with Chern-Simons matter theory. We explicitly verify the double-copy correspondence at four and six points for N = 12,10,8 supergravity theories and discuss its validity for all multiplicity.

  19. Basic Research in the Mathematical Foundations of Stability Theory, Control Theory and Numerical Linear Algebra.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-09-01

    without determinantal divisors, Linear and Multilinear Algebra 7(1979), 107-109. 4. The use of integral operators in number theory (with C. Ryavec and...Gersgorin revisited, to appear in Letters in Linear Algebra. 15. A surprising determinantal inequality for real matrices (with C.R. Johnson), to appear in...Analysis: An Essay Concerning the Limitations of Some Mathematical Methods in the Social , Political and Biological Sciences, David Berlinski, MIT Press

  20. Scattering theory with path integrals

    SciTech Connect

    Rosenfelder, R.

    2014-03-15

    Starting from well-known expressions for the T-matrix and its derivative in standard nonrelativistic potential scattering, I rederive recent path-integral formulations due to Efimov and Barbashov et al. Some new relations follow immediately.

  1. Introducing Scattering Theory with a Computer

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Merrill, John R.

    1973-01-01

    Discusses a new method of presenting the scattering theory, including classical explanation of cross sections, quantum mechanical expressions for phase shifts, and use of a computer to solve problems. (CC)

  2. Theory of waves incoherently scattered

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bauer, P.

    1974-01-01

    Electromagnetic waves impinging upon a plasma at frequencies larger than the plasma frequency, suffer weak scattering. The scattering arises from the existence of electron density fluctuations. The received signal corresponds to a particular spatial Fourier component of the fluctuations, the wave vector of which is a function of the wavelength of the radiowave. Wavelengths short with respect to the Debye length of the medium relate to fluctuations due to non-interacting Maxwellian electrons, while larger wavelengths relate to fluctuations due to collective Coulomb interactions. In the latter case, the scattered signal exhibits a spectral distribution which is characteristic of the main properties of the electron and ion gases and, therefore, provides a powerful diagnosis of the state of the ionosphere.

  3. The algebraic theory of latent projectors in lambda matrices

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Denman, E. D.; Leyva-Ramos, J.; Jeon, G. J.

    1981-01-01

    Multivariable systems such as a finite-element model of vibrating structures, control systems, and large-scale systems are often formulated in terms of differential equations which give rise to lambda matrices. The present investigation is concerned with the formulation of the algebraic theory of lambda matrices and the relationship of latent roots, latent vectors, and latent projectors to the eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and eigenprojectors of the companion form. The chain rule for latent projectors and eigenprojectors for the repeated latent root or eigenvalues is given.

  4. AMG (Algebraic Multigrid): Basic Development, Applications and Theory.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1987-01-07

    NAME OF RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL 22b. TELEPHONE NUMBER 22c OFFICE SYMBOL I n iude .4 re4 Code Captain Thomas (202) 767-5025 NM DO FORM 1473.83 APR...31 (1977), 333-390, ICASE Report 76-27. (B2) A. Brandt; "Algebraic multigrid: theory", Proc. Int’l M3onf., Copper 1.buntain., C), Aprol, 1983. (B3) A... Copper Mtn., OD, April 1983. (Dl) J.E. Dendy, Jr.; "Black box multigrid," LA-UR-Sl-2337 Los Alamos National Laboratory, Los Alamos, New Mexico, J. Ccn

  5. The elastic theory of shells using geometric algebra

    PubMed Central

    Lasenby, J.; Agarwal, A.

    2017-01-01

    We present a novel derivation of the elastic theory of shells. We use the language of geometric algebra, which allows us to express the fundamental laws in component-free form, thus aiding physical interpretation. It also provides the tools to express equations in an arbitrary coordinate system, which enhances their usefulness. The role of moments and angular velocity, and the apparent use by previous authors of an unphysical angular velocity, has been clarified through the use of a bivector representation. In the linearized theory, clarification of previous coordinate conventions which have been the cause of confusion is provided, and the introduction of prior strain into the linearized theory of shells is made possible.

  6. Scattering Theory for Lindblad Master Equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Falconi, Marco; Faupin, Jérémy; Fröhlich, Jürg; Schubnel, Baptiste

    2017-03-01

    We study scattering theory for a quantum-mechanical system consisting of a particle scattered off a dynamical target that occupies a compact region in position space. After taking a trace over the degrees of freedom of the target, the dynamics of the particle is generated by a Lindbladian acting on the space of trace-class operators. We study scattering theory for a general class of Lindbladians with bounded interaction terms. First, we consider models where a particle approaching the target is always re-emitted by the target. Then we study models where the particle may be captured by the target. An important ingredient of our analysis is a scattering theory for dissipative operators on Hilbert space.

  7. Noncommutative Common Cause Principles in algebraic quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Hofer-Szabo, Gabor; Vecsernyes, Peter

    2013-04-15

    States in algebraic quantum field theory 'typically' establish correlation between spacelike separated events. Reichenbach's Common Cause Principle, generalized to the quantum field theoretical setting, offers an apt tool to causally account for these superluminal correlations. In the paper we motivate first why commutativity between the common cause and the correlating events should be abandoned in the definition of the common cause. Then we show that the Noncommutative Weak Common Cause Principle holds in algebraic quantum field theory with locally finite degrees of freedom. Namely, for any pair of projections A, B supported in spacelike separated regions V{sub A} and V{sub B}, respectively, there is a local projection C not necessarily commuting with A and B such that C is supported within the union of the backward light cones of V{sub A} and V{sub B} and the set {l_brace}C, C{sup Up-Tack }{r_brace} screens off the correlation between A and B.

  8. Calculation of exchange energies using algebraic perturbation theory

    SciTech Connect

    Burrows, B. L.; Dalgarno, A.; Cohen, M.

    2010-04-15

    An algebraic perturbation theory is presented for efficient calculations of localized states and hence of exchange energies, which are the differences between low-lying states of the valence electron of a molecule, formed by the collision of an ion Y{sup +} with an atom X. For the case of a homonuclear molecule these are the gerade and ungerade states and the exchange energy is an exponentially decreasing function of the internuclear distance. For such homonuclear systems the theory is used in conjunction with the Herring-Holstein technique to give accurate exchange energies for a range of intermolecular separations R. Since the perturbation parameter is essentially 1/R, this method is suitable for large R. In particular, exchange energies are calculated for X{sub 2}{sup +} systems, where X is H, Li, Na, K, Rb, or Cs.

  9. Scattering and bound state Green's functions on a plane via so(2,1) Lie algebra

    SciTech Connect

    Borges, P. F.; Boschi-Filho, H.; Vaidya, A. N.

    2006-11-15

    We calculate the Green's functions for the particle-vortex system, for two anyons on a plane with and without a harmonic regulator and in a uniform magnetic field. These Green's functions which describe scattering or bound states (depending on the specific potential in each case) are obtained exactly using an algebraic method related to the SO(2,1) Lie group. From these Green's functions we obtain the corresponding wave functions and for the bound states we also find the energy spectra.

  10. Bit-string scattering theory

    SciTech Connect

    Noyes, H.P.

    1990-01-29

    We construct discrete space-time coordinates separated by the Lorentz-invariant intervals h/mc in space and h/mc{sup 2} in time using discrimination (XOR) between pairs of independently generated bit-strings; we prove that if this space is homogeneous and isotropic, it can have only 1, 2 or 3 spacial dimensions once we have related time to a global ordering operator. On this space we construct exact combinatorial expressions for free particle wave functions taking proper account of the interference between indistinguishable alternative paths created by the construction. Because the end-points of the paths are fixed, they specify completed processes; our wave functions are born collapsed''. A convenient way to represent this model is in terms of complex amplitudes whose squares give the probability for a particular set of observable processes to be completed. For distances much greater than h/mc and times much greater than h/mc{sup 2} our wave functions can be approximated by solutions of the free particle Dirac and Klein-Gordon equations. Using a eight-counter paradigm we relate this construction to scattering experiments involving four distinguishable particles, and indicate how this can be used to calculate electromagnetic and weak scattering processes. We derive a non-perturbative formula relating relativistic bound and resonant state energies to mass ratios and coupling constants, equivalent to our earlier derivation of the Bohr relativistic formula for hydrogen. Using the Fermi-Yang model of the pion as a relativistic bound state containing a nucleon-antinucleon pair, we find that (G{sub {pi}N}{sup 2}){sup 2} = (2m{sub N}/m{sub {pi}}){sup 2} {minus} 1. 21 refs., 1 fig.

  11. Three-dimensional spin-3 theories based on general kinematical algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bergshoeff, Eric; Grumiller, Daniel; Prohazka, Stefan; Rosseel, Jan

    2017-01-01

    We initiate the study of non- and ultra-relativistic higher spin theories. For sake of simplicity we focus on the spin-3 case in three dimensions. We classify all kinematical algebras that can be obtained by all possible Inönü-Wigner contraction procedures of the kinematical algebra of spin-3 theory in three dimensional (anti-) de Sitter space-time. We demonstrate how to construct associated actions of Chern-Simons type, directly in the ultra-relativistic case and by suitable algebraic extensions in the non-relativistic case. We show how to give these kinematical algebras an infinite-dimensional lift by imposing suitable boundary conditions in a theory we call "Carroll Gravity", whose asymptotic symmetry algebra turns out to be an infinite-dimensional extension of the Carroll algebra.

  12. The Clifford algebra of physical space and Dirac theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vaz, Jayme, Jr.

    2016-09-01

    The claim found in many textbooks that the Dirac equation cannot be written solely in terms of Pauli matrices is shown to not be completely true. It is only true as long as the term β \\psi in the usual Dirac factorization of the Klein-Gordon equation is assumed to be the product of a square matrix β and a column matrix ψ. In this paper we show that there is another possibility besides this matrix product, in fact a possibility involving a matrix operation, and show that it leads to another possible expression for the Dirac equation. We show that, behind this other possible factorization is the formalism of the Clifford algebra of physical space. We exploit this fact, and discuss several different aspects of Dirac theory using this formalism. In particular, we show that there are four different possible sets of definitions for the parity, time reversal, and charge conjugation operations for the Dirac equation.

  13. Superalgebra realization of the 3-algebras in N=6, 8 Chern-Simons-matter theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Fa-Min

    2012-01-01

    We use superalgebras to realize the 3-algebras used to construct N=6, 8 Chern-Simons-matter (CSM) theories. We demonstrate that the superalgebra realization of the 3-algebras provides a unified framework for classifying the gauge groups of the Nge 5 theories based on 3-algebras. Using this realization, we rederive the ordinary Lie algebra construction of the general N=6 CSM theory from its 3-algebra counterpart and reproduce all known examples as well. In particular, we explicitly construct the Nambu 3-bracket in terms of a double graded commutator of PSU(2|2). The N=8 theory of Bagger, Lambert and Gustavsson (BLG) with SO(4) gauge group is constructed by using several different ways. A quantization scheme for the 3-brackets is proposed by promoting the double graded commutators as quantum mechanical double graded commutators.

  14. Lie algebras for systems with mixed spectra. I. The scattering Pöschl-Teller potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frank, Alejandro; Wolf, Kurt Bernardo

    1985-05-01

    Starting from an N-body quantum space, we consider the Lie-algebraic framework where the Pöschl-Teller Hamiltonian, - 1/2 ∂2χ +c sech2 χ+s csch2 χ, is the single sp(2,R) Casimir operator. The spectrum of this system is mixed: it contains a finite number of negative-energy bound states and a positive-energy continuum of free states; it is identified with the Clebsch-Gordan series of the D+×D- representation coupling. The wave functions are the sp(2,R) Clebsch-Gordan coefficients of that coupling in the parabolic basis. Using only Lie-algebraic techniques, we find the asymptotic behavior of these wave functions; for the special pure-trough potential (s=0) we derive thus the transmission and reflection amplitudes of the scattering matrix.

  15. Scattering Theory of Mesoscopic Gilbert Damping

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brataas, Arne

    2010-03-01

    Magnetic damping determines the performance of magnetic devices including high-frequency oscillators, hard drives, magnetic random access memories, magnetic logic devices, and magnetic field sensors. The drive to improve these devices, to reduce the response time of sensors and the physical dimensions has led to a greater focus on studying the friction force a changing magnetization experiences. We study the magnetization dynamics of single domain ferromagnets and domain walls in contact with a thermal bath by scattering theory. We recover the Landau-Lifshitz-Gilbert equation and express the Gilbert damping tensor in terms of the scattering matrix [1,2]. Dissipation of magnetic energy equals energy current pumped out of the system by the time-dependent magnetization, with separable spin-relaxation induced bulk and spin-pumping generated interface contributions [3]. The scattering theory of Gilbert damping is suitable for first-principles calculations that include disorder and spin-orbit coupling on an equal footing [4]. In linear response, our scattering theory for the Gilbert damping tensor is equivalent with the Kubo formalism. [4pt] [1] A. Brataas, Y. Tserkovnyak, and G. E. W. Bauer, Phys. Rev. Lett. 101, 037207 (2008). [0pt] [2] K. M. D. Hals, A. K. Nguyen, and A. Brataas, Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 256601 (2009). [0pt] [3] Y. Tserkovnyak, A. Brataas, G. E. W. Bauer, and B. I. Halperin, Rev. Mod. Phys. 77, 1375 (2005). [0pt] [4] A. A. Starikov, P. J. Kelly, A. Brataas, Y. Tserkovnyak, and G. E. W. Bauer, unpublished.

  16. Theory of Multiple Coulomb Scattering from Extended Nuclei

    DOE R&D Accomplishments Database

    Cooper, L. N.; Rainwater, J.

    1954-08-01

    Two independent methods are described for calculating the multiple scattering distribution for projected angle scattering resulting when very high energy charged particles traverse a thick scatterer. The results are compared with the theories of Moliere and Olbert.

  17. Scattering theory without large-distance asymptotics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Tong; Li, Wen-Du; Dai, Wu-Sheng

    2014-06-01

    In conventional scattering theory, to obtain an explicit result, one imposes a precondition that the distance between target and observer is infinite. With the help of this precondition, one can asymptotically replace the Hankel function and the Bessel function with the sine functions so that one can achieve an explicit result. Nevertheless, after such a treatment, the information of the distance between target and observer is inevitably lost. In this paper, we show that such a precondition is not necessary: without losing any information of distance, one can still obtain an explicit result of a scattering rigorously. In other words, we give an rigorous explicit scattering result which contains the information of distance between target and observer. We show that at a finite distance, a modification factor — the Bessel polynomial — appears in the scattering amplitude, and, consequently, the cross section depends on the distance, the outgoing wave-front surface is no longer a sphere, and, besides the phase shift, there is an additional phase (the argument of the Bessel polynomial) appears in the scattering wave function.

  18. THEORY OF COMPTON SCATTERING BY ANISOTROPIC ELECTRONS

    SciTech Connect

    Poutanen, Juri; Vurm, Indrek E-mail: indrek.vurm@oulu.f

    2010-08-15

    Compton scattering plays an important role in various astrophysical objects such as accreting black holes and neutron stars, pulsars, relativistic jets, and clusters of galaxies, as well as the early universe. In most of the calculations, it is assumed that the electrons have isotropic angular distribution in some frame. However, there are situations where the anisotropy may be significant due to the bulk motions, or where there is anisotropic cooling by synchrotron radiation or an anisotropic source of seed soft photons. Here we develop an analytical theory of Compton scattering by anisotropic distribution of electrons that can significantly simplify the calculations. Assuming that the electron angular distribution can be represented by a second-order polynomial over the cosine of some angle (dipole and quadrupole anisotropies), we integrate the exact Klein-Nishina cross section over the angles. Exact analytical and approximate formulae valid for any photon and electron energies are derived for the redistribution functions describing Compton scattering of photons with arbitrary angular distribution by anisotropic electrons. The analytical expressions for the corresponding photon scattering cross section on such electrons, as well as the mean energy of scattered photons, its dispersion, and radiation pressure force are also derived. We apply the developed formalism to the accurate calculations of the thermal and kinematic Sunyaev-Zeldovich effects for arbitrary electron distributions.

  19. Generalized Rayleigh scattering. I. Basic theory.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ivanov, V. V.

    1995-11-01

    The classsical problem of multiple molecular (in particular, Rayleigh) scattering in plane-parallel atmospheres is considered from a somewhat broader viewpoint than usual. The general approach and ideology are borrowed from non-LTE line formation theory. The main emphasis is on the depth dependence of the corresponding source matrix rather than on the emergent radiation. We study the azimuth-averaged radiation field of polarized radiation in a semi-infinite atmosphere with embedded primary sources. The corresponding 2x2 phase matrix of molecular scattering is P=(1-W) P_I_+W P_R_, where P_I_ and P_R_ are the phase matrices of the scalar isotropic scattering and of the Rayleigh scattering, respectively, and W is the depolarization parameter. Contrary to the usual assumption that W{in}[0,1], we assume W{in} [0,{infinity}) and call this generalized Rayleigh scattering (GRS). Using the factorization of P which is intimately related to its diadic expansion, we reduce the problem to an integral equation for the source matrix S(τ) with a matrix displacement kernel. In operator form this equation is S={LAMBDA}S+S^*^, where {LAMBDA} is the matrix {LAMBDA}-operator and S^*^ is the primary source term. This leads to a new concept, the matrix albedo of single scattering λ =diag(λ_I_,λ_Q_), where λ_I_ is the usual (scalar) single scattering albedo and λ_Q_=0.7Wλ_I_. Its use enables one to formulate matrix equivalents of many of the results of the scalar theory in exactly the same form as in the scalar case. Of crucial importance is the matrix equivalent of the sqrt(ɛ) law of the scalar theory. Another useful new concept is the λ-plane, i.e., the plane with the axes (λ_I_,λ_Q_). Systematic use of the matrix sqrt(ɛ) law and of the λ-plane proved to be a useful instrument in classifying various limiting and particular cases of GRS and in discussing numerical data on the matrix source functions (to be given in Paper II of the series).

  20. Quantum field theory on toroidal topology: Algebraic structure and applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khanna, F. C.; Malbouisson, A. P. C.; Malbouisson, J. M. C.; Santana, A. E.

    2014-05-01

    The development of quantum theory on a torus has a long history, and can be traced back to the 1920s, with the attempts by Nordström, Kaluza and Klein to define a fourth spatial dimension with a finite size, being curved in the form of a torus, such that Einstein and Maxwell equations would be unified. Many developments were carried out considering cosmological problems in association with particle physics, leading to methods that are useful for areas of physics, in which size effects play an important role. This interest in finite size effect systems has been increasing rapidly over the last decades, due principally to experimental improvements. In this review, the foundations of compactified quantum field theory on a torus are presented in a unified way, in order to consider applications in particle and condensed matter physics. The theory on a torus ΓDd=(S1)d×RD-d is developed from a Lie-group representation and c*c*-algebra formalisms. As a first application, the quantum field theory at finite temperature, in its real- and imaginary-time versions, is addressed by focusing on its topological structure, the torus Γ41. The toroidal quantum-field theory provides the basis for a consistent approach of spontaneous symmetry breaking driven by both temperature and spatial boundaries. Then the superconductivity in films, wires and grains are analyzed, leading to some results that are comparable with experiments. The Casimir effect is studied taking the electromagnetic and Dirac fields on a torus. In this case, the method of analysis is based on a generalized Bogoliubov transformation, that separates the Green function into two parts: one is associated with the empty space-time, while the other describes the impact of compactification. This provides a natural procedure for calculating the renormalized energy-momentum tensor. Self interacting four-fermion systems, described by the Gross-Neveu and Nambu-Jona-Lasinio models, are considered. Then finite size effects on

  1. K-theory of locally finite graph C∗-algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Iyudu, Natalia

    2013-09-01

    We calculate the K-theory of the Cuntz-Krieger algebra OE associated with an infinite, locally finite graph, via the Bass-Hashimoto operator. The formulae we get express the Grothendieck group and the Whitehead group in purely graph theoretic terms. We consider the category of finite (black-and-white, bi-directed) subgraphs with certain graph homomorphisms and construct a continuous functor to abelian groups. In this category K0 is an inductive limit of K-groups of finite graphs, which were calculated in Cornelissen et al. (2008) [3]. In the case of an infinite graph with the finite Betti number we obtain the formula for the Grothendieck group K0(OE)=Z, where β(E) is the first Betti number and γ(E) is the valency number of the graph E. We note that in the infinite case the torsion part of K0, which is present in the case of a finite graph, vanishes. The Whitehead group depends only on the first Betti number: K1(OE)=Z. These allow us to provide a counterexample to the fact, which holds for finite graphs, that K1(OE) is the torsion free part of K0(OE).

  2. Perturbative quantization of Yang-Mills theory with classical double as gauge algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ruiz Ruiz, F.

    2016-02-01

    Perturbative quantization of Yang-Mills theory with a gauge algebra given by the classical double of a semisimple Lie algebra is considered. The classical double of a real Lie algebra is a nonsemisimple real Lie algebra that admits a nonpositive definite invariant metric, the indefiniteness of the metric suggesting an apparent lack of unitarity. It is shown that the theory is UV divergent at one loop and that there are no radiative corrections at higher loops. One-loop UV divergences are removed through renormalization of the coupling constant, thus introducing a renormalization scale. The terms in the classical action that would spoil unitarity are proved to be cohomologically trivial with respect to the Slavnov-Taylor operator that controls gauge invariance for the quantum theory. Hence they do not contribute gauge invariant radiative corrections to the quantum effective action and the theory is unitary.

  3. SYMBOLIC ALGEBRAIC MANIPULATION BY DIGITAL COMPUTER IN PROBLEMS OF CONTROL THEORY.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    shown, using a FORMAC program. The advantages over the conventional root locus method are discussed. Areas of possible future use of FORMAC in algebraic problems of control theory are discussed. (Author)

  4. Compactly supported Wannier functions and algebraic K -theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Read, N.

    2017-03-01

    In a tight-binding lattice model with n orbitals (single-particle states) per site, Wannier functions are n -component vector functions of position that fall off rapidly away from some location, and such that a set of them in some sense span all states in a given energy band or set of bands; compactly supported Wannier functions are such functions that vanish outside a bounded region. They arise not only in band theory, but also in connection with tensor-network states for noninteracting fermion systems, and for flat-band Hamiltonians with strictly short-range hopping matrix elements. In earlier work, it was proved that for general complex band structures (vector bundles) or general complex Hamiltonians—that is, class A in the tenfold classification of Hamiltonians and band structures—a set of compactly supported Wannier functions can span the vector bundle only if the bundle is topologically trivial, in any dimension d of space, even when use of an overcomplete set of such functions is permitted. This implied that, for a free-fermion tensor network state with a nontrivial bundle in class A, any strictly short-range parent Hamiltonian must be gapless. Here, this result is extended to all ten symmetry classes of band structures without additional crystallographic symmetries, with the result that in general the nontrivial bundles that can arise from compactly supported Wannier-type functions are those that may possess, in each of d directions, the nontrivial winding that can occur in the same symmetry class in one dimension, but nothing else. The results are obtained from a very natural usage of algebraic K -theory, based on a ring of polynomials in e±i kx,e±i ky,..., which occur as entries in the Fourier-transformed Wannier functions.

  5. Realization theory and quadratic optimal controllers for systems defined over Banach and Frechet algebras

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Byrnes, C. I.

    1980-01-01

    It is noted that recent work by Kamen (1979) on the stability of half-plane digital filters shows that the problem of the existence of a feedback law also arises for other Banach algebras in applications. This situation calls for a realization theory and stabilizability criteria for systems defined over Banach for Frechet algebra A. Such a theory is developed here, with special emphasis placed on the construction of finitely generated realizations, the existence of coprime factorizations for T(s) defined over A, and the solvability of the quadratic optimal control problem and the associated algebraic Riccati equation over A.

  6. Theory of scattering by complex potentials

    SciTech Connect

    Thylwe, K.; Froeman, N.

    1983-10-15

    The scattering problem for a non-relativistic spinless particle under the influence of a complex effective potential, which is spherically symmetric and tends to zero faster than 1/r at infinity, is considered. Certain general relations, which illuminate the influence of the imaginary part of the potential on the scattering process, are derived with the use of the expression for the probability current density. The rigorous phase-integral method developed by N. Froeman and P. O. Froeman is used for obtaining an exact, general formula for the scattering matrix, or equivalently, for the phase shift. The formula is expressed in terms of phase-integral approximations of an arbitrary order and certain quantities defined by convergent series. Estimating the latter quantities and omitting small corrections, an approximate formula is derived for the phase shift, valid for the case that only one complex turning point contributes essentially to the phase shift. Criteria for classifying a scattering problem as such a one-turning-point problem are given. The treatment is made general enough to also cover situations of interest in Regge-pole or complex angular momentum theory.

  7. Angular momentum algebra for symbolic expansions in atomic structure theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matulioniene, Rasa

    Computer programs based on multiconfiguration methods have become standard tools in atomic structure theory. Reliable predictions of atomic properties require very large configuration expansions. The computational resources required often exceed the capabilities of conventional computers. There is a need to restructure existing computer programs to take advantage of modern high-performance computational technology. This dissertation deals with one important aspect of the effort to implement two widely used atomic structure packages (MCHF and GRASP92) on distributed memory parallel computers: the method for handling the angular momentum algebra. In the existing algorithms, the angular integrations required for the Hamiltonian matrix elements are computed for each pair of configurations, even though the results may be identical or very similar for all configurations of a given type. This redundancy leads to a significant increase in computer resource requirements, because the angular matrix elements, which are repeatedly reused in the calculation, need to be stored in computer memory or on disk. At present, the size (and, therefore, accuracy) of the calculations is limited by the large amounts of angular data produced. The aim of the research reported in this dissertation is to provide the theoretical basis for a computational method to curtail the growth of stored angular data with the size of the calculation. The multiconfiguration basis is often generated by one- and two-particle replacements from a reference set to correlation orbitals. The redundancy in the stored angular data could be removed by reformulating the algorithm to treat simultaneously all angular matrix elements that differ only in the quantum numbers of the correlation orbitals. To accomplish this, we expand N- electron matrix elements of a general symmetric two-body scalar operator, an example of which is the Hamiltonian, in terms of two-electron matrix elements. Using diagrammatic methods of

  8. Linear algebraic theory of partial coherence: discrete fields and measures of partial coherence.

    PubMed

    Ozaktas, Haldun M; Yüksel, Serdar; Kutay, M Alper

    2002-08-01

    A linear algebraic theory of partial coherence is presented that allows precise mathematical definitions of concepts such as coherence and incoherence. This not only provides new perspectives and insights but also allows us to employ the conceptual and algebraic tools of linear algebra in applications. We define several scalar measures of the degree of partial coherence of an optical field that are zero for full incoherence and unity for full coherence. The mathematical definitions are related to our physical understanding of the corresponding concepts by considering them in the context of Young's experiment.

  9. Scattering matrix theory for stochastic scalar fields.

    PubMed

    Korotkova, Olga; Wolf, Emil

    2007-05-01

    We consider scattering of stochastic scalar fields on deterministic as well as on random media, occupying a finite domain. The scattering is characterized by a generalized scattering matrix which transforms the angular correlation function of the incident field into the angular correlation function of the scattered field. Within the accuracy of the first Born approximation this matrix can be expressed in a simple manner in terms of the scattering potential of the scatterer. Apart from determining the angular distribution of the spectral intensity of the scattered field, the scattering matrix makes it possible also to determine the changes in the state of coherence of the field produced on scattering.

  10. Linear algebraic theory of partial coherence: continuous fields and measures of partial coherence.

    PubMed

    Ozaktas, Haldun M; Gulcu, Talha Cihad; Alper Kutay, M

    2016-11-01

    This work presents a linear algebraic theory of partial coherence for optical fields of continuous variables. This approach facilitates use of linear algebraic techniques and makes it possible to precisely define the concepts of incoherence and coherence in a mathematical way. We have proposed five scalar measures for the degree of partial coherence. These measures are zero for incoherent fields, unity for fully coherent fields, and between zero and one for partially coherent fields.

  11. Algebraic approach to form factors in the complex sinh-Gordon theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lashkevich, Michael; Pugai, Yaroslav

    2017-01-01

    We study form factors of the quantum complex sinh-Gordon theory in the algebraic approach. In the case of exponential fields the form factors can be obtained from the known form factors of the ZN-symmetric Ising model. The algebraic construction also provides an Ansatz for form factors of descendant operators. We obtain generating functions of such form factors and establish their main properties: the cluster factorization and reflection equations.

  12. Higher gauge theories from Lie n-algebras and off-shell covariantization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carow-Watamura, Ursula; Heller, Marc Andre; Ikeda, Noriaki; Kaneko, Yukio; Watamura, Satoshi

    2016-07-01

    We analyze higher gauge theories in various dimensions using a supergeometric method based on a differential graded symplectic manifold, called a QP-manifold, which is closely related to the BRST-BV formalism in gauge theories. Extensions of the Lie 2-algebra gauge structure are formulated within the Lie n-algebra induced by the QP-structure. We find that in 5 and 6 dimensions there are special extensions of the gauge algebra. In these cases, a restriction of the gauge symmetry by imposing constraints on the auxiliary gauge fields leads to a covariantized theory. As an example we show that we can obtain an off-shell covariantized higher gauge theory in 5 dimensions, which is similar to the one proposed in [1].

  13. A new application of algebraic geometry to systems theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, C. F.; Hermann, R.

    1976-01-01

    Following an introduction to algebraic geometry, the dominant morphism theorem is stated, and the application of this theorem to systems-theoretic problems, such as the feedback problem, is discussed. The Gaussian elimination method used for solving linear equations is shown to be an example of a dominant morphism.

  14. Superspace formulation in a three-algebra approach to D=3, N=4, 5 superconformal Chern-Simons matter theories

    SciTech Connect

    Chen Famin; Wu Yongshi

    2010-11-15

    We present a superspace formulation of the D=3, N=4, 5 superconformal Chern-Simons Matter theories, with matter supermultiplets valued in a symplectic 3-algebra. We first construct an N=1 superconformal action and then generalize a method used by Gaitto and Witten to enhance the supersymmetry from N=1 to N=5. By decomposing the N=5 supermultiplets and the symplectic 3-algebra properly and proposing a new superpotential term, we construct the N=4 superconformal Chern-Simons matter theories in terms of two sets of generators of a (quaternion) symplectic 3-algebra. The N=4 theories can also be derived by requiring that the supersymmetry transformations are closed on-shell. The relationship between the 3-algebras, Lie superalgebras, Lie algebras, and embedding tensors (proposed in [E. A. Bergshoeff, O. Hohm, D. Roest, H. Samtleben, and E. Sezgin, J. High Energy Phys. 09 (2008) 101.]) is also clarified. The general N=4, 5 superconformal Chern-Simons matter theories in terms of ordinary Lie algebras can be re-derived in our 3-algebra approach. All known N=4, 5 superconformal Chern-Simons matter theories can be recovered in the present superspace formulation for super-Lie algebra realization of symplectic 3-algebras.

  15. Multigluon scattering in open superstring theory

    SciTech Connect

    Stieberger, Stephan; Taylor, Tomasz R.

    2006-12-15

    We discuss the amplitudes describing N-gluon scattering in type I superstring theory, on a disk world sheet. After reviewing the general structure of amplitudes and the complications created by the presence of a large number of vertices at the boundary, we focus on the most promising case of maximally helicity violating (MHV) configurations because in this case, the zero Regge slope limit ({alpha}{sup '}{yields}0) is particularly simple. We obtain the full-fledged MHV disk amplitudes for N=4, 5, and N=6 gluons, expressed in terms of one, two and six functions of kinematic invariants, respectively. These functions represent certain boundary integrals--generalized Euler integrals--which for N{>=}6 correspond to multiple hypergeometric series (generalized Kampe de Feriet functions). Their {alpha}{sup '} expansions lead to Euler-Zagier sums. For arbitrary N, we show that the leading string corrections to the Yang-Mills amplitude, of order O({alpha}{sup '2}), originate from the well-known {alpha}{sup '2} TrF{sup 4} effective interactions of four gauge field strength tensors. By using iteration based on the soft gluon limit, we derive a simple formula valid to that order for arbitrary N. We argue that such a procedure can be extended to all orders in {alpha}{sup '}. If nature gracefully picked a sufficiently low string mass scale, our results would be important for studying string effects in multijet production at the Large Hadron Collider (LHC)

  16. From matrix models' topological expansion to topological string theories: counting surfaces with algebraic geometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Orantin, N.

    2007-09-01

    The 2-matrix model has been introduced to study Ising model on random surfaces. Since then, the link between matrix models and combinatorics of discrete surfaces has strongly tightened. This manuscript aims to investigate these deep links and extend them beyond the matrix models, following my work's evolution. First, I take care to define properly the hermitian 2 matrix model which gives rise to generating functions of discrete surfaces equipped with a spin structure. Then, I show how to compute all the terms in the topological expansion of any observable by using algebraic geometry tools. They are obtained as differential forms on an algebraic curve associated to the model: the spectral curve. In a second part, I show how to define such differentials on any algebraic curve even if it does not come from a matrix model. I then study their numerous symmetry properties under deformations of the algebraic curve. In particular, I show that these objects coincide with the topological expansion of the observable of a matrix model if the algebraic curve is the spectral curve of this model. Finally, I show that fine tuning the parameters ensure that these objects can be promoted to modular invariants and satisfy the holomorphic anomaly equation of the Kodaira-Spencer theory. This gives a new hint that the Dijkgraaf-Vafa conjecture is correct.

  17. Does there exist a sensible quantum theory of an ``algebra-valued'' scalar field\\?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anco, Stephen C.; Wald, Robert M.

    1989-04-01

    Consider a scalar field φ in Minkowski spacetime, but let φ be valued in an associative, commutative algebra openA rather than openR. One may view the resulting theory as describing a collection of coupled real scalar fields. At the classical level, theories of this type are completely well behaved and have a global symmetry group which is a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincaré group. (They are analogs of the new class of gauge theories for massless spin-2 fields found recently by one of us, whose gauge group is a nontrivial enlargement of the usual diffeomorphism group.) We investigate the quantization of such scalar field theories here by studying the case of a λφ4 field, with φ valued in the two-dimensional algebra generated by an identity element e and a nilpotent element v satisfying v2=0. The Coleman-Mandula theorem, which states that the symmetry group of a nontrivial quantum field theory cannot be a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincaré group, is evaded here because the finite ``extra'' symmetries of the classical theory fail to be implemented in the quantum theory by unitary operators and the infinitesimal symmetries (which can be represented in the quantum theory by quadratic forms) connect the one-particle Hilbert space to multiparticle states. Nevertheless, we find that the conventional Feynman rules for this theory lead to vacuum decay at the tree level and fail to yield a well-defined S matrix. Some alternative approaches are investigated, but these also appear to fail. Thus, although the classical theory is perfectly well behaved, it seems that there does not exist a sensible quantum theory of an algebra-valued scalar field.

  18. Scattering amplitudes in gauge theories: progress and outlook Scattering amplitudes in gauge theories: progress and outlook

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Roiban, Radu; Spradlin, Marcus; Volovich, Anastasia

    2011-11-01

    This issue aims to serve as an introduction to our current understanding of the structure of scattering amplitudes in gauge theory, an area which has seen particularly rapid advances in recent years following decades of steady progress. The articles contained herein provide a snapshot of the latest developments which we hope will serve as a valuable resource for graduate students and other scientists wishing to learn about the current state of the field, even if our continually evolving understanding of the subject might soon render this compilation incomplete. Why the fascination with scattering amplitudes, which have attracted the imagination and dedicated effort of so many physicists? Part of it stems from the belief, supported now by numerous examples, that unexpected simplifications of otherwise apparently complicated calculations do not happen by accident. Instead they provide a strong motivation to seek out an underlying explanation. The insight thereby gained can subsequently be used to make the next class of seemingly impossible calculations not only possible, but in some cases even trivial. This two-pronged strategy of exploring and exploiting the structure of gauge theory amplitudes appeals to a wide audience from formal theorists interested in mathematical structure for the sake of its own beauty to more phenomenologically-minded physicists eager to speed up the next generation of analysis software. Understandably it is the maximally supersymmetric 𝒩 = 4 Yang-Mills theory (SYM) which has the simplest structure and has correspondingly received the most attention. Rarely in theoretical physics are we fortunate enough to encounter a toy model which is simple enough to be solved completely yet rich enough to possess interesting non-trivial structure while simultaneously, and most importantly, being applicable (even if only as a good approximation) to a wide range of 'real' systems. The canonical example in quantum mechanics is of course the harmonic

  19. Algebraic Characterization of the Vacuum in Light-Front Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Herrmann, Marc; Polyzou, Wayne

    2016-03-01

    In the light-front formulation of quantum field theory, the vacuum vector of an interacting field theory has a relatively simple relationship to the vacuum of a free field theory. This is a benefit over the usual equal-time formulation where the interacting vacuum vector has infinite norm with respect to the Hilbert space of the free field theory. By describing the vacuum as a positive linear functional on an operator algebra constructed from free fields with two distinct masses, it can be demonstrated that the complications associated with adding dynamics to the vacuum of a free theory are not present in the construction of the light-front vacuum. Instead, the complications are moved into defining a subalgebra of the light-front algebra which corresponds to the physically relevant algebra of local fields. These results can then be applied to interacting fields by first describing them in terms of asymptotic in or out fields. However, in order to treat local operators products, the vacuum functional may need to be modified to include states with zero eigenvalue of the generator of translations in the direction along the light front, x- =1/√(2) >x0-x3. This work supported by DOE contract No. DE-FG02-86ER40286.

  20. Renormalization of an Inverse Scattering Theory for Inhomogeneous Dielectrics.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-09-26

    approximation is the solution obtained by assuming small phase shifts in the scattered field. The radius of convergence for this approximation is limited...paper we investigate a method to increase the radius of convergence of approximate solu- tions of inverse scattering problems by using renormalization. We...boundary-layer theory. The results of Table 1 show that the renormalized inversion theory has a larger radius of conver- gence than the Born approximation

  1. Theory of Thomson scattering in inhomogeneous media

    PubMed Central

    Kozlowski, P. M.; Crowley, B. J. B.; Gericke, D. O.; Regan, S. P.; Gregori, G.

    2016-01-01

    Thomson scattering of laser light is one of the most fundamental diagnostics of plasma density, temperature and magnetic fields. It relies on the assumption that the properties in the probed volume are homogeneous and constant during the probing time. On the other hand, laboratory plasmas are seldom uniform and homogeneous on the temporal and spatial dimensions over which data is collected. This is particularly true for laser-produced high-energy-density matter, which often exhibits steep gradients in temperature, density and pressure, on a scale determined by the laser focus. Here, we discuss the modification of the cross section for Thomson scattering in fully-ionized media exhibiting steep spatial inhomogeneities and/or fast temporal fluctuations. We show that the predicted Thomson scattering spectra are greatly altered compared to the uniform case, and may lead to violations of detailed balance. Therefore, careful interpretation of the spectra is necessary for spatially or temporally inhomogeneous systems. PMID:27068215

  2. Theory of Thomson scattering in inhomogeneous media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kozlowski, P. M.; Crowley, B. J. B.; Gericke, D. O.; Regan, S. P.; Gregori, G.

    2016-04-01

    Thomson scattering of laser light is one of the most fundamental diagnostics of plasma density, temperature and magnetic fields. It relies on the assumption that the properties in the probed volume are homogeneous and constant during the probing time. On the other hand, laboratory plasmas are seldom uniform and homogeneous on the temporal and spatial dimensions over which data is collected. This is particularly true for laser-produced high-energy-density matter, which often exhibits steep gradients in temperature, density and pressure, on a scale determined by the laser focus. Here, we discuss the modification of the cross section for Thomson scattering in fully-ionized media exhibiting steep spatial inhomogeneities and/or fast temporal fluctuations. We show that the predicted Thomson scattering spectra are greatly altered compared to the uniform case, and may lead to violations of detailed balance. Therefore, careful interpretation of the spectra is necessary for spatially or temporally inhomogeneous systems.

  3. An invariance theorem in acoustic scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ha-Duong, T.

    1996-10-01

    Karp's theorem states that if the far-field pattern corresponding to the scattering of a time-harmonic acoustic plane wave by a sound-soft obstacle is invariant under the group of orthogonal transformations in 0266-5611/12/5/007/img1 (rotations in 0266-5611/12/5/007/img2), then the scatterer is a sphere (circle). The theorem is generalized to the case where the invariant group of the far field pattern is only a subgroup of the orthogonal group, and for a class of mixed boundary conditions.

  4. J. J. Sakurai Prize: Harmony of Scattering Amplitudes: From Gauge Theory to Supergravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bern, Zvi

    2014-03-01

    As explained in the two previous talks by Lance Dixon and David Kosower, on-shell methods have had an important impact on our understanding of scattering amplitudes and their application to collider physics. In this talk I will describe examples where these ideas have also had impacts in more theoretical areas. The first example shows how these methods have led to the construction of all quantum corrections to specific scattering amplitudes in maximally supersymmetric gauge theory with a large number of color charges. An active area of current research is to do the same for more intricate generic amplitudes of the theory. A second example shows how on-shell methods have uncovered new algebraic structures in gauge-theory amplitudes that have applications to quantum gravity. The advances make it possible to carry out computations in quantum gravity that would have been hopeless with more traditional Feynman diagram methods and to elucidate a remarkable connection between gauge and gravity theories. The results from these investigations have renewed hope that highly supersymmetric gravity theories may be ultraviolet finite, contrary to the prevailing wisdom.

  5. A modified Lax-Phillips scattering theory for quantum mechanics

    SciTech Connect

    Strauss, Y.

    2015-07-15

    The Lax-Phillips scattering theory is an appealing abstract framework for the analysis of scattering resonances. Quantum mechanical adaptations of the theory have been proposed. However, since these quantum adaptations essentially retain the original structure of the theory, assuming the existence of incoming and outgoing subspaces for the evolution and requiring the spectrum of the generator of evolution to be unbounded from below, their range of applications is rather limited. In this paper, it is shown that if we replace the assumption regarding the existence of incoming and outgoing subspaces by the assumption of the existence of Lyapunov operators for the quantum evolution (the existence of which has been proved for certain classes of quantum mechanical scattering problems), then it is possible to construct a structure analogous to the Lax-Phillips structure for scattering problems for which the spectrum of the generator of evolution is bounded from below.

  6. A modified Lax-Phillips scattering theory for quantum mechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Strauss, Y.

    2015-07-01

    The Lax-Phillips scattering theory is an appealing abstract framework for the analysis of scattering resonances. Quantum mechanical adaptations of the theory have been proposed. However, since these quantum adaptations essentially retain the original structure of the theory, assuming the existence of incoming and outgoing subspaces for the evolution and requiring the spectrum of the generator of evolution to be unbounded from below, their range of applications is rather limited. In this paper, it is shown that if we replace the assumption regarding the existence of incoming and outgoing subspaces by the assumption of the existence of Lyapunov operators for the quantum evolution (the existence of which has been proved for certain classes of quantum mechanical scattering problems), then it is possible to construct a structure analogous to the Lax-Phillips structure for scattering problems for which the spectrum of the generator of evolution is bounded from below.

  7. Scatter Theories and Their Application to Lunar Radar Return

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hayre, H. S.

    1961-01-01

    The research work being done under this NASA grant is divided into the following three categories: (1) An estimate of the radar return for the NASA Aerobee rocket shot at White Sands Missile Range. (WSMR) (2) Development of new scatter theories, modification and correlation of existing scatter theories, and application of the theories to moon-echo data for estimation of the surface features of the moon. (3) Acoustic modeling of the lunar surface and correlation of the theoretical with both full scale and acoustical experimental results.

  8. A Theory of Radar Scattering by the Moon

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Senior, T. B. A.; Siegel, K. M.

    1959-01-01

    A theory is described in which the moon is regarded as a "quasi-smooth" scatterer at radar frequencies. A scattered pulse is then composed of a number of individual returns each of which is provided by a single scattering area. In this manner it is possible to account for all the major features of the pulse, and the evidence in favor of the theory is presented. From a study of the measured power received at different frequencies, it is shown that the scattering area nearest to the earth is the source of a specular return, and it is then possible to obtain information about the material of which the area is composed. The electromagnetic constants are derived and their significance discussed.

  9. Scattering theory approach to electrodynamic Casimir forces

    SciTech Connect

    Rahi, Sahand Jamal; Kardar, Mehran; Emig, Thorsten; Graham, Noah; Jaffe, Robert L.

    2009-10-15

    We give a comprehensive presentation of methods for calculating the Casimir force to arbitrary accuracy, for any number of objects, arbitrary shapes, susceptibility functions, and separations. The technique is applicable to objects immersed in media other than vacuum, nonzero temperatures, and spatial arrangements in which one object is enclosed in another. Our method combines each object's classical electromagnetic scattering amplitude with universal translation matrices, which convert between the bases used to calculate scattering for each object, but are otherwise independent of the details of the individual objects. The method is illustrated by rederiving the Lifshitz formula for infinite half-spaces, by demonstrating the Casimir-Polder to van der Waals crossover, and by computing the Casimir interaction energy of two infinite, parallel, perfect metal cylinders either inside or outside one another. Furthermore, it is used to obtain new results, namely, the Casimir energies of a sphere or a cylinder opposite a plate, all with finite permittivity and permeability, to leading order at large separation.

  10. A Theory of Exoplanet Transits with Light Scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Robinson, Tyler D.

    2017-02-01

    Exoplanet transit spectroscopy enables the characterization of distant worlds, and will yield key results for NASA's James Webb Space Telescope. However, transit spectra models are often simplified, omitting potentially important processes like refraction and multiple scattering. While the former process has seen recent development, the effects of light multiple scattering on exoplanet transit spectra have received little attention. Here, we develop a detailed theory of exoplanet transit spectroscopy that extends to the full refracting and multiple scattering case. We explore the importance of scattering for planet-wide cloud layers, where the relevant parameters are the slant scattering optical depth, the scattering asymmetry parameter, and the angular size of the host star. The latter determines the size of the “target” for a photon that is back-mapped from an observer. We provide results that straightforwardly indicate the potential importance of multiple scattering for transit spectra. When the orbital distance is smaller than 10–20 times the stellar radius, multiple scattering effects for aerosols with asymmetry parameters larger than 0.8–0.9 can become significant. We provide examples of the impacts of cloud/haze multiple scattering on transit spectra of a hot Jupiter-like exoplanet. For cases with a forward and conservatively scattering cloud/haze, differences due to multiple scattering effects can exceed 200 ppm, but shrink to zero at wavelength ranges corresponding to strong gas absorption or when the slant optical depth of the cloud exceeds several tens. We conclude with a discussion of types of aerosols for which multiple scattering in transit spectra may be important.

  11. Theory of scattering of crystal electrons at magnons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Haag, Michael; Illg, Christian; Fähnle, Manfred

    2013-06-01

    Electron-magnon scatterings are very important for many effects in spintronics and therefore an ab initio treatment of these processes is highly desirable. Based on the spin-density functional electron theory, an operator for the electron-magnon scattering is constructed in a second-quantization formalism for crystal electron states which are represented by linear-muffin-tin-orbital basis functions. An outlook is given as to how this operator can be used to investigate the possible contribution of these scattering processes to the ultrafast demagnetization of films after exposure to a fs optical laser pulse.

  12. Does there exist a sensible quantum theory of an ''algebra-valued'' scalar field

    SciTech Connect

    Anco, S.C.; Wald, R.M.

    1989-04-15

    Consider a scalar field phi in Minkowski spacetime, but let phi be valued in an associative, commutative algebra openA rather than openR. One may view the resulting theory as describing a collection of coupled real scalar fields. At the classical level, theories of this type are completely well behaved and have a global symmetry group which is a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincare group. (They are analogs of the new class of gauge theories for massless spin-2 fields found recently by one of us, whose gauge group is a nontrivial enlargement of the usual diffeomorphism group.) We investigate the quantization of such scalar field theories here by studying the case of a lambdaphi/sup 4/ field, with phi valued in the two-dimensional algebra generated by an identity element e and a nilpotent element v satisfying v/sup 2/ = 0. The Coleman-Mandula theorem, which states that the symmetry group of a nontrivial quantum field theory cannot be a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincare group, is evaded here because the finite ''extra'' symmetries of the classical theory fail to be implemented in the quantum theory by unitary operators and the infinitesimal symmetries (which can be represented in the quantum theory by quadratic forms) connect the one-particle Hilbert space to multiparticle states. Nevertheless, we find that the conventional Feynman rules for this theory lead to vacuum decay at the tree level and fail to yield a well-defined S matrix. Some alternative approaches are investigated, but these also appear to fail.

  13. Inverse Scattering Theory and Almost Periodic Media.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-12-22

    spaced tones the Gelfand- Levitan -Marchenko theory appears to be the most promising. In this way these two methods complement each other so that a wide...2 B . Almost Periodic Functions ........................................................... 4 C. Reflection from Almost...6 B . Closely Spaced Tones............................................................... 7 0IV

  14. Building a modular robot control system using passivity and scattering theory

    SciTech Connect

    Anderson, R.J.

    1996-03-01

    This paper analyses the problems and presents solutions for building a modular robot control system. The approach requires modeling the entire robot system using multi-dimensional passive networks, breaking the system into subnetwork ``modules,`` and then discretizing the subnetworks, or n-ports, in a passivity preserving fashion. The main difficulty is the existence of ``algebraic loops`` in the discretized system. This problem is overcome by the use of scattering theory, whereby the inputs and outputs of the n-ports are mapped into wave variables before being discretized. By first segmenting the n-ports into nonlinear memoryless subnetworks and linear dynamic subnetworks and then discretizing using passivity preserving techniques such as Tustin`s method, a complete modular robot control solution is obtained.

  15. Quantum theory of (femtosecond) time-resolved stimulated Raman scattering.

    PubMed

    Sun, Zhigang; Lu, J; Zhang, Dong H; Lee, Soo-Y

    2008-04-14

    We present a complete perturbation theory of stimulated Raman scattering (SRS), which includes the new experimental technique of femtosecond stimulated Raman scattering (FSRS), where a picosecond Raman pump pulse and a femtosecond probe pulse simultaneously act on a stationary or nonstationary vibrational state. It is shown that eight terms in perturbation theory are required to account for SRS, with observation along the probe pulse direction, and they can be grouped into four nonlinear processes which are labeled as stimulated Raman scattering or inverse Raman scattering (IRS): SRS(I), SRS(II), IRS(I), and IRS(II). Previous FSRS theories have used only the SRS(I) process or only the "resonance Raman scattering" term in SRS(I). Each process can be represented by an overlap between a wave packet in the initial electronic state and a wave packet in the excited Raman electronic state. Calculations were performed with Gaussian Raman pump and probe pulses on displaced harmonic potentials to illustrate various features of FSRS, such as high time and frequency resolution; Raman gain for the Stokes line, Raman loss for the anti-Stokes line, and absence of the Rayleigh line in off-resonance FSRS from a stationary or decaying v=0 state; dispersive line shapes in resonance FSRS; and the possibility of observing vibrational wave packet motion with off-resonance FSRS.

  16. Quantum scattering theory of a single-photon Fock state in three-dimensional spaces.

    PubMed

    Liu, Jingfeng; Zhou, Ming; Yu, Zongfu

    2016-09-15

    A quantum scattering theory is developed for Fock states scattered by two-level systems in three-dimensional free space. It is built upon the one-dimensional scattering theory developed in waveguide quantum electrodynamics. The theory fully quantizes the incident light as Fock states and uses a non-perturbative method to calculate the scattering matrix.

  17. Theory of direct scattering of neutral and charged atoms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Franco, V.

    1979-01-01

    The theory for direct elastic and inelastic collisions between composite atomic systems formulated within the framework of the Glauber approximation is presented. It is shown that the phase-shift function is the sum of a point Coulomb contribution and of an expression in terms of the known electron-hydrogen-atom and proton-hydrogen-atom phase shift function. The scattering amplitude is reexpressed, the pure Coulomb scattering in the case of elastic collisions between ions is isolated, and the exact optical profile function is approximated by a first-order expansion in Glauber theory which takes into account some multiple collisions. The approximate optical profile function terms corresponding to interactions involving one and two electrons are obtained in forms of Meijer G functions and as a one-dimensional integral, and for collisions involving one or two neutral atoms, the scattering amplitude is further reduced to a simple closed-form expression.

  18. Characterizations of MV-algebras based on the theory of falling shadows.

    PubMed

    Yang, Yongwei; Xin, Xiaolong; He, Pengfei

    2014-01-01

    Based on the falling shadow theory, the concept of falling fuzzy (implicative) ideals as a generalization of that of a T ∧-fuzzy (implicative) ideal is proposed in MV-algebras. The relationships between falling fuzzy (implicative) ideals and T-fuzzy (implicative) ideals are discussed, and conditions for a falling fuzzy (implicative) ideal to be a T ∧-fuzzy (implicative) ideal are provided. Some characterizations of falling fuzzy (implicative) ideals are presented by studying proprieties of them. The product ⊛ and the up product ⊚ operations on falling shadows and the upset of a falling shadow are established, by which T-fuzzy ideals are investigated based on probability spaces.

  19. Resonances of quantum mechanical scattering systems and Lax-Phillips scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baumgärtel, Hellmut

    2010-11-01

    For selected classes of quantum mechanical scattering systems a canonical association of a decay semigroup is presented. The spectrum of the generator of this semigroup is a pure eigenvalue spectrum and it coincides with the set of all resonances. The essential condition for the results is the meromorphic continuability of the scattering matrix onto {C}setminus (-infty,0] and the rims {R}-± i0. Further finite multiplicity is assumed. The approach is based on an adaption of the Lax-Phillips scattering theory to semibounded Hamiltonians. It is applied to trace class perturbations with analyticity conditions. A further example is the potential scattering for central-symmetric potentials with compact support and angular momentum 0.

  20. Conceptualizing Routines of Practice That Support Algebraic Reasoning in Elementary Schools: A Constructivist Grounded Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Store, Jessie Chitsanzo

    2012-01-01

    There is ample literature documenting that, for many decades, high school students view algebra as difficult and do not demonstrate understanding of algebraic concepts. Algebraic reasoning in elementary school aims at meaningfully introducing algebra to elementary school students in preparation for higher-level mathematics. While there is research…

  1. Quasielastic scattering -- theory and experiment hand in hand

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Higgins, Julia

    2008-03-01

    In his early career de Gennes worked with colleagues at the CEA Saclay and was familiar with the new possibilities offered for studying materials using neutron scattering techniques. He published a number of papers in this field, two of the most influential being in the field of polymer dynamics where he developed theoretical descriptions of quasi-elastic scattering from single polymer chains in solution. The first results were based on the Rouse model of a polymer chain with no dynamic interaction with the solvent. The second paper appearing a few years later extended the theory to take account of hydrodynamic interactions with the solvent (the so-called Zimm model). These papers appeared at the time when high resolution quasi-elastic scattering techniques were being developed at a number of neutron sources and were influential in driving some of the first experimental investigations of polymer dynamics using neutrons. As dynamic light scattering developed, particularly from large biological molecules the theory was also applied here. The subsequent development of the reptation model for polymer molecules in the dense phase, and the publication by de Gennes of the scattering law expected from a reptating chain also coincided with developments in experimental techniques, in particular the neutron spin-echo technique. This technique allowed the scattering from single polymer molecules in dense phases to be observed and provided some of the first direct experimental tests of the reptation model. Quasielastic scattering and particularly neutron spin-echo techniques have been continually developing in subsequent decades, and both local side group dynamics and main chain motion have been investigated in detail, as well as collective motions in these glass forming materials. Interpretation of the data has been considerably advanced by the parallel development of modelling, particularly molecular dynamic simulations. New neutron sources with even higher fluxes currently

  2. Theory of neutron scattering by electrons in magnetic materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lovesey, S. W.

    2015-10-01

    A theory of neutron scattering by magnetic materials is reviewed with emphasis on the use of electronic multipoles that have universal appeal, because they are amenable to calculation and appear in theories of many other experimental techniques. The conventional theory of magnetic neutron scattering, which dates back to Schwinger (1937 Phys. Rev. 51 544) and Trammell (1953 Phys. Rev. 92 1387), yields an approximation for the scattering amplitude in terms of magnetic dipoles formed with the spin (S) and orbital angular momentum (L) of valence electrons. The so-called dipole-approximation has been widely adopted by researchers during the past few decades that has seen neutron scattering develop to its present status as the method of choice for investigations of magnetic structure and excitations. Looking beyond the dipole-approximation, however, reveals a wealth of additional information about electronic degrees of freedom conveniently encapsulated in magnetic multipoles. In this language, the dipole-approximation retains electronic axial dipoles, S and L. At the same level of approximation are polar dipoles—called anapoles or toroidal dipoles—allowed in the absence of a centre of inversion symmetry. Anapoles are examples of magneto-electric multipoles, time-odd and parity-odd irreducible tensors, that have come to the fore as signatures of electronic complexity in materials.

  3. Scattering theory for graphene plasmons near edges and interfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rodin, Aleksandr; Fogler, Michael

    2012-02-01

    Motivated by recent infrared nano-imaging experiments, we study eigenmodes of graphene plasmons near sample boundaries, corners, and interfaces. Such modes can be understood as standing-wave patters formed by multiple scattering of elementary waves. We derive the rules of the corresponding scattering theory by analyzing the integro-differential equation for the plasmon dynamics. Our analytical results include the solution for the edge reflection problem in uniform graphene and a quasiclassical formalism for graphene of slowly varying density. Numerical simulations are employed for more complicated boundary geometries (wedge, constriction, etc.) and for singular density distributions that exist near the edge of a gated graphene.

  4. Random scattering matrices and the circuit theory of Andreev conductances

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Argaman, N.

    1997-04-01

    The conductance of a normal-metal mesoscopic system in proximity to superconducting electrode(s) is calculated. The normal-metal part may have a general geometry, and is described as a "circuit" with "leads" and "junctions". The junctions are each ascribed a scattering matrix which is averaged over the circular orthogonal ensemble, using recently developed techniques. The results for the electrical conductance reproduce and extend Nazarov's circuit theory, thus bridging between the scattering and the bulk approaches. The method is also applied to the heat conductance.

  5. Effective Field Theories from Soft Limits of Scattering Amplitudes.

    PubMed

    Cheung, Clifford; Kampf, Karol; Novotny, Jiri; Trnka, Jaroslav

    2015-06-05

    We derive scalar effective field theories-Lagrangians, symmetries, and all-from on-shell scattering amplitudes constructed purely from Lorentz invariance, factorization, a fixed power counting order in derivatives, and a fixed order at which amplitudes vanish in the soft limit. These constraints leave free parameters in the amplitude which are the coupling constants of well-known theories: Nambu-Goldstone bosons, Dirac-Born-Infeld scalars, and Galilean internal shift symmetries. Moreover, soft limits imply conditions on the Noether current which can then be inverted to derive Lagrangians for each theory. We propose a natural classification of all scalar effective field theories according to two numbers which encode the derivative power counting and soft behavior of the corresponding amplitudes. In those cases where there is no consistent amplitude, the corresponding theory does not exist.

  6. Unified Scattering Parameters formalism in terms of Coupled-Mode Theory for investigating hybrid single-mode/two-mode photonic interconnects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Boucher, Yann G.; Parini, Alberto; Féron, Patrice

    2017-03-01

    In terms of Linear Algebra, a directional coupler between a single-mode waveguide and a two-mode waveguide can be thought of as formally equivalent to a set of three mutually coupled single-mode waveguides. Its responses, easily derived in the frame of ternary Coupled-Mode Theory, are used to establish analytically the scattering parameters of a hybrid ring-based modal multiplexer.

  7. Algebraic geometry approach in gravity theory and new relations between the parameters in type I low-energy string theory action in theories with extra dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dimitrov, B. G.

    2010-02-01

    On the base of the distinction between covariant and contravariant metric tensor components, a new (multivariable) cubic algebraic equation for reparametrization invariance of the gravitational Lagrangian has been derived and parametrized with complicated non - elliptic functions, depending on the (elliptic) Weierstrass function and its derivative. This is different from standard algebraic geometry, where only two-dimensional cubic equations are parametrized with elliptic functions and not multivariable ones. Physical applications of the approach have been considered in reference to theories with extra dimensions. The s.c. "length function" l(x) has been introduced and found as a solution of quasilinear differential equations in partial derivatives for two different cases of "compactification + rescaling" and "rescaling + compactification". New physically important relations (inequalities) between the parameters in the action are established, which cannot be derived in the case $l=1$ of the standard gravitational theory, but should be fulfilled also for that case.

  8. Radar scattering from the summer polar mesosphere: Theory and observations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cho, John Yungdo Nagamichi

    1993-12-01

    The anomalously large radar reflectivities observed in the summer polar mesosphere have eluded satisfactory explanation until now. We propose that the following chain of causality is responsible for the so-called polar mesosphere summer echoes (PMSE): The uniquely low temperatures in the summer mesopause produce ice aerosols. Because the aerosols exist in a plasma, they become electrically charged. The ambient electrons become coupled to the aerosols through electric fields and their effective diffusivity is retarded due to the large size of the aerosols. The reduction in diffusivity allows electron density inhomogeneities to be maintained at the radar Bragg scales. The radar waves are then scattered by the inhomogeneities. We support the above concept by developing a quantitative theory of ambipolar diffusion in the mesosphere. We then apply the results to isotropic turbulence and Fresnel radar scatter to show that the observed radar reflectivities can be explained by the theory. We show that the presence of realistic charged aerosols are sufficient to explain PMSE. We also show that dressed aerosol radar scatter, proposed by others as a generation mechanism for PMSE, can only apply to echoes detected by UHF radars. We present data taken with the Sondrestrom 1.29-GHz radar and attribute it to dressed aerosol scatter. In the summer of 1991, we used the Cornell University portable radar interferometer (CUPRI) to observe the mesosphere while rockets carrying in situ sensors were flown through two PMSE occurrences and a noctilucent cloud/PMSE event. We present a selection of first results from this campaign (NLC-91). The first simultaneous height comparison between noctilucent clouds and PMSE show that the radar scattering region was near or slightly above the visible cloud layer. We also infer from aspect sensitivity measurements and Doppler spectrograms that there were two distinct types of PMSE: enhanced turbulent scatter and partial (Fresnel) reflection from steep

  9. Exponential time-dependent perturbation theory in rotationally inelastic scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cross, R. J.

    1983-08-01

    An exponential form of time-dependent perturbation theory (the Magnus approximation) is developed for rotationally inelastic scattering. A phase-shift matrix is calculated as an integral in time over the anisotropic part of the potential. The trajectory used for this integral is specified by the diagonal part of the potential matrix and the arithmetic average of the initial and final velocities and the average orbital angular momentum. The exponential of the phase-shift matrix gives the scattering matrix and the various cross sections. A special representation is used where the orbital angular momentum is either treated classically or may be frozen out to yield the orbital sudden approximation. Calculations on Ar+N2 and Ar+TIF show that the theory generally gives very good agreement with accurate calculations, even where the orbital sudden approximation (coupled-states) results are seriously in error.

  10. Intra-beam Scattering Theory and RHIC Experiments

    SciTech Connect

    Wei, J.; Fedotov, A.; Fischer, W.; Malitsky, N.; Parzen, G.; Qiang, J.

    2005-06-08

    Intra-beam scattering is the leading mechanism limiting the luminosity in heavy-ion storage rings like the Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider (RHIC). The multiple Coulomb scattering among the charged particles causes transverse emittance growth and longitudinal beam de-bunching and beam loss, compromising machine performance during collision. Theoretically, the original theories developed by Piwinski, Bjorken, and Mtingwa only describe the rms beam size growth of an unbounded Gaussian distribution. Equations based on the Fokker-Planck approach are developed to further describe the beam density profile evolution and beam loss. During the 2004 RHIC heavy-ion operation, dedicated IBS experiments were performed to bench-mark the rms beam size growth, beam loss, and profile evolution both for a Gaussian-like and a longitudinal hollow beam. This paper summarizes the IBS theory and discusses the experimental bench-marking results.

  11. Benchmark calculations of thermal reaction rates. I - Quantal scattering theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chatfield, David C.; Truhlar, Donald G.; Schwenke, David W.

    1991-01-01

    The thermal rate coefficient for the prototype reaction H + H2 yields H2 + H with zero total angular momentum is calculated by summing, averaging, and numerically integrating state-to-state reaction probabilities calculated by time-independent quantum-mechanical scattering theory. The results are very carefully converged with respect to all numerical parameters in order to provide high-precision benchmark results for confirming the accuracy of new methods and testing their efficiency.

  12. Theory and phenomenology of coherent neutrino-nucleus scattering

    SciTech Connect

    McLaughlin, Gail

    2015-07-15

    We review the theory and phenomenology of coherent elastic neutrino-nucleus scattering (CEνNS). After a brief introduction, we summarize the places where CEνNS is already in use and then turn to future physics opportunities from CEνNS. CEνNS has been proposed as a way to limit or discover beyond the standard model physics, measure the nuclear-neutron radius and constrain the Weinberg angle.

  13. Green's function multiple-scattering theory with a truncated basis set: An augmented-KKR formalism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alam, Aftab; Khan, Suffian N.; Smirnov, A. V.; Nicholson, D. M.; Johnson, Duane D.

    2014-11-01

    The Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) Green's function, multiple-scattering theory is an efficient site-centered, electronic-structure technique for addressing an assembly of N scatterers. Wave functions are expanded in a spherical-wave basis on each scattering center and indexed up to a maximum orbital and azimuthal number Lmax=(l,mmax), while scattering matrices, which determine spectral properties, are truncated at Lt r=(l,mt r) where phase shifts δl >ltr are negligible. Historically, Lmax is set equal to Lt r, which is correct for large enough Lmax but not computationally expedient; a better procedure retains higher-order (free-electron and single-site) contributions for Lmax>Lt r with δl >ltr set to zero [X.-G. Zhang and W. H. Butler, Phys. Rev. B 46, 7433 (1992), 10.1103/PhysRevB.46.7433]. We present a numerically efficient and accurate augmented-KKR Green's function formalism that solves the KKR equations by exact matrix inversion [R3 process with rank N (ltr+1 ) 2 ] and includes higher-L contributions via linear algebra [R2 process with rank N (lmax+1) 2 ]. The augmented-KKR approach yields properly normalized wave functions, numerically cheaper basis-set convergence, and a total charge density and electron count that agrees with Lloyd's formula. We apply our formalism to fcc Cu, bcc Fe, and L 1 0 CoPt and present the numerical results for accuracy and for the convergence of the total energies, Fermi energies, and magnetic moments versus Lmax for a given Lt r.

  14. Green's function multiple-scattering theory with a truncated basis set: An augmented-KKR formalism

    SciTech Connect

    Alam, Aftab; Khan, Suffian N.; Smirnov, A. V.; Nicholson, D. M.; Johnson, Duane D.

    2014-11-04

    Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) Green's function, multiple-scattering theory is an ecient sitecentered, electronic-structure technique for addressing an assembly of N scatterers. Wave-functions are expanded in a spherical-wave basis on each scattering center and indexed up to a maximum orbital and azimuthal number Lmax = (l,m)max, while scattering matrices, which determine spectral properties, are truncated at Ltr = (l,m)tr where phase shifts δl>ltr are negligible. Historically, Lmax is set equal to Ltr, which is correct for large enough Lmax but not computationally expedient; a better procedure retains higher-order (free-electron and single-site) contributions for Lmax > Ltr with δl>ltr set to zero [Zhang and Butler, Phys. Rev. B 46, 7433]. We present a numerically ecient and accurate augmented-KKR Green's function formalism that solves the KKR equations by exact matrix inversion [R3 process with rank N(ltr + 1)2] and includes higher-L contributions via linear algebra [R2 process with rank N(lmax +1)2]. Augmented-KKR approach yields properly normalized wave-functions, numerically cheaper basis-set convergence, and a total charge density and electron count that agrees with Lloyd's formula. We apply our formalism to fcc Cu, bcc Fe and L10 CoPt, and present the numerical results for accuracy and for the convergence of the total energies, Fermi energies, and magnetic moments versus Lmax for a given Ltr.

  15. Green's function multiple-scattering theory with a truncated basis set: An augmented-KKR formalism

    DOE PAGES

    Alam, Aftab; Khan, Suffian N.; Smirnov, A. V.; ...

    2014-11-04

    Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) Green's function, multiple-scattering theory is an ecient sitecentered, electronic-structure technique for addressing an assembly of N scatterers. Wave-functions are expanded in a spherical-wave basis on each scattering center and indexed up to a maximum orbital and azimuthal number Lmax = (l,m)max, while scattering matrices, which determine spectral properties, are truncated at Ltr = (l,m)tr where phase shifts δl>ltr are negligible. Historically, Lmax is set equal to Ltr, which is correct for large enough Lmax but not computationally expedient; a better procedure retains higher-order (free-electron and single-site) contributions for Lmax > Ltr with δl>ltr set to zero [Zhang andmore » Butler, Phys. Rev. B 46, 7433]. We present a numerically ecient and accurate augmented-KKR Green's function formalism that solves the KKR equations by exact matrix inversion [R3 process with rank N(ltr + 1)2] and includes higher-L contributions via linear algebra [R2 process with rank N(lmax +1)2]. Augmented-KKR approach yields properly normalized wave-functions, numerically cheaper basis-set convergence, and a total charge density and electron count that agrees with Lloyd's formula. We apply our formalism to fcc Cu, bcc Fe and L10 CoPt, and present the numerical results for accuracy and for the convergence of the total energies, Fermi energies, and magnetic moments versus Lmax for a given Ltr.« less

  16. An effective field theory for forward scattering and factorization violation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rothstein, Ira Z.; Stewart, Iain W.

    2016-08-01

    Starting with QCD, we derive an effective field theory description for forward scattering and factorization violation as part of the soft-collinear effective field theory (SCET) for high energy scattering. These phenomena are mediated by long distance Glauber gluon exchanges, which are static in time, localized in the longitudinal distance, and act as a kernel for forward scattering where | t| ≪ s. In hard scattering, Glauber gluons can induce corrections which invalidate factorization. With SCET, Glauber exchange graphs can be calculated explicitly, and are distinct from graphs involving soft, collinear, or ultrasoft gluons. We derive a complete basis of operators which describe the leading power effects of Glauber exchange. Key ingredients include regulating light-cone rapidity singularities and subtractions which prevent double counting. Our results include a novel all orders gauge invariant pure glue soft operator which appears between two collinear rapidity sectors. The 1-gluon Feynman rule for the soft operator coincides with the Lipatov vertex, but it also contributes to emissions with ≥ 2 soft gluons. Our Glauber operator basis is derived using tree level and one-loop matching calculations from full QCD to both SCETII and SCETI. The one-loop amplitude's rapidity renormalization involves mixing of color octet operators and yields gluon Reggeization at the amplitude level. The rapidity renormalization group equation for the leading soft and collinear functions in the forward scattering cross section are each given by the BFKL equation. Various properties of Glauber gluon exchange in the context of both forward scattering and hard scattering factorization are described. For example, we derive an explicit rule for when eikonalization is valid, and provide a direct connection to the picture of multiple Wilson lines crossing a shockwave. In hard scattering operators Glauber subtractions for soft and collinear loop diagrams ensure that we are not sensitive to

  17. 7D bosonic higher spin gauge theory: symmetry algebra and linearized constraints

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sezgin, E.; Sundell, P.

    2002-07-01

    We construct the minimal bosonic higher spin extension of the 7D AdS algebra SO(6,2), which we call hs(8 ∗) . The generators, which have spin s=1,3,5,… , are realized as monomials in Grassmann even spinor oscillators. Irreducibility, in the form of tracelessness, is achieved by modding out an infinite-dimensional ideal containing the traces. In this a key role is played by the tree bilinear traces which form an SU(2) K algebra. We show that gauging of hs(8 ∗) yields a spectrum of physical fields with spin s=0,2,4,… which make up a UIR of hs(8 ∗) isomorphic to the symmetric tensor product of two 6D scalar doubletons. The scalar doubleton is the unique SU(2) K invariant 6D doubleton. The spin s⩾2 sector comes from an hs(8 ∗) -valued one-form which also contains the auxiliary gauge fields required for writing the curvature constraints in covariant form. The physical spin s=0 field arises in a separate zero-form in a 'quasi-adjoint' representation of hs(8 ∗) . This zero-form also contains the spin s⩾2 Weyl tensors, i.e., the curvatures which are non-vanishing on-shell. We suggest that the hs(8 ∗) gauge theory describes the minimal bosonic, massless truncation of M-theory on AdS7× S4 in an unbroken phase where the holographic dual is given by N free (2,0) tensor multiplets for large N.

  18. Inflationary dynamics reconstruction via inverse-scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mastache, Jorge; Zago, Fernando; Kosowsky, Arthur

    2017-03-01

    The evolution of inflationary fluctuations can be recast as an inverse scattering problem. In this context, we employ the Gel'fand-Levitan method from inverse-scattering theory to reconstruct the evolution of both the inflaton field freeze-out horizon and the Hubble parameter during inflation. We demonstrate this reconstruction procedure numerically for a scenario of slow-roll inflation, as well as for a scenario which temporarily departs from slow-roll. The field freeze-out horizon is reconstructed from the accessible primordial scalar power spectrum alone, while the reconstruction of the Hubble parameter requires additional information from the tensor power spectrum. We briefly discuss the application of this technique to more realistic cases incorporating estimates of the primordial power spectra over limited ranges of scales and with specified uncertainties.

  19. WLWL scattering in Higgsless models: Identifying better effective theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Belyaev, Alexander S.; Chivukula, R. Sekhar; Christensen, Neil D.; He, Hong-Jian; Kurachi, Masafumi; Simmons, Elizabeth H.; Tanabashi, Masaharu

    2009-09-01

    The three-site model has been offered as a benchmark for studying the collider phenomenology of Higgsless models. In this paper we analyze how well the three-site model performs as a general exemplar of Higgsless models in describing WLWL scattering, and which modifications can make it more representative. We employ general sum rules relating the masses and couplings of the Kaluza-Klein modes of the gauge fields in continuum and deconstructed Higgsless models as a way to compare the different theories. We show that the size of the four-point vertex for the (unphysical) Nambu-Goldstone modes and the degree to which the sum rules are saturated by contributions from the lowest-lying Kaluza-Klein resonances both provide good measures of the extent to which a highly deconstructed theory can accurately describe the low-energy physics of a continuum 5D Higgsless model. After comparing the three-site model to flat and warped continuum models, we analyze extensions of the three-site model to a longer open linear moose with an additional U(1) group and to a ring (“breaking electroweak symmetry strongly” or “hidden local symmetry”) model with three sites and three links. Both cases may be readily analyzed in the framework of the general sum rules. We demonstrate that WLWL scattering in the ring model can very closely approximate scattering in the continuum models, provided that the hidden local symmetry parameter a is chosen to mimic ρ-meson dominance of ππ scattering in QCD. The hadron and lepton collider phenomenology of both extended models is briefly discussed, with a focus on the complementary information to be gained from precision measurements of the Z' line shape and ZWW coupling at a high-energy lepton collider.

  20. Radar Scattering from the Summer Polar Mesosphere: Theory and Observations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cho, John Yungdo Nagamichi

    The anomalously large radar reflectivities observed in the summer polar mesosphere have eluded satisfactory explanation until now. We propose that the following chain of causality is responsible for the so-called polar mesosphere summer echoes (PMSE): The uniquely low temperatures in the summer mesopause produce ice aerosols. Because the aerosols exist in a plasma, they become electrically charged. The ambient electrons become coupled to the aerosols through electric fields and their effective diffusivity is retarded due to the large size of the aerosols. The reduction in diffusivity allows electron density inhomogeneities to be maintained at the radar Bragg scales. The radar waves are then scattered by the inhomogeneities. We support the above concept by developing a quantitative theory of ambipolar diffusion in the mesosphere. We then apply the results to isotropic turbulence and Fresnel radar scatter to show that the observed radar reflectivities can be explained by the theory. We show that the presence of realistic charged aerosols are sufficient to explain PMSE. We also show that dressed aerosol radar scatter, proposed by others as a generation mechanism for PMSE, can only apply to echoes detected by UHF radars. We present data taken with the Sondrestrom 1.29-GHz radar, which we believe to be the first PMSE event observed above one gigahertz, and attribute it to dressed aerosol scatter. In the summer of 1991, we used the Cornell University portable radar interferometer (CUPRI) to observe the mesosphere while rockets carrying in situ sensors were flown through two PMSE occurrences and a noctilucent cloud/PMSE event. We present a selection of first results from this campaign (NLC-91). The first simultaneous height comparison between noctilucent clouds and PMSE show that the radar scattering region was near or slightly above the visible cloud layer. We also infer from aspect sensitivity measurements and Doppler spectrograms that there were two distinct types of

  1. One-particle reducibility in effective scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vereshagin, V.

    2016-10-01

    To construct the reasonable renormalization scheme suitable for the effective theories one needs to resolve the "problem of couplings" because the number of free parameters in a theory should be finite. Otherwise the theory would loose its predictive power. In the case of effective theory already the first step on this way shows the necessity to solve the above-mentioned problem for the 1-loop 2-leg function traditionally called self energy. In contrast to the customary renormalizable models the corresponding Feynman graph demonstrates divergencies that require introducing of an infinite number of prescriptions. In the recent paper [1] it has been shown that the way out of this difficulty requires the revision of the notion of one-particle reducibility. The point is that in effective scattering theory one can introduce two different notions: the graphic reducibility and the analytic one. Below we explain the main ideas of the paper [1] and recall some notions and definitions introduced earlier in [2] and [3].

  2. An effective field theory for coupled-channel scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cohen, Thomas D.; Gelman, Boris A.; van Kolck, U.

    2004-05-01

    The problem of describing low-energy two-body scattering for systems with two open channels with different thresholds is addressed in the context of an effective field theory. In particular, the problem where the threshold is unnaturally small and the cross section at low energy is unnaturally large is considered. It is shown that the lowest-order point coupling associated with the mixing of the channels scales as Λ-2 rather than Λ-1 (the scaling of the same-channel coupling and the scaling in a single-channel case) where Λ is the ultraviolet cutoff. The renormalization of the theory at lowest order is given explicitly. The treatment of higher orders is straightforward. The potential implications for systems with deep open channels are discussed.

  3. Application and development of the Schwinger multichannel scattering theory and the partial differential equation theory of electron-molecule scattering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Weatherford, Charles A.

    1993-01-01

    One version of the multichannel theory for electron-target scattering based on the Schwinger variational principle, the SMC method, requires the introduction of a projection parameter. The role of the projection parameter a is investigated and it is shown that the principal-value operator in the SMC equation is Hermitian regardless of the value of a as long as it is real and nonzero. In a basis that is properly orthonormalizable, the matrix representation of this operator is also Hermitian. The use of such basis is consistent with the Schwinger variational principle because the Lippmann-Schwinger equation automatically builds in the correct boundary conditions. Otherwise, an auxiliary condition needs to be introduced, and Takatsuka and McKoy's original value of a is one of the three possible ways to achieve Hermiticity. In all cases but one, a can be uncoupled from the Hermiticity condition and becomes a free parameter. An equation for a based on the variational stability of the scattering amplitude is derived; its solution has an interesting property that the scattering amplitude from a converged SMC calculation is independent of the choice of a even though the SMC operator itself is a-dependent. This property provides a sensitive test of the convergence of the calculation. For a static-exchange calculation, the convergence requirement only depends on the completeness of the one-electron basis, but for a general multichannel case, the a-invariance in the scattering amplitude requires both the one-electron basis and the N plus 1-electron basis to be complete. The role of a in the SMC equation and the convergence property are illustrated using two examples: e-CO elastic scattering in the static-exchange approximation, and a two-state treatment of the e-H2 Chi(sup 1)Sigma(sub g)(+) yields b(sup 3)Sigma(sub u)(+) excitation.

  4. Bcs-Bec Crossover Without Appeal to Scattering Length Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malik, G. P.

    2014-01-01

    BCS-BEC (an acronym formed from Bardeen, Cooper, Schrieffer and Bose-Einstein condensation) crossover physics has customarily been addressed in the framework of the scattering length theory (SLT), which requires regularization/renormalization of equations involving infinities. This paper gives a frame by frame picture, as it were, of the crossover scenario without appealing to SLT. While we believe that the intuitive approach followed here will make the subject accessible to a wider readership, we also show that it sheds light on a feature that has not been under the purview of the customary approach: the role of the hole-hole scatterings vis-à-vis the electron-electron scatterings as one goes from the BCS to the BEC end. More importantly, we show that there are critical values of the concentration (n)and the interaction parameter (λ) at which the condensation of Cooper pairs takes place; this is a finding in contrast with the view that such pairs are automatically condensed.

  5. Development of a Computerized Adaptive Testing for Diagnosing the Cognitive Process of Grade 7 Students in Learning Algebra, Using Multidimensional Item Response Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Senarat, Somprasong; Tayraukham, Sombat; Piyapimonsit, Chatsiri; Tongkhambanjong, Sakesan

    2013-01-01

    The purpose of this research is to develop a multidimensional computerized adaptive test for diagnosing the cognitive process of grade 7 students in learning algebra by applying multidimensional item response theory. The research is divided into 4 steps: 1) the development of item bank of algebra, 2) the development of the multidimensional…

  6. The Heisenberg algebra as near horizon symmetry of the black flower solutions of Chern-Simons-like theories of gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Setare, M. R.; Adami, H.

    2017-01-01

    In this paper we study the near horizon symmetry algebra of the non-extremal black hole solutions of the Chern-Simons-like theories of gravity, which are stationary but are not necessarily spherically symmetric. We define the extended off-shell ADT current which is an extension of the generalized ADT current. We use the extended off-shell ADT current to define quasi-local conserved charges such that they are conserved for Killing vectors and asymptotically Killing vectors which depend on dynamical fields of the considered theory. We apply this formalism to the Generalized Minimal Massive Gravity (GMMG) and obtain conserved charges of a spacetime which describes near horizon geometry of non-extremal black holes. Eventually, we find the algebra of conserved charges in Fourier modes. It is interesting that, similar to the Einstein gravity in the presence of negative cosmological constant, for the GMMG model also we obtain the Heisenberg algebra as the near horizon symmetry algebra of the black flower solutions. Also the vacuum state and all descendants of the vacuum have the same energy. Thus these zero energy excitations on the horizon appear as soft hairs on the black hole.

  7. Application of diffraction tomography theory to determine size and shape of spheroidal particles from light scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ding, Chizhu; Yang, Kecheng; Li, Wei; Guo, Wenping; Zhang, Xiaohui; Xia, Min

    2014-10-01

    Discerning the geometry of spheroidal scatterers of micron order is an important topic in identifying marine microbes. Optical diffraction tomography theory indicates that under the first-order Born approximation for weak scattering, scattering amplitude in the far zone and scattering potential of the scatterer have a Fourier relationship. In this paper, we describe a method based on diffraction tomography theory and determine the size and the shape of spheroidal scatterers by reconstructing the distribution of scattering potential from angular resolved scattered field. As a demonstration of this method, the scattering from spheroidal particles with equal-volume-sphere radii of 0.5429, 1.00, and 2.00 μm and an aspect ratio that varies from 0.4 to 1.5 was modeled by using T-matrix theory and used as test data. Simulation results show that in the case of low contrast, size and shape determination can be achieved with sub-wavelength precision.

  8. Scattering theory of nonlinear thermoelectricity in quantum coherent conductors.

    PubMed

    Meair, Jonathan; Jacquod, Philippe

    2013-02-27

    We construct a scattering theory of weakly nonlinear thermoelectric transport through sub-micron scale conductors. The theory incorporates the leading nonlinear contributions in temperature and voltage biases to the charge and heat currents. Because of the finite capacitances of sub-micron scale conducting circuits, fundamental conservation laws such as gauge invariance and current conservation require special care to be preserved. We do this by extending the approach of Christen and Büttiker (1996 Europhys. Lett. 35 523) to coupled charge and heat transport. In this way we write relations connecting nonlinear transport coefficients in a manner similar to Mott's relation between the linear thermopower and the linear conductance. We derive sum rules that nonlinear transport coefficients must satisfy to preserve gauge invariance and current conservation. We illustrate our theory by calculating the efficiency of heat engines and the coefficient of performance of thermoelectric refrigerators based on quantum point contacts and resonant tunneling barriers. We identify, in particular, rectification effects that increase device performance.

  9. Scattering process in the Scalar Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau gauge theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Beltran, J.; Pimentel, B. M.; Soto, D. E.

    2016-04-01

    In this work we calculate the cross section of the scattering process of the Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau theory coupling with the Maxwell’s electromagnetic field. Specifically, we find the propagator of the free theory, the scattering amplitudes and cross sections at Born level for the Moeller and Compton scattering process of this model. For this purpose we use the analytic representation for free propagators and take account the framework of the Causal Perturbation Theory of Epstein and Glaser.

  10. Covariant Spectator Theory of np scattering: Isoscalar interaction currents

    SciTech Connect

    Gross, Franz L.

    2014-06-01

    Using the Covariant Spectator Theory (CST), one boson exchange (OBE) models have been found that give precision fits to low energy $np$ scattering and the deuteron binding energy. The boson-nucleon vertices used in these models contain a momentum dependence that requires a new class of interaction currents for use with electromagnetic interactions. Current conservation requires that these new interaction currents satisfy a two-body Ward-Takahashi (WT), and using principals of {\\it simplicity\\/} and {\\it picture independence\\/}, these currents can be uniquely determined. The results lead to general formulae for a two-body current that can be expressed in terms of relativistic $np$ wave functions, ${\\it \\Psi}$, and two convenient truncated wave functions, ${\\it \\Psi}^{(2)}$ and $\\widehat {\\it \\Psi}$, which contain all of the information needed for the explicit evaluation of the contributions from the interaction current. These three wave functions can be calculated from the CST bound or scattering state equations (and their off-shell extrapolations). A companion paper uses this formalism to evaluate the deuteron magnetic moment.

  11. Dark matter effective field theory scattering in direct detection experiments

    DOE PAGES

    Schneck, K.

    2015-05-01

    We examine the consequences of the effective field theory (EFT) of dark matter–nucleon scattering for current and proposed direct detection experiments. Exclusion limits on EFT coupling constants computed using the optimum interval method are presented for SuperCDMS Soudan, CDMS II, and LUX, and the necessity of combining results from multiple experiments in order to determine dark matter parameters is discussed. We demonstrate that spectral differences between the standard dark matter model and a general EFT interaction can produce a bias when calculating exclusion limits and when developing signal models for likelihood and machine learning techniques. We also discuss the implicationsmore » of the EFT for the next-generation (G2) direct detection experiments and point out regions of complementarity in the EFT parameter space.« less

  12. Dark matter effective field theory scattering in direct detection experiments

    SciTech Connect

    Schneck, K.; Cabrera, B.; Cerdeno, D. G.; Mandic, V.; Rogers, H. E.; Agnese, R.; Anderson, A. J.; Asai, M.; Balakishiyeva, D.; Barker, D.; Basu Thakur, R.; Bauer, D. A.; Billard, J.; Borgland, A.; Brandt, D.; Brink, P. L.; Bunker, R.; Caldwell, D. O.; Calkins, R.; Chagani, H.; Chen, Y.; Cooley, J.; Cornell, B.; Crewdson, C. H.; Cushman, Priscilla B.; Daal, M.; Di Stefano, P. C.; Doughty, T.; Esteban, L.; Fallows, S.; Figueroa-Feliciano, E.; Godfrey, G. L.; Golwala, S. R.; Hall, Jeter C.; Harris, H. R.; Hofer, T.; Holmgren, D.; Hsu, L.; Huber, M. E.; Jardin, D. M.; Jastram, A.; Kamaev, O.; Kara, B.; Kelsey, M. H.; Kennedy, A.; Leder, A.; Loer, B.; Lopez Asamar, E.; Lukens, W.; Mahapatra, R.; McCarthy, K. A.; Mirabolfathi, N.; Moffatt, R. A.; Morales Mendoza, J. D.; Oser, S. M.; Page, K.; Page, W. A.; Partridge, R.; Pepin, M.; Phipps, A.; Prasad, K.; Pyle, M.; Qiu, H.; Rau, W.; Redl, P.; Reisetter, A.; Ricci, Y.; Roberts, A.; Saab, T.; Sadoulet, B.; Sander, J.; Schnee, R. W.; Scorza, S.; Serfass, B.; Shank, B.; Speller, D.; Toback, D.; Upadhyayula, S.; Villano, A. N.; Welliver, B.; Wilson, J. S.; Wright, D. H.; Yang, X.; Yellin, S.; Yen, J. J.; Young, B. A.; Zhang, J.

    2015-05-01

    We examine the consequences of the effective eld theory (EFT) of dark matter-nucleon scattering or current and proposed direct detection experiments. Exclusion limits on EFT coupling constants computed using the optimum interval method are presented for SuperCDMS Soudan, CDMS II, and LUX, and the necessity of combining results from multiple experiments in order to determine dark matter parameters is discussed. We demonstrate that spectral di*erences between the standard dark matter model and a general EFT interaction can produce a bias when calculating exclusion limits and when developing signal models for likelihood and machine learning techniques. We also discuss the implications of the EFT for the next-generation (G2) direct detection experiments and point out regions of complementarity in the EFT parameter space.

  13. Dark matter effective field theory scattering in direct detection experiments

    SciTech Connect

    Schneck, K.; Cabrera, B.; Cerdeño, D. G.; Mandic, V.; Rogers, H. E.; Agnese, R.; Anderson, A. J.; Asai, M.; Balakishiyeva, D.; Barker, D.; Basu Thakur, R.; Bauer, D. A.; Billard, J.; Borgland, A.; Brandt, D.; Brink, P. L.; Bunker, R.; Caldwell, D. O.; Calkins, R.; Chagani, H.; Chen, Y.; Cooley, J.; Cornell, B.; Crewdson, C. H.; Cushman, P.; Daal, M.; Di Stefano, P. C. F.; Doughty, T.; Esteban, L.; Fallows, S.; Figueroa-Feliciano, E.; Godfrey, G. L.; Golwala, S. R.; Hall, J.; Harris, H. R.; Hofer, T.; Holmgren, D.; Hsu, L.; Huber, M. E.; Jardin, D. M.; Jastram, A.; Kamaev, O.; Kara, B.; Kelsey, M. H.; Kennedy, A.; Leder, A.; Loer, B.; Lopez Asamar, E.; Lukens, P.; Mahapatra, R.; McCarthy, K. A.; Mirabolfathi, N.; Moffatt, R. A.; Morales Mendoza, J. D.; Oser, S. M.; Page, K.; Page, W. A.; Partridge, R.; Pepin, M.; Phipps, A.; Prasad, K.; Pyle, M.; Qiu, H.; Rau, W.; Redl, P.; Reisetter, A.; Ricci, Y.; Roberts, A.; Saab, T.; Sadoulet, B.; Sander, J.; Schnee, R. W.; Scorza, S.; Serfass, B.; Shank, B.; Speller, D.; Toback, D.; Upadhyayula, S.; Villano, A. N.; Welliver, B.; Wilson, J. S.; Wright, D. H.; Yang, X.; Yellin, S.; Yen, J. J.; Young, B. A.; Zhang, J.

    2015-05-18

    We examine the consequences of the effective field theory (EFT) of dark matter-nucleon scattering for current and proposed direct detection experiments. Exclusion limits on EFT coupling constants computed using the optimum interval method are presented for SuperCDMS Soudan, CDMS II, and LUX, and the necessity of combining results from multiple experiments in order to determine dark matter parameters is discussed. Here. we demonstrate that spectral differences between the standard dark matter model and a general EFT interaction can produce a bias when calculating exclusion limits and when developing signal models for likelihood and machine learning techniques. In conclusion, we discuss the implications of the EFT for the next-generation (G2) direct detection experiments and point out regions of complementarity in the EFT parameter space.

  14. Quantifying truncation errors in chiral effective field theory: NN scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Phillips, Daniel; Melendez, Jordan; Wesolowski, Sarah; Furnstahl, Richard; Klco, Natalie; Buqeye Collaboration

    2017-01-01

    Bayesian procedures designed to quantify truncation errors in perturbative calculations were recently adapted to expansions in effective field theory (EFT). By encoding expectations about the naturalness of EFT coefficients in Bayesian priors, this framework provides a statistical interpretation of the standard EFT procedure where truncation errors are estimated using the order-by-order convergence of the expansion. It also permits exploration of the ways in which such error bars are, and are not, sensitive to assumptions about EFT-coefficient naturalness. The procedure has been applied to chiral EFT calculations of neutron-proton scattering that use the semi-local potentials of Epelbaum, Krebs, and Meißner. This talk describes the Bayesian assignment of truncation errors for the total np cross section at a discrete set of energies, and then considers the extension to a full set of observables and arbitrary energy. This research was supported by the US Department of Energy and the National Science Foundation.

  15. Dark matter effective field theory scattering in direct detection experiments

    SciTech Connect

    Schneck, K.

    2015-05-01

    We examine the consequences of the effective field theory (EFT) of dark matter–nucleon scattering for current and proposed direct detection experiments. Exclusion limits on EFT coupling constants computed using the optimum interval method are presented for SuperCDMS Soudan, CDMS II, and LUX, and the necessity of combining results from multiple experiments in order to determine dark matter parameters is discussed. We demonstrate that spectral differences between the standard dark matter model and a general EFT interaction can produce a bias when calculating exclusion limits and when developing signal models for likelihood and machine learning techniques. We also discuss the implications of the EFT for the next-generation (G2) direct detection experiments and point out regions of complementarity in the EFT parameter space.

  16. Generalizations of Karp's theorem to elastic scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tuong, Ha-Duong

    Karp's theorem states that if the far field pattern corresponding to the scattering of a time-harmonic acoustic plane wave by a sound-soft obstacle in R2 is invariant under the group of rotations, then the scatterer is a circle. The theorem is generalized to the elastic scattering problems and the axisymmetric scatterers in R3.

  17. Unified connected theory of few-body reaction mechanisms in N-body scattering theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Polyzou, W. N.; Redish, E. F.

    1978-01-01

    A unified treatment of different reaction mechanisms in nonrelativistic N-body scattering is presented. The theory is based on connected kernel integral equations that are expected to become compact for reasonable constraints on the potentials. The operators T/sub +-//sup ab/(A) are approximate transition operators that describe the scattering proceeding through an arbitrary reaction mechanism A. These operators are uniquely determined by a connected kernel equation and satisfy an optical theorem consistent with the choice of reaction mechanism. Connected kernel equations relating T/sub +-//sup ab/(A) to the full T/sub +-//sup ab/ allow correction of the approximate solutions for any ignored process to any order. This theory gives a unified treatment of all few-body reaction mechanisms with the same dynamic simplicity of a model calculation, but can include complicated reaction mechanisms involving overlapping configurations where it is difficult to formulate models.

  18. Quantum cluster algebras and quantum nilpotent algebras

    PubMed Central

    Goodearl, Kenneth R.; Yakimov, Milen T.

    2014-01-01

    A major direction in the theory of cluster algebras is to construct (quantum) cluster algebra structures on the (quantized) coordinate rings of various families of varieties arising in Lie theory. We prove that all algebras in a very large axiomatically defined class of noncommutative algebras possess canonical quantum cluster algebra structures. Furthermore, they coincide with the corresponding upper quantum cluster algebras. We also establish analogs of these results for a large class of Poisson nilpotent algebras. Many important families of coordinate rings are subsumed in the class we are covering, which leads to a broad range of applications of the general results to the above-mentioned types of problems. As a consequence, we prove the Berenstein–Zelevinsky conjecture [Berenstein A, Zelevinsky A (2005) Adv Math 195:405–455] for the quantized coordinate rings of double Bruhat cells and construct quantum cluster algebra structures on all quantum unipotent groups, extending the theorem of Geiß et al. [Geiß C, et al. (2013) Selecta Math 19:337–397] for the case of symmetric Kac–Moody groups. Moreover, we prove that the upper cluster algebras of Berenstein et al. [Berenstein A, et al. (2005) Duke Math J 126:1–52] associated with double Bruhat cells coincide with the corresponding cluster algebras. PMID:24982197

  19. The FN method for anisotropic scattering in neutron transport theory: the critical slab problem.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gülecyüz, M. C.; Tezcan, C.

    1996-08-01

    The FN method which has been applied to many physical problems for isotropic and anisotropic scattering in neutron transport theory is extended for problems for extremely anisotropic scattering. This method depends on the Placzek lemma and the use of the infinite medium Green's function. Here the Green's function for extremely anisotropic scattering which was expressed as a combination of the Green's functions for isotropic scattering is used to solve the critical slab problem. It is shown that the criticality condition is in agreement with the one obtained previously by reducing the transport equation for anisotropic scattering to isotropic scattering and solving using the FN method.

  20. Real-space multiple-scattering theory of XMCD including spin-orbit interaction in scattering process

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Koide, Akihiro; Niki, Kaori; Sakai, Seiji; Fujikawa, Takashi

    2016-05-01

    The effects of the spin-orbit interaction on surrounding atoms for XMCD spectra are studied by a real-space multiple-scattering theory. The present numerical calculation for Fe K-edge XMCD spectra from BCC iron demonstrates the importance of the spin-orbit interaction on scattering atoms, which has been disregarded in previous works. These effects will be inevitable for K-edge XMCD analyses of light elements surrounded by heavy magnetic atoms.

  1. Modern integral equation techniques for quantum reactive scattering theory

    SciTech Connect

    Auerbach, Scott Michael

    1993-11-01

    Rigorous calculations of cross sections and rate constants for elementary gas phase chemical reactions are performed for comparison with experiment, to ensure that our picture of the chemical reaction is complete. We focus on the H/D+H2 → H2/DH + H reaction, and use the time independent integral equation technique in quantum reactive scattering theory. We examine the sensitivity of H+H2 state resolved integral cross sections σ{sub v'j',vj}(E) for the transitions (v = 0,j = 0) to (v'} = 1,j' = 1,3), to the difference between the Liu-Siegbahn-Truhlar-Horowitz (LSTH) and double many body expansion (DMBE) ab initio potential energy surfaces (PES). This sensitivity analysis is performed to determine the origin of a large discrepancy between experimental cross sections with sharply peaked energy dependence and theoretical ones with smooth energy dependence. We find that the LSTH and DMBE PESs give virtually identical cross sections, which lends credence to the theoretical energy dependence.

  2. Characterizing the Development of Specialized Mathematical Content Knowledge for Teaching in Algebraic Reasoning and Number Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bair, Sherry L.; Rich, Beverly S.

    2011-01-01

    This article characterizes the development of a deep and connected body of mathematical knowledge categorized by Ball and Bass' (2003b) model of Mathematical Knowledge for Teaching (MKT), as Specialized Content Knowledge for Teaching (SCK) in algebraic reasoning and number sense. The research employed multiple cases across three years from two…

  3. Student Reactions to Learning Theory Based Curriculum Materials in Linear Algebra--A Survey Analysis

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cooley, Laurel; Vidakovic, Draga; Martin, William O.; Dexter, Scott; Suzuki, Jeff

    2016-01-01

    In this report we examine students' perceptions of the implementation of carefully designed curriculum materials (called modules) in linear algebra courses at three different universities. The curricular materials were produced collaboratively by STEM and mathematics education faculty as members of a professional learning community (PLC) over…

  4. Discrete Minimal Surface Algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Arnlind, Joakim; Hoppe, Jens

    2010-05-01

    We consider discrete minimal surface algebras (DMSA) as generalized noncommutative analogues of minimal surfaces in higher dimensional spheres. These algebras appear naturally in membrane theory, where sequences of their representations are used as a regularization. After showing that the defining relations of the algebra are consistent, and that one can compute a basis of the enveloping algebra, we give several explicit examples of DMSAs in terms of subsets of sln (any semi-simple Lie algebra providing a trivial example by itself). A special class of DMSAs are Yang-Mills algebras. The representation graph is introduced to study representations of DMSAs of dimension d ≤ 4, and properties of representations are related to properties of graphs. The representation graph of a tensor product is (generically) the Cartesian product of the corresponding graphs. We provide explicit examples of irreducible representations and, for coinciding eigenvalues, classify all the unitary representations of the corresponding algebras.

  5. Quantum Theory of (H,H{Sub 2}) Scattering: Approximate Treatments of Reactive Scattering

    DOE R&D Accomplishments Database

    Tang, K. T.; Karplus, M.

    1970-10-01

    A quantum mechanical study is made of reactive scattering in the (H, H{sub 2}) system. The problem is formulated in terms of a form of the distorted-wave Born approximation (DWBA) suitable for collisions in which all particles have finite mass. For certain incident energies, differential and total cross sections, as well as other attributes of the reactive collisions, (e.g. reaction configuration), are determined. Two limiting models in the DWBA formulation are compared; in one, the molecule is unperturbed by the incoming atom and in the other, the molecule adiabatically follows the incoming atom. For thermal incident energies and semi-empirical interaction potential employed, the adiabatic model seems to be more appropriate. Since the DWBA method is too complicated for a general study of the (H, H{sub 2}) reaction, a much simpler approximation method, the “linear model” is developed. This model is very different in concept from treatments in which the three atoms are constrained to move on a line throughout the collision. The present model includes the full three-dimensional aspect of the collision and it is only the evaluation of the transition matrix element itself that is simplified. It is found that the linear model, when appropriately normalized, gives results in good agreement with that of the DWBA method. By application of this model, the energy dependence, rotational state of dependence and other properties of the total and differential reactions cross sections are determined. These results of the quantum mechanical treatment are compared with the classical calculation for the same potential surface. The most important result is that, in agreement with the classical treatment, the differential cross sections are strongly backward peaked at low energies and shifts in the forward direction as the energy increases. Finally, the implications of the present calculations for a theory of chemical kinetics are discussed.

  6. Teaching Algebra without Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kalman, Richard S.

    2008-01-01

    Algebra is, among other things, a shorthand way to express quantitative reasoning. This article illustrates ways for the classroom teacher to convert algebraic solutions to verbal problems into conversational solutions that can be understood by students in the lower grades. Three reasonably typical verbal problems that either appeared as or…

  7. Comparison of the GHSSmooth and the Rayleigh-Rice surface scatter theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Harvey, James E.; Pfisterer, Richard N.

    2016-09-01

    The scalar-based GHSSmooth surface scatter theory results in an expression for the BRDF in terms of the surface PSD that is very similar to that provided by the rigorous Rayleigh-Rice (RR) vector perturbation theory. However it contains correction factors for two extreme situations not shared by the RR theory: (i) large incident or scattered angles that result in some portion of the scattered radiance distribution falling outside of the unit circle in direction cosine space, and (ii) the situation where the relevant rms surface roughness, σrel, is less than the total intrinsic rms roughness of the scattering surface. Also, the RR obliquity factor has been discovered to be an approximation of the more general GHSSmooth obliquity factor due to a little-known (or long-forgotten) implicit assumption in the RR theory that the surface autocovariance length is longer than the wavelength of the scattered radiation. This assumption allowed retaining only quadratic terms and lower in the series expansion for the cosine function, and results in reducing the validity of RR predictions for scattering angles greater than 60°. This inaccurate obliquity factor in the RR theory is also the cause of a complementary unrealistic "hook" at the high spatial frequency end of the predicted surface PSD when performing the inverse scattering problem. Furthermore, if we empirically substitute the polarization reflectance, Q, from the RR expression for the scalar reflectance, R, in the GHSSmooth expression, it inherits all of the polarization capabilities of the rigorous RR vector perturbation theory.

  8. Scattering theory for the quantum envelope of a classical system

    SciTech Connect

    Sudarshan, E.C.G.

    1993-12-31

    Classical dynamics, reformulated in terms of its quantum envelope is studied for the stationary states of the interacting system. The dynamical variable of ``elapsed time`` plays a crucial role in this study. It is shown that the perturbation series for the elapsed time can be summed in various simple cases even when standard perturbation series diverge. For the special class of systems where the interactions fall off sufficiently fast at infinity one could define ``in`` and ``out`` states; and consequently the wave matrices and scattering matrices. The scattering phase shifts bear a simple relation to the time delay in scattering.

  9. Aharonov-Bohm scattering in Chern-Simons theory of scalar particles

    SciTech Connect

    Boz, M.; Fainberg, V.; Pak, N.K.

    1996-03-15

    The S-matrix operator for relativistic theory of charged scalar particles interacting via Chern-Simon field is constructed and is shown to be formally the same as S-matrix in relativistic scalar quantum electrodynamics in which the Feynman diagrams with external photon lines are not considered and the propagators of the Chern-Simons particles are substituted in place of the ones for photons. All the one-loop Feynman diagrams for relativistic scattering amplitude of two charged particles are calculated. Due to the renormalizabilty of the theory only two diagrams have linear divergence, which are regularized. The nonrelativistic limit of the scattering amplitude is also finite, unlike the non-relativistic Chern-Simons scattering theory. It is found that for a certain value of the contact interaction, corresponding to the repulsive case, the scattering amplitude coincides with that of Aharonov-Bohm scattering, in the same approximation. 20 refs., 2 fig.

  10. Quasielastic neutron scattering in biology: Theory and applications

    DOE PAGES

    Vural, Derya; Hu, Xiaohu; Lindner, Benjamin; ...

    2016-06-15

    Neutrons scatter quasielastically from stochastic, diffusive processes, such as overdamped vibrations, localized diffusion and transitions between energy minima. In biological systems, such as proteins and membranes, these relaxation processes are of considerable physical interest. We review here recent methodological advances and applications of quasielastic neutron scattering (QENS) in biology, concentrating on the role of molecular dynamics simulation in generating data with which neutron profiles can be unambiguously interpreted. We examine the use of massively-parallel computers in calculating scattering functions, and the application of Markov state modeling. The decomposition of MD-derived neutron dynamic susceptibilities is described, and the use of thismore » in combination with NMR spectroscopy. We discuss dynamics at very long times, including approximations to the infinite time mean-square displacement and nonequilibrium aspects of single-protein dynamics. Lastly, we examine how neutron scattering and MD can be combined to provide information on lipid nanodomains.« less

  11. Inverse scattering theory: Inverse scattering series method for one dimensional non-compact support potential

    SciTech Connect

    Yao, Jie; Lesage, Anne-Cécile; Hussain, Fazle; Bodmann, Bernhard G.; Kouri, Donald J.

    2014-12-15

    The reversion of the Born-Neumann series of the Lippmann-Schwinger equation is one of the standard ways to solve the inverse acoustic scattering problem. One limitation of the current inversion methods based on the reversion of the Born-Neumann series is that the velocity potential should have compact support. However, this assumption cannot be satisfied in certain cases, especially in seismic inversion. Based on the idea of distorted wave scattering, we explore an inverse scattering method for velocity potentials without compact support. The strategy is to decompose the actual medium as a known single interface reference medium, which has the same asymptotic form as the actual medium and a perturbative scattering potential with compact support. After introducing the method to calculate the Green’s function for the known reference potential, the inverse scattering series and Volterra inverse scattering series are derived for the perturbative potential. Analytical and numerical examples demonstrate the feasibility and effectiveness of this method. Besides, to ensure stability of the numerical computation, the Lanczos averaging method is employed as a filter to reduce the Gibbs oscillations for the truncated discrete inverse Fourier transform of each order. Our method provides a rigorous mathematical framework for inverse acoustic scattering with a non-compact support velocity potential.

  12. Jordan Algebraic Quantum Categories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Graydon, Matthew; Barnum, Howard; Ududec, Cozmin; Wilce, Alexander

    2015-03-01

    State cones in orthodox quantum theory over finite dimensional complex Hilbert spaces enjoy two particularly essential features: homogeneity and self-duality. Orthodox quantum theory is not, however, unique in that regard. Indeed, all finite dimensional formally real Jordan algebras -- arenas for generalized quantum theories with close algebraic kinship to the orthodox theory -- admit homogeneous self-dual positive cones. We construct categories wherein these theories are unified. The structure of composite systems is cast from universal tensor products of the universal C*-algebras enveloping ambient spaces for the constituent state cones. We develop, in particular, a notion of composition that preserves the local distinction of constituent systems in quaternionic quantum theory. More generally, we explicitly derive the structure of hybrid quantum composites with subsystems of arbitrary Jordan algebraic type.

  13. Singularity in the Laboratory Frame Angular Distribution Derived in Two-Body Scattering Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dick, Frank; Norbury, John W.

    2009-01-01

    The laboratory (lab) frame angular distribution derived in two-body scattering theory exhibits a singularity at the maximum lab scattering angle. The singularity appears in the kinematic factor that transforms the centre of momentum (cm) angular distribution to the lab angular distribution. We show that it is caused in the transformation by the…

  14. Application of Kubelka-Munk theory of diffuse reflectance to geologic problems - The role of scattering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Morris, R. V.; Mendell, W. W.; Neely, S. C.

    1982-01-01

    An understanding of the reflectance spectra of scattering media is vital for the appropriate interpretation of the reflectance spectra of planetary surfaces. When the absorption coefficient (k) and the mean size of the scattering centers are small, the Kubelka-Munk (K-M) theory of diffuse reflectance is valid. Since small values of k are characteristic of a wide variety of geologically important materials over a significant range of wavelength, the K-M theory should be applicable to appropriate portions of the reflectance spectra of these media if the dimensions of the scattering centers are sufficiently small. To test the utility of the K-M theory, a comparison is conducted of a set of theoretically generated spectra with a set of independently measured experimental spectra. The similarities found in the behavior of the two sets of spectra demonstrate the applicability of the K-M theory to the understanding of physical phenomena. Aspects of wavelength-dependent scattering are investigated.

  15. Lax-Phillips scattering theory for PT-symmetric ρ-perturbed operators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cojuhari, Petru A.; Kuzhel, Sergii

    2012-07-01

    The S-matrices corresponding to PT-symmetric ρ-perturbed operators are defined and calculated by means of an approach based on an operator-theoretical interpretation of the Lax-Phillips scattering theory.

  16. Multislice theory of fast electron scattering incorporating atomic inner-shell ionization.

    PubMed

    Dwyer, C

    2005-09-01

    It is demonstrated how atomic inner-shell ionization can be incorporated into a multislice theory of fast electron scattering. The resulting theory therefore accounts for both inelastic scattering due to inner-shell ionization and dynamical elastic scattering. The theory uses a description of the ionization process based on the angular momentum representation for both the initial and final states of the atomic electron. For energy losses near threshold, only a small number of independent states of the ejected atomic electron need to be considered, reducing demands on computing time, and eliminating the need for tabulated inelastic scattering factors. The theory is used to investigate the influence of the collection aperture size on the spatial origin of the silicon K-shell EELS signal generated by a STEM probe. The validity of a so-called local approximation is also considered.

  17. The Aharonov–Bohm effect in scattering theory

    SciTech Connect

    Sitenko, Yu.A.; Vlasii, N.D.

    2013-12-15

    The Aharonov–Bohm effect is considered as a scattering event with nonrelativistic charged particles of the wavelength which is less than the transverse size of an impenetrable magnetic vortex. The quasiclassical WKB method is shown to be efficient in solving this scattering problem. We find that the scattering cross section consists of two terms, one describing the classical phenomenon of elastic reflection and another one describing the quantum phenomenon of diffraction; the Aharonov–Bohm effect is manifested as a fringe shift in the diffraction pattern. Both the classical and the quantum phenomena are independent of the choice of a boundary condition at the vortex edge, providing that probability is conserved. We show that a propagation of charged particles can be controlled by altering the flux of a magnetic vortex placed on their way. -- Highlights: •Aharonov–Bohm effect as a scattering event. •Impenetrable magnetic vortex of nonzero transverse size. •Scattering cross section is independent of a self-adjoint extension employed. •Classical phenomenon of elastic reflection and quantum phenomenon of diffraction. •Aharonov–Bohm effect as a fringe shift in the diffraction pattern.

  18. Scattering by ensembles of small particles experiment, theory and application

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gustafson, B. A. S.

    1980-01-01

    A hypothetical self consistent picture of evolution of prestellar intertellar dust through a comet phase leads to predictions about the composition of the circum-solar dust cloud. Scattering properties of thus resulting conglomerates with a bird's-nest type of structure are investigated using a micro-wave analogue technique. Approximate theoretical methods of general interest are developed which compared favorably with the experimental results. The principal features of scattering of visible radiation by zodiacal light particles are reasonably reproduced. A component which is suggestive of (ALPHA)-meteoroids is also predicted.

  19. Hybrid Theory of Electron-Hydrogenic Systems Elastic Scattering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bhatia, A. K.

    2007-01-01

    Accurate electron-hydrogen and electron-hydrogenic cross sections are required to interpret fusion experiments, laboratory plasma physics and properties of the solar and astrophysical plasmas. We have developed a method in which the short-range and long-range correlations can be included at the same time in the scattering equations. The phase shifts have rigorous lower bounds and the scattering lengths have rigorous upper bounds. The phase shifts in the resonance region can be used to calculate very accurately the resonance parameters.

  20. Effective field theory for large logarithms in radiative corrections to electron proton scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hill, Richard J.

    2017-01-01

    Radiative corrections to elastic electron proton scattering are analyzed in effective field theory. A new factorization formula identifies all sources of large logarithms in the limit of large momentum transfer, Q2≫me2. Explicit matching calculations are performed through two-loop order. A renormalization analysis in soft-collinear effective theory is performed to systematically compute and resum large logarithms. Implications for the extraction of charge radii and other observables from scattering data are discussed. The formalism may be applied to other lepton-nucleon scattering and e+e- annihilation processes.

  1. Application of the algebraic RNG model for transition simulation. [renormalization group theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lund, Thomas S.

    1990-01-01

    The algebraic form of the RNG model of Yakhot and Orszag (1986) is investigated as a transition model for the Reynolds averaged boundary layer equations. It is found that the cubic equation for the eddy viscosity contains both a jump discontinuity and one spurious root. A yet unpublished transformation to a quartic equation is shown to remove the numerical difficulties associated with the discontinuity, but only at the expense of merging both the physical and spurious root of the cubic. Jumps between the branches of the resulting multiple-valued solution are found to lead to oscillations in flat plate transition calculations. Aside from the oscillations, the transition behavior is qualitatively correct.

  2. Quasielastic neutron scattering in biology: Theory and applications.

    PubMed

    Vural, Derya; Hu, Xiaohu; Lindner, Benjamin; Jain, Nitin; Miao, Yinglong; Cheng, Xiaolin; Liu, Zhuo; Hong, Liang; Smith, Jeremy C

    2017-01-01

    Neutrons scatter quasielastically from stochastic, diffusive processes, such as overdamped vibrations, localized diffusion and transitions between energy minima. In biological systems, such as proteins and membranes, these relaxation processes are of considerable physical interest. We review here recent methodological advances and applications of quasielastic neutron scattering (QENS) in biology, concentrating on the role of molecular dynamics simulation in generating data with which neutron profiles can be unambiguously interpreted. We examine the use of massively-parallel computers in calculating scattering functions, and the application of Markov state modeling. The decomposition of MD-derived neutron dynamic susceptibilities is described, and the use of this in combination with NMR spectroscopy. We discuss dynamics at very long times, including approximations to the infinite time mean-square displacement and nonequilibrium aspects of single-protein dynamics. Finally, we examine how neutron scattering and MD can be combined to provide information on lipid nanodomains. This article is part of a Special Issue entitled "Science for Life" Guest Editor: Dr. Austen Angell, Dr. Salvatore Magazù and Dr. Federica Migliardo.

  3. Robert R. Wilson Prize II: A Quantum Field Theory Approach to Intrabeam Scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bjorken, James

    2017-01-01

    My involvement in the intrabeam scattering problem was very brief, from the autumn of 1981 to the summer of 1982. It occurred during my tenure at Fermilab. I entered the subject as an amateur in accelerator theory. But my experience in elementary-particle theory turned out to be of help in advancing the subject.

  4. Symmetries of tree-level scattering amplitudes in N=6 superconformal Chern-Simons theory

    SciTech Connect

    Bargheer, Till; Loebbert, Florian; Meneghelli, Carlo

    2010-08-15

    Constraints of the osp(6|4) symmetry on tree-level scattering amplitudes in N=6 superconformal Chern-Simons theory are derived. Supplemented by Feynman diagram calculations, solutions to these constraints, namely, the four- and six-point superamplitudes, are presented and shown to be invariant under Yangian symmetry. This introduces integrability into the amplitude sector of the theory.

  5. Numerical validation of the generalized Harvey-Shack surface scatter theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Choi, Narak; Harvey, James E.

    2013-11-01

    The generalized Harvey-Shack (GHS) surface scatter theory is numerically compared to the classical small perturbation method, the Kirchhoff approximation method, and the rigorous method of moments for one-dimensional ideally conducting surfaces whose surface power spectral density function is Gaussian or exhibits an inverse power law (fractal) behavior. In spite of its simple analytic form, our numerical comparison shows that the new GHS theory is valid (with reasonable accuracy) over a broader range of surface parameter space than either of the two classical surface scatter theories.

  6. Pitch angle scattering of relativistic electrons from stationary magnetic waves: Continuous Markov process and quasilinear theory

    SciTech Connect

    Lemons, Don S.

    2012-01-15

    We develop a Markov process theory of charged particle scattering from stationary, transverse, magnetic waves. We examine approximations that lead to quasilinear theory, in particular the resonant diffusion approximation. We find that, when appropriate, the resonant diffusion approximation simplifies the result of the weak turbulence approximation without significant further restricting the regime of applicability. We also explore a theory generated by expanding drift and diffusion rates in terms of a presumed small correlation time. This small correlation time expansion leads to results valid for relatively small pitch angle and large wave energy density - a regime that may govern pitch angle scattering of high-energy electrons into the geomagnetic loss cone.

  7. Constraints on scattering amplitudes in multistate Landau-Zener theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sinitsyn, Nikolai A.; Lin, Jeffmin; Chernyak, Vladimir Y.

    2017-01-01

    We derive a set of constraints, which we will call hierarchy constraints, on scattering amplitudes of an arbitrary multistate Landau-Zener model (MLZM). The presence of additional symmetries can transform such constraints into nontrivial relations between elements of the transition probability matrix. This observation can be used to derive complete solutions of some MLZMs or, for models that cannot be solved completely, to reduce the number of independent elements of the transition probability matrix.

  8. Constraints on scattering amplitudes in multistate Landau-Zener theory

    DOE PAGES

    Sinitsyn, Nikolai A.; Lin, Jeffmin; Chernyak, Vladimir Y.

    2017-01-30

    Here, we derive a set of constraints, which we will call hierarchy constraints, on scattering amplitudes of an arbitrary multistate Landau-Zener model (MLZM). The presence of additional symmetries can transform such constraints into nontrivial relations between elements of the transition probability matrix. This observation can be used to derive complete solutions of some MLZMs or, for models that cannot be solved completely, to reduce the number of independent elements of the transition probability matrix.

  9. Ward identities and high energy scattering amplitudes in string theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chan, Chuan-Tsung; Ho, Pei-Ming; Lee, Jen-Chi

    2005-02-01

    High-energy limit α→∞ of stringy Ward identities derived from the decoupling of two types of zero-norm states in the old covariant first quantized (OCFQ) spectrum of open bosonic string are used to check the consistency of saddle point calculations of high energy scattering amplitudes of Gross and Mende and Gross and Manes. Some inconsistencies of their saddle point calculations are found even for the string-tree scattering amplitudes of the excited string states. We discuss and calculate the missing terms of the calculation by those authors to recover the stringy Ward identities. In addition, based on the tree-level stringy Ward identities, we give the proof of a general formula, which was proposed previously, of all high energy four-point string-tree amplitudes of arbitrary particles in the string spectrum. In this formula all such scattering amplitudes are expressed in terms of those of tachyons as conjectured by Gross. The formula is extremely simple which manifestly demonstrates the universal high energy behavior of the interactions among all string states.

  10. Second order classical perturbation theory for atom surface scattering: Analysis of asymmetry in the angular distribution

    SciTech Connect

    Zhou, Yun Pollak, Eli; Miret-Artés, Salvador

    2014-01-14

    A second order classical perturbation theory is developed and applied to elastic atom corrugated surface scattering. The resulting theory accounts for experimentally observed asymmetry in the final angular distributions. These include qualitative features, such as reduction of the asymmetry in the intensity of the rainbow peaks with increased incidence energy as well as the asymmetry in the location of the rainbow peaks with respect to the specular scattering angle. The theory is especially applicable to “soft” corrugated potentials. Expressions for the angular distribution are derived for the exponential repulsive and Morse potential models. The theory is implemented numerically to a simplified model of the scattering of an Ar atom from a LiF(100) surface.

  11. Small-slope scattering from rough elastic ocean floors: general theory and computational algorithm.

    PubMed

    Gragg, R F; Wurmser, D; Gauss, R C

    2001-12-01

    In this article acoustic scattering by a random rough interface that separates a fluid incident medium from an underlying uniform scattering medium, either fluid or elastic solid, in cases for which the Bragg scale lies within the power-law tail of the roughness spectrum is dealt with. The physical foundation is an inherently reciprocity-preserving, local small-slope theory. A fully bistatic formulation is developed for the scattering strength, together with a robust numerical implementation that allows a wide range of spectral exponent values. The practical result for ocean acoustics is a significantly improved description of the interface component of sea floor scattering. Calculations are presented to demonstrate the advantage of this approach over perturbation theory, and to illustrate its dependence on frequency and environmental parameters as well as its operation in bistatic geometries.

  12. Elastic Proton Scattering of Medium Mass Nuclei from Coupled-Cluster Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Hagen, G.; MichelN.,

    2012-01-01

    Using coupled-cluster theory and interactions from chiral effective field theory, we compute overlap functions for transfer and scattering of low-energy protons on the target nucleus 40Ca. Effects of three-nucleon forces are included phenomenologically as in-medium two-nucleon interactions. Using known asymptotic forms for one-nucleon overlap functions we derive a simple and intuitive way of computing scattering observables such as elastic scattering phase shifts and cross sections. As a first application and proof of principle, we compute phase shifts and differential interaction cross sections at energies of 9.6 and 12.44 MeV and compare with experimental data. Our computed diffraction minima are in fair agreement with experimental results, while we tend to overestimate the cross sections at large scattering angles.

  13. Ultrasonic scattering by blood: theories, experimental results and biomedical applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shung, K. Kirk

    2002-05-01

    In this paper, theoretical and experimental efforts that have been undertaken to better understand the phenomenon of ultrasonic scattering in blood will be reviewed. This subject is of interest in biology and medicine because the echoes generated by blood are used to extract blood velocity by ultrasonic Doppler flow and imaging devices. In the course of these investigations it became clear that ultrasonic scattering from blood is dependent upon such hematological and hemodynamic properties of blood as hematocrit, plasma protein concentration, flow rate and flow cycle duration. Several aspects of these experimental results have been successfully modeled by recent theoretical developments. An unexpected consequence of these efforts is that ultrasound appears to be a viable tool for blood flow visualization and hemodynamic measurements. Two unique hemodynamic phenomena that have never been reported in the hemodynamic literature have been observed: the black hole, a low echogenic zone in the center stream of whole blood flowing in a blood vessel under steady flow and the collapsing ring, an echogenic ring appearing near the periphery of a vessel at the beginning of a flow cycle, converging toward the center, and eventually collapsing during pulsatile flow. Similar observations have been made during clinical scanning of patients.

  14. Theory Of Anomalous X-Ray Scattering From Atoms And Ions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pratt, R. H.; Kissel, Lynn

    1988-07-01

    New developments in the theory of anomalous x-ray scattering are reviewed. The second order S-matrix calculations remove several previous discrepancies, in particular it is now known that there is an error in the Cromer-Liberman tables. In high Z elements a window is found in near threshold scattering at back angles. New results obtained for ions indicate that with increasing degrees of ionization the anomalous behavior near threshold weakens.

  15. Strong fluctuation theory for scattering, attenuation, and transmission of microwaves through snowfall

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jin, Y.-Q.; Kong, J. A.

    1985-01-01

    The strong fluctuation theory is applied to the study of the atmospheric snowfall which is modeled as a layer of random discrete-scatterers medium. As functions of size distribution, fractional volume, and radius of scatterers, the relationship is illustrated between the reflectivity factor and precipitation rate, the attenuation of the centimeter and millimeter waves, and the line-of-sight transmission of coherent and incoherent wave components. The theoretical results are shown to match favorably with experimental data.

  16. Proton radius from electron-proton scattering and chiral perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Horbatsch, Marko; Hessels, Eric A.; Pineda, Antonio

    2017-03-01

    We determine the root-mean-square proton charge radius, Rp, from a fit to low-Q2 electron-proton elastic-scattering cross-section data with the higher moments fixed (within uncertainties) to the values predicted by chiral perturbation theory. We obtain Rp=0.855 (11 ) fm. This number falls between the value obtained from muonic hydrogen analyses and the CODATA value (based upon atomic hydrogen spectroscopy and electron-proton scattering determinations).

  17. Renormalization in Quantum Field Theory and the Riemann-Hilbert Problem I: The Hopf Algebra Structure of Graphs and the Main Theorem

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Connes, Alain; Kreimer, Dirk

    This paper gives a complete selfcontained proof of our result announced in [6] showing that renormalization in quantum field theory is a special instance of a general mathematical procedure of extraction of finite values based on the Riemann-Hilbert problem. We shall first show that for any quantum field theory, the combinatorics of Feynman graphs gives rise to a Hopf algebra which is commutative as an algebra. It is the dual Hopf algebra of the enveloping algebra of a Lie algebra whose basis is labelled by the one particle irreducible Feynman graphs. The Lie bracket of two such graphs is computed from insertions of one graph in the other and vice versa. The corresponding Lie group G is the group of characters of . We shall then show that, using dimensional regularization, the bare (unrenormalized) theory gives rise to a loop where C is a small circle of complex dimensions around the integer dimension D of space-time. Our main result is that the renormalized theory is just the evaluation at z=D of the holomorphic part γ+ of the Birkhoff decomposition of γ. We begin to analyse the group G and show that it is a semi-direct product of an easily understood abelian group by a highly non-trivial group closely tied up with groups of diffeomorphisms. The analysis of this latter group as well as the interpretation of the renormalization group and of anomalous dimensions are the content of our second paper with the same overall title.

  18. Theory of time-resolved nonresonant x-ray scattering for imaging ultrafast coherent electron motion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dixit, Gopal; Slowik, Jan Malte; Santra, Robin

    2014-04-01

    Future ultrafast x-ray light sources might image ultrafast coherent electron motion in real space and in real time. For a rigorous understanding of such an imaging experiment, we extend the theory of nonresonant x-ray scattering to the time domain. The role of energy resolution of the scattering detector is investigated in detail. We show that time-resolved nonresonant x-ray scattering with no energy resolution offers an opportunity to study time-dependent electronic correlations in nonequilibrium quantum systems. Furthermore, our theory presents a unified description of ultrafast x-ray scattering from electronic wave packets and the dynamical imaging of ultrafast dynamics using inelastic x-ray scattering by Abbamonte and co-workers. We examine closely the relation of the scattering signal and the linear density response of electronic wave packets. Finally, we demonstrate that time-resolved x-ray scattering from a crystal consisting of identical electronic wave packets recovers the instantaneous electron density.

  19. Second order classical perturbation theory for the sticking probability of heavy atoms scattered on surfaces.

    PubMed

    Sahoo, Tapas; Pollak, Eli

    2015-08-14

    A second order classical perturbation theory is developed to calculate the sticking probability of a particle scattered from an uncorrugated thermal surface. An analytic expression for the temperature dependent energy loss of the particle to the surface is derived by employing a one-dimensional generalized Langevin equation. The surface temperature reduces the energy loss, since the thermal surface transfers energy to the particle. Using a Gaussian energy loss kernel and the multiple collision theory of Fan and Manson [J. Chem. Phys. 130, 064703 (2009)], enables the determination of the fraction of particles trapped on the surface after subsequent momentum reversals of the colliding particle. This then leads to an estimate of the trapping probability. The theory is tested for the model scattering of Ar on a LiF(100) surface. Comparison with numerical simulations shows excellent agreement of the analytical theory with simulations, provided that the energy loss is determined by the second order perturbation theory.

  20. Covariant spectator theory of np scattering: Deuteron quadrupole moment

    DOE PAGES

    Gross, Franz

    2015-01-26

    The deuteron quadrupole moment is calculated using two CST model wave functions obtained from the 2007 high precision fits to np scattering data. Included in the calculation are a new class of isoscalar np interaction currents automatically generated by the nuclear force model used in these fits. The prediction for model WJC-1, with larger relativistic P-state components, is 2.5% smaller that the experiential result, in common with the inability of models prior to 2014 to predict this important quantity. However, model WJC-2, with very small P-state components, gives agreement to better than 1%, similar to the results obtained recently frommore » XEFT predictions to order N3LO.« less

  1. Covariant spectator theory of np scattering: Deuteron quadrupole moment

    SciTech Connect

    Gross, Franz

    2015-01-26

    The deuteron quadrupole moment is calculated using two CST model wave functions obtained from the 2007 high precision fits to np scattering data. Included in the calculation are a new class of isoscalar np interaction currents automatically generated by the nuclear force model used in these fits. The prediction for model WJC-1, with larger relativistic P-state components, is 2.5% smaller that the experiential result, in common with the inability of models prior to 2014 to predict this important quantity. However, model WJC-2, with very small P-state components, gives agreement to better than 1%, similar to the results obtained recently from XEFT predictions to order N3LO.

  2. Electron-deuteron scattering in a relativistic theory of hadrons

    SciTech Connect

    Phillips, D.

    1998-11-01

    The author reviews a three-dimensional formalism that provides a systematic way to include relativistic effects including relativistic kinematics, the effects of negative-energy states, and the boosts of the two-body system in calculations of two-body bound-states. He then explains how to construct a conserved current within this relativistic three-dimensional approach. This general theoretical framework is specifically applied to electron-deuteron scattering both in impulse approximation and when the {rho}{pi}{gamma} meson-exchange current is included. The experimentally-measured quantities A, B, and T{sub 20} are calculated over the kinematic range that is probed in Jefferson Lab experiments. The role of both negative-energy states and meson retardation appears to be small in the region of interest.

  3. Normal forms of an abstract Dirac operator and applications to scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Thaller, Bernd

    1988-01-01

    The unitary transformations which convert an abstract Dirac operator into an ``even'' (resp. ``odd'') operator are determined. The problem is formulated and solved completely within the general setup of supersymmetric quantum mechanics. This leads to some apparently new applications in relativistic quantum mechanics, where the transformations are known as the Foldy-Wouthuysen (resp. Cini-Touschek) transformations. The scattering theory for abstract Dirac operators is discussed and the utility of the general theory is illustrated by proving existence of relativistic Mo/ller operators for scattering from long-range magnetic fields.

  4. Temporal coupled-mode theory for light scattering by an arbitrarily shaped object supporting a single resonance

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ruan, Zhichao; Fan, Shanhui

    2012-04-01

    We develop a temporal coupled-mode theory to describe the interaction of plane wave with an individual scatterer having an arbitrary shape. The theory involves the expansion of the fields on cylindrical or spherical wave basis for the two-dimensional and three-dimensional cases, respectively, and describes the scattering process in terms of a background scattering matrix and the resonant radiation coefficients into different cylindrical or spherical wave channels. This theory provides a general formula for the scattering and absorption cross sections. We show that for a subwavelength asymmetric scatterer with a single resonance, the scattering and absorption cross sections can exceed the single-resonance limit for some specific incident angles of illumination, but the sum of these cross sections over all angles has an upper limit. We validate the theory with numerical simulations of a metallic scatterer that does not have any rotation symmetry.

  5. Experimental validation of light scattering and absorption theories of fractal-like carbonaceous aerosol agglomerates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chakrabarty, R.; Moosmuller, H.; Arnott, W. P.; Garro, M.; Slowik, J.; Cross, E.; Han, J.; Davidovits, P.; Onasch, T.; Worsnop, D.

    2007-12-01

    The optical coefficients of size-selected carbonaceous aerosol agglomerates measured at a wavelength of 870 nm are compared with those predicted by three theories, namely Rayleigh-Debye-Gans (RDG) approximation, volume-equivalent Mie theory, and integral equation formulation for scattering (IEFS). Carbonaceous agglomerates, produced via flame synthesis, were size-selected using two differential mobility analyzers (DMAs) in series, and their scattering and absorption coefficients were measured with nephelometry and photoacoustic spectroscopy. Scanning electron microscopy, along with image processing techniques, were used for the parameterization of the structural properties of the fractal-like agglomerates. The agglomerate structural parameters were used to evaluate the predictions of the optical coefficients based on the three light scattering and absorption theories. The results indicate that the RDG approximation agrees within 10% of the experimental results and the exact electromagnetic calculations of the IEFS theory. The experimental scattering coefficient is over predicted by the volume-equivalent Mie theory by a factor of ~3.2. Also, the RDG approximation-predicted optical coefficients showed pronounced sensitivity to changes in monomer mean diameter, the count median diameter of the agglomerates, and the geometric standard deviation of the agglomerate number size distribution.

  6. Light scattering and absorption by fractal-like carbonaceous chain aggregates: comparison of theories and experiment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chakrabarty, Rajan K.; Moosmüller, Hans; Arnott, W. Patrick; Garro, Mark A.; Slowik, Jay G.; Cross, Eben S.; Han, Jeong-Ho; Davidovits, Paul; Onasch, Timothy B.; Worsnop, Douglas R.

    2007-10-01

    This study compares the optical coefficients of size-selected soot particles measured at a wavelength of 870 nm with those predicted by three theories, namely, Rayleigh-Debye-Gans (RDG) approximation, volume-equivalent Mie theory, and integral equation formulation for scattering (IEFS). Soot particles, produced by a premixed ethene flame, were size-selected using two differential mobility analyzers in series, and their scattering and absorption coefficients were measured with nephelometry and photoacoustic spectroscopy. Scanning electron microscopy and image processing techniques were used for the parameterization of the structural properties of the fractal-like soot aggregates. The aggregate structural parameters were used to evaluate the predictions of the optical coefficients based on the three light-scattering and absorption theories. Our results show that the RDG approximation agrees within 10% with the experimental results and the exact electromagnetic calculations of the IEFS theory. Volume-equivalent Mie theory overpredicts the experimental scattering coefficient by a factor of ˜3.2. The optical coefficients predicted by the RDG approximation showed pronounced sensitivity to changes in monomer mean diameter, the count median diameter of the aggregates, and the geometric standard deviation of the aggregate number size distribution.

  7. Elements of QED-NRQED effective field theory: NLO scattering at leading power

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dye, Steven P.; Gonderinger, Matthew; Paz, Gil

    2016-07-01

    The proton radius puzzle, i.e. the large discrepancy in the extraction of the proton charge radius between regular and muonic hydrogen, challenges our understanding of the structure of the proton. It can also be an indication of a new force that couples to muons, but not to electrons. An effective field theory analysis using nonrelativistic quantum electrodynamics (NRQED) indicates that the muonic hydrogen result can be interpreted as a large, compared to some model estimates, muon-proton spin-independent contact interaction. The muonic hydrogen result can be tested by a muon-proton scattering experiment, MUSE, that is planned at the Paul Scherrer Institute in Switzerland. The typical momenta of the muons in this experiment are of the order of the muon mass. In this energy regime the muons are relativistic but the protons are still nonrelativistic. The interaction between the muons and protons can be described by a hybrid QED-NRQED effective field theory. We present some elements of this effective field theory. In particular we consider O (Z α ) scattering up to power m2/M2 , where m (M ) is the muon (proton) mass and Z =1 for a proton, and O (Z2α2) scattering at leading power. We show how the former reproduces Rosenbluth scattering up to power m2/M2 and the latter the relativistic scattering off a static potential. Proton structure corrections at O (Z2α2) will be considered in a subsequent paper.

  8. Application of relativistic mean field and effective field theory densities to scattering observables for Ca isotopes

    SciTech Connect

    Bhuyan, M.; Panda, R. N.; Routray, T. R.; Patra, S. K.

    2010-12-15

    In the framework of relativistic mean field (RMF) theory, we have calculated the density distribution of protons and neutrons for {sup 40,42,44,48}Ca with NL3 and G2 parameter sets. The microscopic proton-nucleus optical potentials for p+{sup 40,42,44,48}Ca systems are evaluated from the Dirac nucleon-nucleon scattering amplitude and the density of the target nucleus using relativistic-Love-Franey and McNeil-Ray-Wallace parametrizations. We have estimated the scattering observables, such as the elastic differential scattering cross section, analyzing power and the spin observables with the relativistic impulse approximation (RIA). The results have been compared with the experimental data for a few selective cases and we find that the use of density as well as the scattering matrix parametrizations are crucial for the theoretical prediction.

  9. Shaped beam scattering by an aggregate of particles using generalized Lorenz-Mie theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Briard, Paul; Wang, Jia jie; Han, Yi Ping

    2016-04-01

    In this paper, the light scattering by an aggregate of particles illuminated by an arbitrary shaped beam is analyzed within the framework of generalized Lorenz-Mie theory (GLMT). The theoretical derivations of aggregated particles illuminated by an arbitrary shaped beam are revisited, with special attention paid to the computation of beam shape coefficients of a shaped beam for aggregated particles. The theoretical treatments as well as a home-made code are then verified by making comparisons between our numerical results and those calculated using a public available T-Matrix code MSTM. Good agreements are achieved which partially indicate the correctness of both codes. Additionally, more numerical results are presented to study the scattered fields of aggregated particles illuminated by a focused Gaussian beam. Several large enhancements in the scattered intensity distributions are found which are believed to be due to the Bragg's scattering by a linear chain of spheres.

  10. Harmonic oscillator representation in the theory of scattering and nuclear reactions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smirnov, Yuri F.; Shirokov, A. M.; Lurie, Yuri, A.; Zaitsev, S. A.

    1995-01-01

    The following questions, concerning the application of the harmonic oscillator representation (HOR) in the theory of scattering and reactions, are discussed: the formulation of the scattering theory in HOR; exact solutions of the free motion Schroedinger equation in HOR; separable expansion of the short range potentials and the calculation of the phase shifts; 'isolated states' as generalization of the Wigner-von Neumann bound states embedded in continuum; a nuclear coupled channel problem in HOR; and the description of true three body scattering in HOR. As an illustration the soft dipole mode in the (11)Li nucleus is considered in a frame of the (9)Li+n+n cluster model taking into account of three body continuum effects.

  11. Semiclassical multi-phonon theory for atom-surface scattering: Application to the Cu(111) system

    SciTech Connect

    Daon, Shauli; Pollak, Eli

    2015-05-07

    The semiclassical perturbation theory of Hubbard and Miller [J. Chem. Phys. 80, 5827 (1984)] is further developed to include the full multi-phonon transitions in atom-surface scattering. A practically applicable expression is developed for the angular scattering distribution by utilising a discretized bath of oscillators, instead of the continuum limit. At sufficiently low surface temperature good agreement is found between the present multi-phonon theory and the previous one-, and two-phonon theory derived in the continuum limit in our previous study [Daon, Pollak, and Miret-Artés, J. Chem. Phys. 137, 201103 (2012)]. The theory is applied to the measured angular distributions of Ne, Ar, and Kr scattered from a Cu(111) surface. We find that the present multi-phonon theory substantially improves the agreement between experiment and theory, especially at the higher surface temperatures. This provides evidence for the importance of multi-phonon transitions in determining the angular distribution as the surface temperature is increased.

  12. Matrix operator theory of radiative transfer. I - Rayleigh scattering.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Plass, G. N.; Kattawar, G. W.; Catchings, F. E.

    1973-01-01

    An entirely rigorous method for the solution of the equations for radiative transfer based on the matrix operator theory is reviewed. The advantages of the present method are: (1) all orders of the reflection and transmission matrices are calculated at once; (2) layers of any thickness may be combined, so that a realistic model of the atmosphere can be developed from any arbitrary number of layers, each with different properties and thicknesses; (3) calculations can readily be made for large optical depths and with highly anisotropic phase functions; (4) results are obtained for any desired value of the surface albedo including the value unity and for a large number of polar and azimuthal angles; (5) all fundamental equations can be interpreted immediately in terms of the physical interactions appropriate to the problem; and (6) both upward and downward radiance can be calculated at interior points from relatively simple expressions.

  13. Topics in Nonsupersymmetric Scattering Amplitudes in Gauge and Gravity Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nohle, Joshua David

    In Chapters 1 and 2, we introduce and review the duality between color and kinematics in Yang-Mills theory uncovered by Bern, Carrasco and Johansson (BCJ). In Chapter 3, we provide evidence in favor of the conjectured duality between color and kinematics for the case of nonsupersymmetric pure Yang-Mills amplitudes by constructing a form of the one-loop four-point amplitude of this theory that makes the duality manifest. Our construction is valid in any dimension. We also describe a duality-satisfying representation for the two-loop four-point amplitude with identical four-dimensional external helicities. We use these results to obtain corresponding gravity integrands for a theory containing a graviton, dilaton, and antisymmetric tensor, simply by replacing color factors with specified diagram numerators. Using this, we give explicit forms of ultraviolet divergences at one loop in four, six, and eight dimensions, and at two loops in four dimensions. In Chapter 4, we extend the four-point one-loop nonsupersymmetric pure Yang-Mills discussion of Chapter 3 to include fermions and scalars circulating in the loop with all external gluons. This gives another nontrivial loop-level example showing that the duality between color and kinematics holds in nonsupersymmetric gauge theory. The construction is valid in any spacetime dimension and written in terms of formal polarization vectors. We also convert these expressions into a four-dimensional form with explicit external helicity states. Using this, we compare our results to one-loop duality-satisfying amplitudes that are already present in literature. In Chapter 5, we switch from the topic of color-kinematics duality to discuss the recently renewed interest in the soft behavior of gravitons and gluons. Specifically, we discuss the subleading low-energy behavior. Cachazo and Strominger recently proposed an extension of the soft-graviton theorem found by Weinberg. In addition, they proved the validity of their extension at

  14. The elastic constants of rubrene determined by Brillouin scattering and density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Yaqi; Manke, David R.; Sharifzadeh, Sahar; Briseno, Alejandro L.; Ramasubramaniam, Ashwin; Koski, Kristie J.

    2017-02-01

    The linear elastic stiffness tensor of the crystalline organic semiconductor, rubrene, is measured using Brillouin light scattering spectroscopy and computed from first-principles van der Waals density functional theory calculations. Results are compared with recent measurements of in-plane reduced elastic constants c¯ 22, c¯ 33 , and c¯ 23 determined through anisotropic buckling experiments.

  15. ππ scattering, pion form factors and chiral perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Colangelo, Gilberto

    2005-04-01

    I discuss recent progress in our understanding of the ππ scattering amplitude at low energy thanks to the combined use of chiral perturbation theory and dispersion relations. I also comment on the criticism raised by Peláez and Ynduráin on this work.

  16. Central extensions of Lax operator algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schlichenmaier, M.; Sheinman, O. K.

    2008-08-01

    Lax operator algebras were introduced by Krichever and Sheinman as a further development of Krichever's theory of Lax operators on algebraic curves. These are almost-graded Lie algebras of current type. In this paper local cocycles and associated almost-graded central extensions of Lax operator algebras are classified. It is shown that in the case when the corresponding finite-dimensional Lie algebra is simple the two-cohomology space is one-dimensional. An important role is played by the action of the Lie algebra of meromorphic vector fields on the Lax operator algebra via suitable covariant derivatives.

  17. The algebra of physical observables in non-linearly realized gauge theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Quadri, Andrea

    2010-11-01

    We classify the physical observables in spontaneously broken non-linearly realized gauge theories in the recently proposed loopwise expansion governed by the Weak Power-Counting (WPC) and the Local Functional Equation. The latter controls the non-trivial quantum deformation of the classical non-linearly realized gauge symmetry, to all orders in the loop expansion. The Batalin-Vilkovisky (BV) formalism is used. We show that the dependence of the vertex functional on the Goldstone fields is obtained via a canonical transformation w.r.t. the BV bracket associated with the BRST symmetry of the model. We also compare the WPC with strict power-counting renormalizability in linearly realized gauge theories. In the case of the electroweak group we find that the tree-level Weinberg relation still holds if power-counting renormalizability is weakened to the WPC condition.

  18. Example of a quantum field theory based on a nonlinear Lie algebra

    SciTech Connect

    Schoutens, K. . Inst. for Theoretical Physics); Sevrin, A. ); van Nieuwenhuizen, P. . Theory Div.)

    1991-11-01

    In this contribution to Tini Veltman's Festschrift we shall give a paedagogical account of our work on a new class of gauge theories called W gravities. They contain higher spin gauge fields, but the usual no-go theorems for interacting field theories with spins exceeding two do not apply since these theories are in two dimensions. It is, of course, well known that ghost-free interacting massless spin 2 fields ( the metric') are gauge fields, and correspond to the geometrical notion of general coordinate transformations in general relativity, but it is yet unknown what extension of these ideas is introduced by the presence of massless higher spin gauge fields. A parallel with supergravity may be drawn: there the presence of massless spin 3/2 fields (gravitinos) corresponds to local fermi-bose symmetries of which these gravitinos are the gauge fields. Their geometrical meaning becomes only clear if one introduces superspace (with bosonic and fermionic coordinates): they correspond to local transformations of the fermionic coordinates. For W gravity one might speculate on a kind of W-superspace with extra bosonic coordinates.

  19. Example of a quantum field theory based on a nonlinear Lie algebra

    SciTech Connect

    Schoutens, K.; Sevrin, A.; van Nieuwenhuizen, P.

    1991-11-01

    In this contribution to Tini Veltman`s Festschrift we shall give a paedagogical account of our work on a new class of gauge theories called W gravities. They contain higher spin gauge fields, but the usual no-go theorems for interacting field theories with spins exceeding two do not apply since these theories are in two dimensions. It is, of course, well known that ghost-free interacting massless spin 2 fields (`the metric`) are gauge fields, and correspond to the geometrical notion of general coordinate transformations in general relativity, but it is yet unknown what extension of these ideas is introduced by the presence of massless higher spin gauge fields. A parallel with supergravity may be drawn: there the presence of massless spin 3/2 fields (gravitinos) corresponds to local fermi-bose symmetries of which these gravitinos are the gauge fields. Their geometrical meaning becomes only clear if one introduces superspace (with bosonic and fermionic coordinates): they correspond to local transformations of the fermionic coordinates. For W gravity one might speculate on a kind of W-superspace with extra bosonic coordinates.

  20. Hybrid theory and calculation of e-N2 scattering. [quantum mechanics - nuclei (nuclear physics)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chandra, N.; Temkin, A.

    1975-01-01

    A theory of electron-molecule scattering was developed which was a synthesis of close coupling and adiabatic-nuclei theories. The theory is shown to be a close coupling theory with respect to vibrational degrees of freedom but is a adiabatic-nuclei theory with respect to rotation. It can be applied to any number of partial waves required, and the remaining ones can be calculated purely in one or the other approximation. A theoretical criterion based on fixed-nuclei calculations and not on experiment can be given as to which partial waves and energy domains require the various approximations. The theory allows all cross sections (i.e., pure rotational, vibrational, simultaneous vibration-rotation, differential and total) to be calculated. Explicit formulae for all the cross sections are presented.

  1. Revised Kubelka-Munk theory. III. A general theory of light propagation in scattering and absorptive media.

    PubMed

    Yang, Li; Miklavcic, Stanley J

    2005-09-01

    A generally applicable theoretical model describing light propagating through turbid media is proposed. The theory is a generalization of the revised Kubelka-Munk theory, extending its applicability to accommodate a wider range of absorption influences. A general expression for a factor taking into account the effect of scattering on the total photon path traversed in a turbid medium is derived. The extended model is applied to systems of ink-dyed paper sheets-mixtures of wood fibers with dyes-which represent examples of systems that have thus far eluded the original Kubelka-Munk model. The results of simulations of the spectral dependence of Kubelka-Munk coefficients of absorption and scattering show that they compare very well with those derived from experimental results.

  2. Quantum scattering theory in light of an exactly solvable model with rearrangement collisions

    SciTech Connect

    Varma, S.; Sudarshan, E.C.

    1996-04-01

    We present an exactly solvable quantum field theory which allows rearrangement collisions. We solve the model in the relevant sectors and demonstrate the orthonormality and completeness of the solutions, and construct the {ital S}-matrix. In light of the exact solutions constructed, we discuss various issues and assumptions in quantum scattering theory, including the isometry of the M{umlt o}ller wave matrix, the normalization and completeness of asymptotic states, and the nonorthogonality of basis states. We show that these common assertions are not obtained in this model. We suggest a general formalism for scattering theory which overcomes these and other shortcomings and limitations of the existing formalisms in the literature. {copyright} {ital 1996 American Institute of Physics.}

  3. Ultrasonic scattering from a hemispherical pit theory and experimental measurement precision

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eason, Thomas J.; Bond, Leonard J.; Lozev, Mark G.

    2017-02-01

    The accuracy and precision of pulse-echo ultrasonic thickness measurement systems are influenced by systematic and environmental factors including the topographic profile of the back-wall surface. For the case of thickness measurement from the outside surface of a pipe, the back-wall surface can vary in roughness as a result of internal corrosion. A single corrosive pit can be geometrically represented by a hemisphere in a half-space to model the initiation point of rough surface corrosion, or to model isolated pitting degradation as is possible with naphthenic acid corrosion in oil refineries. The elastic wave scattering from a single hemispherical pit has been studied in the Non-Destructive Evaluation (NDE) community, as well as scattering from a hemispherical canyon in the seismology community for various incident and reflected wave angles, modes, and frequency ranges with both analytical and discretized numerical methods. This paper looks to first review recent scattering theory (developed in the seismology community) on a full frequency range analytical solution for a normal incident longitudinal wave at a normal reflection angle from a hemispherical canyon, and then extend this theory to NDE applications with the introduction of a new far-field scattering amplitude term. Next, a selection of new theoretical scattering amplitude solutions are presented along with semi-analytical simulation and experimental measurement results. Finally, a statistical methodology to determine thickness measurement accuracy and precision taking into consideration asymmetric measurement uncertainty is referenced.

  4. Sensitivity kernels for coda-wave interferometry and scattering tomography: theory and numerical evaluation in two-dimensional anisotropically scattering media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Margerin, Ludovic; Planès, Thomas; Mayor, Jessie; Calvet, Marie

    2016-01-01

    Coda-wave interferometry is a technique which exploits tiny waveform changes in the coda to detect temporal variations of seismic properties in evolving media. Observed waveform changes are of two kinds: traveltime perturbations and distortion of seismograms. In the last 10 yr, various theories have been published to relate either background velocity changes to traveltime perturbations, or changes in the scattering properties of the medium to waveform decorrelation. These theories have been limited by assumptions pertaining to the scattering process itself-in particular isotropic scattering, or to the propagation regime-single-scattering and/or diffusion. In this manuscript, we unify and extend previous results from the literature using a radiative transfer approach. This theory allows us to incorporate the effect of anisotropic scattering and to cover a broad range of propagation regimes, including the contribution of coherent, singly scattered and multiply scattered waves. Using basic physical reasoning, we show that two different sensitivity kernels are required to describe traveltime perturbations and waveform decorrelation, respectively, a distinction which has not been well appreciated so far. Previous results from the literature are recovered as limiting cases of our general approach. To evaluate numerically the sensitivity functions, we introduce an improved version of a spectral technique known as the method of `rotated coordinate frames', which allows global evaluation of the Green's function of the radiative transfer equation in a finite domain. The method is validated through direct pointwise comparison with Green's functions obtained by the Monte Carlo method. To illustrate the theory, we consider a series of scattering media displaying increasing levels of scattering anisotropy and discuss the impact on the traveltime and decorrelation kernels. We also consider the related problem of imaging variations of scattering properties based on intensity

  5. Electron-deuteron scattering based on the Chiral Effective Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rozpȩdzik, Dagmara

    2014-06-01

    Based on the Chiral Effective Field Theory (ChEFT) dynamical picture of the two-pion exchange (TPE) contributions to the nuclear current operator which appear at higher order chiral expansions were considered. Their role in the electron-deuteron scattering reactions was studied and chiral predictions were compared with those obtained in the conventional framework. Results for cross section and various polarization observables are presented. The bound and scattering states were calculated with five different chiral nucleon-nucleon (NN) potentials which leads to the so-called theoretical uncertainty bands for the predicted results.

  6. Dense medium radiative transfer theory for two scattering layers with a Rayleigh distribution of particle sizes

    SciTech Connect

    West, R.; Tsang, Leung; Winebrenner, D.P. )

    1993-03-01

    Dense medium radiative transfer theory is applied to a three-layer model consisting of two scattering layers overlying a homogeneous half space with a size distribution of particles in each layer. A model with a distribution of sizes gives quite different results than those obtained from a model with a single size. The size distribution is especially important in the low frequency limit when scattering is strongly dependent on particle size. The size distribution and absorption characteristics also affect the extinction behavior as a function of fractional volume. Theoretical results are also compared with experimental data. The sizes, permittivities, and densities used in the numerical illustrations are typical values for snow.

  7. Twining characters and orbit Lie algebras

    SciTech Connect

    Fuchs, Jurgen; Ray, Urmie; Schellekens, Bert; Schweigert, Christoph

    1996-12-05

    We associate to outer automorphisms of generalized Kac-Moody algebras generalized character-valued indices, the twining characters. A character formula for twining characters is derived which shows that they coincide with the ordinary characters of some other generalized Kac-Moody algebra, the so-called orbit Lie algebra. Some applications to problems in conformal field theory, algebraic geometry and the theory of sporadic simple groups are sketched.

  8. Theory of the Decoherence Effect in Finite and Infinite Open Quantum Systems Using the Algebraic Approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blanchard, Philippe; Hellmich, Mario; Ługiewicz, Piotr; Olkiewicz, Robert

    Quantum mechanics is the greatest revision of our conception of the character of the physical world since Newton. Consequently, David Hilbert was very interested in quantum mechanics. He and John von Neumann discussed it frequently during von Neumann's residence in Göttingen. He published in 1932 his book Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. In Hilbert's opinion it was the first exposition of quantum mechanics in a mathematically rigorous way. The pioneers of quantum mechanics, Heisenberg and Dirac, neither had use for rigorous mathematics nor much interest in it. Conceptually, quantum theory as developed by Bohr and Heisenberg is based on the positivism of Mach as it describes only observable quantities. It first emerged as a result of experimental data in the form of statistical observations of quantum noise, the basic concept of quantum probability.

  9. Classical stochastic theory for the sticking probability of atoms scattered on surfaces.

    PubMed

    Pollak, Eli

    2011-06-30

    A stochastic theory is formulated for the sticking probability of a projectile scattered from a surface. The theory is then explored by applying it to a generalized Langevin equation model of the scattering dynamics. The theory succeeds in describing the known features of trapping on surfaces. At low energies sticking will occur only if there is an attractive interaction between the projectile and the surface. The probability of sticking at low energies is greater the lower the temperature and the deeper the attractive well of the particle as it approaches the surface. The sticking probability in the absence of horizontal friction tends to be lower as the stiffness of the surface increases. However, in the presence of horizontal friction, increased stiffness may lead to an increase in the sticking coefficient. A cos(2)(θ(i)) scaling is found only in the absence of corrugation and horizontal friction. The theory is then applied successfully to describe experimentally measured sticking probabilities for the scattering of Xe on a Pt(111) surface.

  10. Quasilocal charges and progress towards the complete GGE for field theories with nondiagonal scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vernier, Eric; Cortés Cubero, Axel

    2017-02-01

    It has recently been shown that some integrable spin chains possess a set of quasilocal conserved charges, with the classic example being the spin-\\frac{1}{2} XXZ Heisenberg chain. These charges have been proven to be essential in order to properly describe stationary states after a quantum quench, and must be included in the generalized Gibbs ensemble (GGE). We find that similar charges are also necessary for the GGE description of integrable quantum field theories with nondiagonal scattering. A stationary state in a nondiagonal scattering theory is completely specified by fixing the mode-occupation density distributions of physical particles, as well auxiliary particles which carry no energy or momentum. We show that the set of conserved charges with integer Lorentz spin, related to the integrability of the model, is unable to fix the distributions of these auxiliary particles, since these charges can only fix the kinematical properties of physical particles. The field theory analogs of the quasilocal lattice charges are therefore necessary. As a concrete example, we find the complete set of charges needed in the sine-Gordon model, by using the fact that this field theory is recovered as the continuum limit of a spatially inhomogeneous version of the XXZ chain. The set of quasilocal charges of the lattice theory is shown to become a set of local charges with fractional spin in the field theory.

  11. Applicability of modified effective-range theory to positron-atom and positron-molecule scattering

    SciTech Connect

    Idziaszek, Zbigniew; Karwasz, Grzegorz

    2006-06-15

    We analyze low-energy scattering of positrons on Ar atoms and N{sub 2} molecules using the modified effective-range theory (MERT) developed by O'Malley, et al. [J. Math. Phys. 2, 491 (1961)]. We use the formulation of MERT based on exact solutions of the Schroedinger equation with polarization potential rather than low-energy expansions of phase shifts into momentum series. We show that MERT describes the experimental data well, provided that effective-range expansion is performed both for s- and p-wave scattering, which dominate in the considered regime of positron energies (0.4-2 eV). We estimate the values of the s-wave scattering length and the effective range for e{sup +}-Ar and e{sup +}-N{sub 2} collisions.

  12. Chiral symmetry and π-π scattering in the Covariant Spectator Theory

    DOE PAGES

    Biernat, Elmar P.; Peña, M. T.; Ribeiro, J. E.; ...

    2014-11-14

    The π-π scattering amplitude calculated with a model for the quark-antiquark interaction in the framework of the Covariant Spectator Theory (CST) is shown to satisfy the Adler zero constraint imposed by chiral symmetry. The CST formalism is established in Minkowski space and our calculations are performed in momentum space. We prove that the axial-vector Ward-Takahashi identity is satisfied by our model. Then we show that, similarly to what happens within the Bethe-Salpeter formalism, application of the axial-vector Ward Takahashi identity to the CST π-π scattering amplitude allows us to sum the intermediate quark-quark interactions to all orders. Thus, the Adlermore » self-consistency zero for π-π scattering in the chiral limit emerges as the result for this sum.« less

  13. Accurate Calculations of Rotationally Inelastic Scattering Cross Sections Using Mixed Quantum/Classical Theory.

    PubMed

    Semenov, Alexander; Babikov, Dmitri

    2014-01-16

    For computational treatment of rotationally inelastic scattering of molecules, we propose to use the mixed quantum/classical theory, MQCT. The old idea of treating translational motion classically, while quantum mechanics is used for rotational degrees of freedom, is developed to the new level and is applied to Na + N2 collisions in a broad range of energies. Comparison with full-quantum calculations shows that MQCT accurately reproduces all, even minor, features of energy dependence of cross sections, except scattering resonances at very low energies. The remarkable success of MQCT opens up wide opportunities for computational predictions of inelastic scattering cross sections at higher temperatures and/or for polyatomic molecules and heavier quenchers, which is computationally close to impossible within the full-quantum framework.

  14. Discrete ordinate theory of radiative transfer. 2: Scattering from maritime haze

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kattawar, G. W.; Plass, G. N.; Catchings, F. E.

    1971-01-01

    Discrete ordinate theory was used to calculate the reflected and transmitted radiance of photons which have interacted with plane parallel maritime haze layers. The results are presented for three solar zenith angles, three values of the surface albedo, and a range of optical thicknesses from very thin to very thick. The diffuse flux at the lower boundary and the cloud albedo were tabulated. The forward peak and other features in the single scattered phase function caused the radiance in many cases to be very different from that for Rayleigh scattering. The variation of the radiance with both the zenith or nadir angle and the azimuthal angle is more marked, and the relative limb darkening under very thick layers is greater, for haze than for Rayleigh scattering. The downward diffuse flux at the lower boundary for A = O is always greater and the cloud albedo is always less for haze than for Rayleigh layers.

  15. D p-branes, NS5-branes and U-duality from nonabelian (2,0) theory with Lie 3-algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Honma, Yoshinori; Ogawa, Morirou; Shiba, Shotaro

    2011-04-01

    We derive the super Yang-Mills action of D p-branes on a torus T p-4 from the nonabelian (2, 0) theory with Lie 3-algebra [1]. Our realization is based on Lie 3-algebra with pairs of Lorentzian metric generators. The resultant theory then has negative norm modes, but it results in a unitary theory by setting VEV's of these modes. This procedure corresponds to the torus compactification, therefore by taking a transformation which is equivalent to T-duality, the D p-brane action is obtained. We also study type IIA/IIB NS5brane and Kaluza-Klein monopole systems by taking other VEV assignments. Such various compactifications can be realized in the nonabelian (2, 0) theory, since both longitudinal and transverse directions can be compactified, which is different from the BLG theory. We finally discuss U-duality among these branes, and show that most of the moduli parameters in U-duality group are recovered. Especially in D5-brane case, the whole U-duality relation is properly reproduced.

  16. Lorentz-diffeomorphism quasi-local conserved charges and Virasoro algebra in Chern-Simons-like theories of gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Setare, M. R.; Adami, H.

    2016-08-01

    The Chern-Simons-like theories of gravity (CSLTG) are formulated at first order formalism. In this formalism, the derivation of the entropy of a black hole on bifurcation surface, as a quasi-local conserved charge is problematic. In this paper we overcome these problems by considering the concept of total variation and the Lorentz-Lie derivative. We firstly find an expression for the ADT conserved current in the context of the CSLTG which is based on the concept of the Killing vector fields. Then, we generalize it to be conserved for all diffeomorphism generators. Thus, we can extract an off-shell conserved charge for any vector field which generates a diffeomorphism. The formalism presented here is based on the concept of quasi-local conserved charges which are off-shell. The charges can be calculated on any codimension two space-like surface surrounding a black hole and the results are independent of the chosen surface. By using the off-shell quasi-local conserved charge, we investigate the Virasoro algebra and find a formula to calculate the central extension term. We apply the formalism to the BTZ black hole solution in the context of the Einstein gravity and the Generalized massive gravity, then we find the eigenvalues of their Virasoro generators as well as the corresponding central charges. Eventually, we calculate the entropy of the BTZ black hole by the Cardy formula and we show that the result exactly matches the one obtained by the concept of the off-shell conserved charges.

  17. Array algebra estimation in signal processing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rauhala, U. A.

    A general theory of linear estimators called array algebra estimation is interpreted in some terms of multidimensional digital signal processing, mathematical statistics, and numerical analysis. The theory has emerged during the past decade from the new field of a unified vector, matrix and tensor algebra called array algebra. The broad concepts of array algebra and its estimation theory cover several modern computerized sciences and technologies converting their established notations and terminology into one common language. Some concepts of digital signal processing are adopted into this language after a review of the principles of array algebra estimation and its predecessors in mathematical surveying sciences.

  18. The application of contraction theory to an iterative formulation of electromagnetic scattering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brand, J. C.; Kauffman, J. F.

    1985-01-01

    Contraction theory is applied to an iterative formulation of electromagnetic scattering from periodic structures and a computational method for insuring convergence is developed. A short history of spectral (or k-space) formulation is presented with an emphasis on application to periodic surfaces. To insure a convergent solution of the iterative equation, a process called the contraction corrector method is developed. Convergence properties of previously presented iterative solutions to one-dimensional problems are examined utilizing contraction theory and the general conditions for achieving a convergent solution are explored. The contraction corrector method is then applied to several scattering problems including an infinite grating of thin wires with the solution data compared to previous works.

  19. Application theory of scattering and coupled mode analysis for liquid crystal diffractive grating.

    PubMed

    Kreymerman, Grigoriy

    2010-07-19

    This work presents a detailed analysis of a liquid crystal (LC) phase diffraction grating based on a approach combining vector theory of scattering and coupled mode analysis. In general, the coupled mode analysis gives a solution for the diffracted field regardless of aperture and the polarization state of the incident light. However, the aperture of the incident light defines the angular selectivity of the diffraction grating as well as the distribution of the intensity of the diffractive maximums. The solution of the vector theory of scattering in combination with the coupled mode analysis for diffraction of the light beam with finite aperture has allowed one to optimize the parameters of the high efficiency diffractive LC grating. The analytic solutions here were verified with experimental results for a reverse-twisted LC grating and a comparison with the standard Gooch-Tarry's method, which typically applied for a twisted nematic LC display.

  20. Coupled wave equations theory of surface-enhanced femtosecond stimulated Raman scattering.

    PubMed

    McAnally, Michael O; McMahon, Jeffrey M; Van Duyne, Richard P; Schatz, George C

    2016-09-07

    We present a coupled wave semiclassical theory to describe plasmonic enhancement effects in surface-enhanced femtosecond stimulated Raman scattering (SE-FSRS). A key result is that the plasmon enhanced fields which drive the vibrational equation of motion for each normal mode results in dispersive lineshapes in the SE-FSRS spectrum. This result, which reproduces experimental lineshapes, demonstrates that plasmon-enhanced stimulated Raman methods provide unique sensitivity to a plasmonic response. Our derived SE-FSRS theory shows a plasmonic enhancement of |gpu|(2)ImχR(ω)gst (2)/ImχR(ω), where |gpu|(2) is the absolute square of the plasmonic enhancement from the Raman pump, χR(ω) is the Raman susceptibility, and gst is the plasmonic enhancement of the Stokes field in SE-FSRS. We conclude with a discussion on potential future experimental and theoretical directions for the field of plasmonically enhanced coherent Raman scattering.

  1. Coupled wave equations theory of surface-enhanced femtosecond stimulated Raman scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    McAnally, Michael O.; McMahon, Jeffrey M.; Van Duyne, Richard P.; Schatz, George C.

    2016-09-01

    We present a coupled wave semiclassical theory to describe plasmonic enhancement effects in surface-enhanced femtosecond stimulated Raman scattering (SE-FSRS). A key result is that the plasmon enhanced fields which drive the vibrational equation of motion for each normal mode results in dispersive lineshapes in the SE-FSRS spectrum. This result, which reproduces experimental lineshapes, demonstrates that plasmon-enhanced stimulated Raman methods provide unique sensitivity to a plasmonic response. Our derived SE-FSRS theory shows a plasmonic enhancement of |gp u|2I m {" separators="χR(ω ) gst 2 }/I m {" separators="χR(ω ) }, where |gpu|2 is the absolute square of the plasmonic enhancement from the Raman pump, χR(ω) is the Raman susceptibility, and gst is the plasmonic enhancement of the Stokes field in SE-FSRS. We conclude with a discussion on potential future experimental and theoretical directions for the field of plasmonically enhanced coherent Raman scattering.

  2. Optical activity of membrane suspensions: calculation of artifacts by Mie scattering theory.

    PubMed

    Gordon, D J; Holzwarth, G

    1971-10-01

    The circular dichroism, optical rotatory dispersion, and optical density of a suspension of erythrocyte ghosts are calculated from the measured optical properties of solubilized ghosts by classical general scattering theory (Mie theory). The ghost is represented by a solvent-filled spherical shell 7 nm (70 A) thick and 3.5 mum in radius. The 3- to 5-nm red shifts and unusual band shapes observed in the circular dichroism and optical rotary dispersion of suspensions of the intact ghosts, but not in the solubilized membranes, are reproduced by these calculations. Both differential absorption and differential scattering of left-and right-circularly polarized light contribute significantly to the calculated circular dichroism spectra. The artifacts of small membrane vesicles are shown to be less than those of intact ghosts. It is concluded that the characteristic anomalies in the optical activity of membrane suspensions are artifactual.

  3. Analysis of light scattering by two-dimensional inhomogeneities in paper using general radiative transfer theory

    SciTech Connect

    Nukala, Madhuri; Mendrok, Jana

    2014-12-10

    Lateral light scattering simulations of printed dots are analyzed using general radiative transfer theory. We investigated the appearance of a printed paper in relation to the medium parameters like thickness of the paper sample, its optical properties, and the asymmetry factor. It was found that the appearance of a print greatly depends on these factors making it either brighter or darker. A thicker substrate with higher single scattering albedo backed with an absorbing surface makes the dots brighter due to increased number of scattering events. Additionally, it is shown that the optical effects of print also depend on illuminating and viewing angles along with the depth of ink penetration. A larger single scattering angle implies less intensity and the dots appear much blurred due to the shadowing effect prominent when viewed from sides. A fully penetrated dot of the same extinction coefficient as a partial penetrated one is darker due to increased absorption. These results can be used in applications dealing with lateral light scattering.

  4. Clifford Algebras and Their Decomposition into Conjugate Fermionic Heisenberg Algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Catto, Sultan; Gürcan, Yasemin; Khalfan, Amish; Kurt, Levent; Kato La, V.

    2016-10-01

    We discuss a construction scheme for Clifford numbers of arbitrary dimension. The scheme is based upon performing direct products of the Pauli spin and identity matrices. Conjugate fermionic algebras can then be formed by considering linear combinations of the Clifford numbers and the Hermitian conjugates of such combinations. Fermionic algebras are important in investigating systems that follow Fermi-Dirac statistics. We will further comment on the applications of Clifford algebras to Fueter analyticity, twistors, color algebras, M-theory and Leech lattice as well as unification of ancient and modern geometries through them.

  5. Electromagnetic Scattering from a Cavity in a Ground Plane: Theory and Experiment

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1997-03-01

    frequencies where other integral equation-based techniques admit spurious solutions. Radar cross section calculations are compared to experimental...Scattering from a Cavity in a Ground Plane: Theory and Experiment I. Introduction 1.1 Motivation Methods of radar cross section (RCS) reduction have been...the RPV by radar , RCS enhancement without compromising flying qualities appears attrac- tive. Comer reflectors or Luneberg lenses are devices that can

  6. Paramagnon excitations' theory for resonant inelastic X-ray scattering in doped plane copper oxide superconductors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Larionov, I. A.

    2015-04-01

    A relaxation function theory with paramagnon excitations for doped S = 1 / 2 two-dimensional Heisenberg antiferromagnetic system in the paramagnetic state is given in view of magnetic response of high-Tc copper oxide superconductors as obtained by resonant inelastic X-ray scattering (RIXS). The results of the theory on Nd(La)-Ba(Sr)-Cu-O and Y-Ba-Cu-O family compounds give fair agreement without especially adjusted parameters to RIXS data. It is shown that RIXS data analysis depends on paramagnon damping and thus affected by approximations made for dynamic spin susceptibility.

  7. Short-range interactions in an effective field theory approach for nucleon-nucleon scattering

    SciTech Connect

    Scaldeferri, K.A.; Phillips, D.R.; Kao, C.; Cohen, T.D.

    1997-08-01

    We investigate in detail the effect of making the range of the {open_quotes}contact{close_quotes} interaction used in effective field theory (EFT) calculations of NN scattering finite. This is done in both an effective field theory with explicit pions, and one where the pions have been integrated out. In both cases we calculate NN scattering in the {sup 1}S{sub 0} channel using potentials which are second order in the EFT expansion. The contact interactions present in the EFT Lagrangian are made finite by use of a square-well regulator. We find that there is an optimal radius for this regulator, at which second-order corrections to the EFT are identically zero; for radii near optimal these second-order corrections are small. The cutoff EFT{close_quote}s which result from this procedure appear to be valid for momenta up to about 100{endash}150MeV/c. We also find that the radius of the square well cannot be reduced to zero if the theory is to reproduce both the experimental scattering length and effective range. Indeed, we show that, if the NN potential is the sum of a one-pion-exchange piece and a short-range interaction, then the short-range piece must extend out beyond 1.05 fm, regardless of its particular form. {copyright} {ital 1997} {ital The American Physical Society}

  8. Theory of inelastic neutron scattering in a field-induced spin-nematic state

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smerald, Andrew; Ueda, Hiroaki T.; Shannon, Nic

    2015-05-01

    We develop a theory of spin excitations in a field-induced spin-nematic state, and use it to show how a spin-nematic order can be indentified using inelastic neutron scattering. We concentrate on two-dimensional frustrated ferromagnets, for which a two-sublattice, bond-centered spin-nematic state is predicted to exist over a wide range of parameters. First, to clarify the nature of spin-excitations, we introduce a soluble spin-1 model, and use this to derive a continuum field theory, applicable to any two-sublattice spin-nematic state. We then parameterize this field theory, using diagrammatic calculations for a realistic microscopic model of a spin-1/2 frustrated ferromagnet, and show how it can be used to make predictions for inelastic neutron scattering. As an example, we show quantitative predictions for inelastic scattering of neutrons from BaCdVO(PO 4)2 , a promising candidate to realize a spin-nematic state at an achievable h ˜4 T. We show that in this material it is realistic to expect a ghostly Goldstone mode, signalling spin-nematic order, to be visible in experiment.

  9. Investigation of scattering coefficients and anisotropy factors of human cancerous and normal prostate tissues using Mie theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pu, Yang; Chen, Jun; Wang, Wubao

    2014-02-01

    The scattering coefficient, μs, the anisotropy factor, g, the scattering phase function, p(θ), and the angular dependence of scattering intensity distributions of human cancerous and normal prostate tissues were systematically investigated as a function of wavelength, scattering angle and scattering particle size using Mie theory and experimental parameters. The Matlab-based codes using Mie theory for both spherical and cylindrical models were developed and applied for studying the light propagation and the key scattering properties of the prostate tissues. The optical and structural parameters of tissue such as the index of refraction of cytoplasm, size of nuclei, and the diameter of the nucleoli for cancerous and normal human prostate tissues obtained from the previous biological, biomedical and bio-optic studies were used for Mie theory simulation and calculation. The wavelength dependence of scattering coefficient and anisotropy factor were investigated in the wide spectral range from 300 nm to 1200 nm. The scattering particle size dependence of μs, g, and scattering angular distributions were studied for cancerous and normal prostate tissues. The results show that cancerous prostate tissue containing larger size scattering particles has more contribution to the forward scattering in comparison with the normal prostate tissue. In addition to the conventional simulation model that approximately considers the scattering particle as sphere, the cylinder model which is more suitable for fiber-like tissue frame components such as collagen and elastin was used for developing a computation code to study angular dependence of scattering in prostate tissues. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to deal with both spherical and cylindrical scattering particles in prostate tissues.

  10. Diffuse reflectance relations based on diffusion dipole theory for large absorption and reduced scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bremmer, Rolf H.; van Gemert, Martin J. C.; Faber, Dirk J.; van Leeuwen, Ton G.; Aalders, Maurice C. G.

    2013-08-01

    Diffuse reflectance spectra are used to determine the optical properties of biological samples. In medicine and forensic science, the turbid objects under study often possess large absorption and/or scattering properties. However, data analysis is frequently based on the diffusion approximation to the radiative transfer equation, implying that it is limited to tissues where the reduced scattering coefficient dominates over the absorption coefficient. Nevertheless, up to absorption coefficients of 20 m at reduced scattering coefficients of 1 and 11.5 mm-1, we observed excellent agreement (r2=0.994) between reflectance measurements of phantoms and the diffuse reflectance equation proposed by Zonios et al. [Appl. Opt. 38, 6628-6637 (1999)], derived as an approximation to one of the diffusion dipole equations of Farrell et al. [Med. Phys. 19, 879-888 (1992)]. However, two parameters were fitted to all phantom experiments, including strongly absorbing samples, implying that the reflectance equation differs from diffusion theory. Yet, the exact diffusion dipole approximation at high reduced scattering and absorption also showed agreement with the phantom measurements. The mathematical structure of the diffuse reflectance relation used, derived by Zonios et al. [Appl. Opt. 38, 6628-6637 (1999)], explains this observation. In conclusion, diffuse reflectance relations derived as an approximation to the diffusion dipole theory of Farrell et al. can analyze reflectance ratios accurately, even for much larger absorption than reduced scattering coefficients. This allows calibration of fiber-probe set-ups so that the object's diffuse reflectance can be related to its absorption even when large. These findings will greatly expand the application of diffuse reflection spectroscopy. In medicine, it may allow the use of blue/green wavelengths and measurements on whole blood, and in forensic science, it may allow inclusion of objects such as

  11. Diffuse reflectance relations based on diffusion dipole theory for large absorption and reduced scattering.

    PubMed

    Bremmer, Rolf H; van Gemert, Martin J C; Faber, Dirk J; van Leeuwen, Ton G; Aalders, Maurice C G

    2013-08-01

    Diffuse reflectance spectra are used to determine the optical properties of biological samples. In medicine and forensic science, the turbid objects under study often possess large absorption and/or scattering properties. However, data analysis is frequently based on the diffusion approximation to the radiative transfer equation, implying that it is limited to tissues where the reduced scattering coefficient dominates over the absorption coefficient. Nevertheless, up to absorption coefficients of 20  mm-1 at reduced scattering coefficients of 1 and 11.5  mm-1, we observed excellent agreement (r2=0.994) between reflectance measurements of phantoms and the diffuse reflectance equation proposed by Zonios et al. [Appl. Opt.38, 6628-6637 (1999)], derived as an approximation to one of the diffusion dipole equations of Farrell et al. [Med. Phys.19, 879-888 (1992)]. However, two parameters were fitted to all phantom experiments, including strongly absorbing samples, implying that the reflectance equation differs from diffusion theory. Yet, the exact diffusion dipole approximation at high reduced scattering and absorption also showed agreement with the phantom measurements. The mathematical structure of the diffuse reflectance relation used, derived by Zonios et al. [Appl. Opt.38, 6628-6637 (1999)], explains this observation. In conclusion, diffuse reflectance relations derived as an approximation to the diffusion dipole theory of Farrell et al. can analyze reflectance ratios accurately, even for much larger absorption than reduced scattering coefficients. This allows calibration of fiber-probe set-ups so that the object's diffuse reflectance can be related to its absorption even when large. These findings will greatly expand the application of diffuse reflection spectroscopy. In medicine, it may allow the use of blue/green wavelengths and measurements on whole blood, and in forensic science, it may allow inclusion of objects such as blood stains and cloth at crime

  12. Cyclic homology for Hom-associative algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hassanzadeh, Mohammad; Shapiro, Ilya; Sütlü, Serkan

    2015-12-01

    In the present paper we investigate the noncommutative geometry of a class of algebras, called the Hom-associative algebras, whose associativity is twisted by a homomorphism. We define the Hochschild, cyclic, and periodic cyclic homology and cohomology for this class of algebras generalizing these theories from the associative to the Hom-associative setting.

  13. Linking Rayleigh-Rice theory with near linear shift invariance in light scattering phenomena

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stover, John C.; Schroeder, Sven; Staats, Chris; Lopushenko, Vladimir; Church, Eugene

    2016-09-01

    Understanding topographic scatter has been the subject of many publications. For optically smooth surfaces that scatter only from roughness (and not from contamination, films or bulk defects) the Rayleigh-Rice relationship resulting from a rigorous electromagnetic treatment has been successfully used for over three decades and experimentally proven at wavelengths ranging from the X-Ray to the far infrared (even to radar waves). The "holy grail" of roughness-induced scatter would be a relationship that is not limited to just optically smooth surfaces, but could be used for any surface where the material optical constants and the surface power spectral density function (PSD) are known. Just input these quantities and calculate the BRDF associated with any source incident angle, wavelength and polarization. This is an extremely challenging problem, but that has not stopped a number of attempts. An intuitive requirement on such general relationships is that they must reduce to the simple Rayleigh-Rice formula for sufficiently smooth surfaces. Unfortunately that does not always happen. Because most optically smooth surfaces also scatter from non-topographic features, doubt creeps in about the accuracy of Rayleigh-Rice. This paper investigates these issues and explains some of the confusion generated in recent years. The authors believe there are measurement issues, scatter source issues and rough surface derivation issues, but that Rayleigh- Rice is accurate as formulated and should not be "corrected." Moreover, it will be shown that the empirically observed near shift invariance of surface scatter phenomena is a direct consequence of the Rayleigh-Rice theory.

  14. Low-energy electron scattering from CO. 2: Ab-initio study using the frame-transformation theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chandra, N.

    1976-01-01

    The Wigner-Eisenbud R matrix method has been combined with the frame transformation theory to study electron scattering from molecular systems. The R matrix, calculated at the boundary point of the molecular core radius, has been transformed to the space frame in order to continue the solution of the scattering equations in the outer region where rotational motion of the nuclei is taken into account. This procedure has been applied to a model calculation of thermal energy electron scattering from CO.

  15. [Feature extraction for breast cancer data based on geometric algebra theory and feature selection using differential evolution].

    PubMed

    Li, Jing; Hong, Wenxue

    2014-12-01

    The feature extraction and feature selection are the important issues in pattern recognition. Based on the geometric algebra representation of vector, a new feature extraction method using blade coefficient of geometric algebra was proposed in this study. At the same time, an improved differential evolution (DE) feature selection method was proposed to solve the elevated high dimension issue. The simple linear discriminant analysis was used as the classifier. The result of the 10-fold cross-validation (10 CV) classification of public breast cancer biomedical dataset was more than 96% and proved superior to that of the original features and traditional feature extraction method.

  16. Kiddie Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cavanagh, Sean

    2009-01-01

    As educators and policymakers search for ways to prepare students for the rigors of algebra, teachers in the Helena, Montana, school system are starting early by attempting to nurture students' algebraic-reasoning ability, as well as their basic number skills, in early elementary school, rather than waiting until middle or early high school.…

  17. Elastic pion-nucleon scattering in chiral perturbation theory: A fresh look

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Siemens, D.; Bernard, V.; Epelbaum, E.; Gasparyan, A.; Krebs, H.; Meißner, Ulf-G.

    2016-07-01

    Elastic pion-nucleon scattering is analyzed in the framework of chiral perturbation theory up to fourth order within the heavy-baryon expansion and a covariant approach based on an extended on-mass-shell renormalization scheme. We discuss in detail the renormalization of the various low-energy constants and provide explicit expressions for the relevant β functions and the finite subtractions of the power-counting breaking terms within the covariant formulation. To estimate the theoretical uncertainty from the truncation of the chiral expansion, we employ an approach which has been successfully applied in the most recent analysis of the nuclear forces. This allows us to reliably extract the relevant low-energy constants from the available scattering data at low energy. The obtained results provide clear evidence that the breakdown scale of the chiral expansion for this reaction is related to the Δ resonance. The explicit inclusion of the leading contributions of the Δ isobar is demonstrated to substantially increase the range of applicability of the effective field theory. The resulting predictions for the phase shifts are in an excellent agreement with the predictions from the recent Roy-Steiner-equation analysis of pion-nucleon scattering.

  18. RESEARCH PAPERS : Statistical inversion of controlled-source seismic data using parabolic wave scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Line, C. E. R.; Hobbs, R. W.; Hudson, J. A.; Snyder, D. B.

    1998-01-01

    Statistical parameters describing heterogeneity in the Proterozoic basement of the Baltic Shield were estimated from controlled-source seismic data, using a statistical inversion based on the theory of wave propagation through random media (WPRM), derived from the parabolic wave approximation. Synthetic plane-wave seismograms generated from models of random media show consistency with WPRM theory for forward propagation in the weak-scattering regime, whilst for two-way propagation a discrepancy exists that is due to contamination of the primary wave by backscattered energy. Inverse modelling of the real seismic data suggests that the upper crust to depths of ~ 15 km can be characterized, subject to the range of spatial resolution of the method, by a medium with an exponential spatial autocorrelation function, an rms velocity fluctuation of 1.5 +/- 0.5 per cent and a correlation length of 150 +/- 50 m. Further inversions show that scattering is predominantly occurring in the uppermost ~ 2 km of crust, where rms velocity fluctuation is 3 - 6 per cent. Although values of correlation distance are well constrained by these inversions, there is a trade-off between thickness of scattering layer and rms velocity perturbation estimates, with both being relatively poorly resolved. The higher near-surface heterogeneity is interpreted to arise from fractures in the basement rocks that close under lithostatic pressure for depths greater than 2 - 3 km.

  19. Algebraic mesh quality metrics

    SciTech Connect

    KNUPP,PATRICK

    2000-04-24

    Quality metrics for structured and unstructured mesh generation are placed within an algebraic framework to form a mathematical theory of mesh quality metrics. The theory, based on the Jacobian and related matrices, provides a means of constructing, classifying, and evaluating mesh quality metrics. The Jacobian matrix is factored into geometrically meaningful parts. A nodally-invariant Jacobian matrix can be defined for simplicial elements using a weight matrix derived from the Jacobian matrix of an ideal reference element. Scale and orientation-invariant algebraic mesh quality metrics are defined. the singular value decomposition is used to study relationships between metrics. Equivalence of the element condition number and mean ratio metrics is proved. Condition number is shown to measure the distance of an element to the set of degenerate elements. Algebraic measures for skew, length ratio, shape, volume, and orientation are defined abstractly, with specific examples given. Combined metrics for shape and volume, shape-volume-orientation are algebraically defined and examples of such metrics are given. Algebraic mesh quality metrics are extended to non-simplical elements. A series of numerical tests verify the theoretical properties of the metrics defined.

  20. Redesigning College Algebra: Combining Educational Theory and Web-Based Learning to Improve Student Attitudes and Performance

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hagerty, Gary; Smith, Stanley; Goodwin, Danielle

    2010-01-01

    In 2001, Black Hills State University (BHSU) redesigned college algebra to use the computer-based mastery learning program, Assessment and Learning in Knowledge Spaces [1], historical development of concepts modules, whole class discussions, cooperative activities, relevant applications problems, and many fewer lectures. This resulted in a 21%…

  1. A predictive theory for elastic scattering and recoil of protons from 4He

    DOE PAGES

    Hupin, Guillaume; Quaglioni, Sofia; Navratil, Petr

    2014-12-08

    Low-energy cross sections for elastic scattering and recoil of protons from 4He nuclei (also known as α particles) are calculated directly by solving the Schrodinger equation for five nucleons interacting through accurate two- and three-nucleon forces derived within the framework of chiral effective field theory. Precise knowledge of these processes at various proton backscattering/recoil angles and energies is needed for the ion-beam analysis of numerous materials, from the surface layers of solids, to thin films, to fusion-reactor materials. Indeed, the same elastic scattering process, in two different kinematic configurations, can be used to probe the concentrations and depth profiles ofmore » either hydrogen or helium. Furthermore, we compare our results to available experimental data and show that direct calculations with modern nuclear potentials can help to resolve remaining inconsistencies among data sets and can be used to predict these cross sections when measurements are not available.« less

  2. A predictive theory for elastic scattering and recoil of protons from 4He

    SciTech Connect

    Hupin, Guillaume; Quaglioni, Sofia; Navratil, Petr

    2014-12-08

    Low-energy cross sections for elastic scattering and recoil of protons from 4He nuclei (also known as α particles) are calculated directly by solving the Schrodinger equation for five nucleons interacting through accurate two- and three-nucleon forces derived within the framework of chiral effective field theory. Precise knowledge of these processes at various proton backscattering/recoil angles and energies is needed for the ion-beam analysis of numerous materials, from the surface layers of solids, to thin films, to fusion-reactor materials. Indeed, the same elastic scattering process, in two different kinematic configurations, can be used to probe the concentrations and depth profiles of either hydrogen or helium. Furthermore, we compare our results to available experimental data and show that direct calculations with modern nuclear potentials can help to resolve remaining inconsistencies among data sets and can be used to predict these cross sections when measurements are not available.

  3. Time-dependent Second Order Scattering Theory for Weather Radar with a Finite Beam Width

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kobayashi, Satoru; Tanelli, Simone; Im, Eastwood; Ito, Shigeo; Oguchi, Tomohiro

    2006-01-01

    Multiple scattering effects from spherical water particles of uniform diameter are studied for a W-band pulsed radar. The Gaussian transverse beam-profile and the rectangular pulse-duration are used for calculation. An second-order analytical solution is derived for a single layer structure, based on a time-dependent radiative transfer theory as described in the authors' companion paper. When the range resolution is fixed, increase in footprint radius leads to increase in the second order reflectivity that is defined as the ratio of the second order return to the first order one. This feature becomes more serious as the range increases. Since the spaceborne millimeter-wavelength radar has a large footprint radius that is competitive to the mean free path, the multiple scattering effect must be taken into account for analysis.

  4. Theory of the elasto-optic coupling for surface Brillouin scattering in a supported bilayer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Byloos, C.; Giovannini, L.; Nizzoli, F.

    1995-04-01

    We derive explicit expressions of the electromagnetic scattered field and Brillouin cross section for the elasto-optic coupling in a supported bilayer. We consider p-p light scattering and acoustic sagittal modes. The theory is applied to the system Si/SiO2 on Si(001), whose properties are investigated versus the thickness of the Si and SiO2 films. The properties studied are the dispersion relations of surface acoustic modes and pseudomodes, the elasto-optic cross section, and the displacement field profile. A pseudomode of longitudinal character, which is mainly localized in the buried SiO2 film and whose velocity changes monotonically from the longitudinal velocity of Si to that of SiO2, deserves particular interest.

  5. Born Hartree Bethe approximation in the theory of inelastic electron molecule scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kretinin, I. Yu; Krisilov, A. V.; Zon, B. A.

    2008-11-01

    We propose a new approximation in the theory of inelastic electron atom and electron molecule scattering. Taking into account the completeness property of atomic and molecular wavefunctions, considered in the Hartree approximation, and using Bethe's parametrization for electronic excitations during inelastic collisions via the mean excitation energy, we show that the calculation of the inelastic total integral cross-sections (TICS), in the framework of the first Born approximation, involves only the ground-state wavefunction. The final analytical formula obtained for the TICS, i.e. for the sum of elastic and inelastic ones, contains no adjusting parameters. Calculated TICS for electron scattering by light atoms and molecules (He, Ne, and H2) are in good agreement within the experimental data; results show asymptotic coincidence for heavier ones (Ar, Kr, Xe and N2).

  6. Basin topology in dissipative chaotic scattering.

    PubMed

    Seoane, Jesús M; Aguirre, Jacobo; Sanjuán, Miguel A F; Lai, Ying-Cheng

    2006-06-01

    Chaotic scattering in open Hamiltonian systems under weak dissipation is not only of fundamental interest but also important for problems of current concern such as the advection and transport of inertial particles in fluid flows. Previous work using discrete maps demonstrated that nonhyperbolic chaotic scattering is structurally unstable in the sense that the algebraic decay of scattering particles immediately becomes exponential in the presence of weak dissipation. Here we extend the result to continuous-time Hamiltonian systems by using the Henon-Heiles system as a prototype model. More importantly, we go beyond to investigate the basin structure of scattering dynamics. A surprising finding is that, in the common case where multiple destinations exist for scattering trajectories, Wada basin boundaries are common and they appear to be structurally stable under weak dissipation, even when other characteristics of the nonhyperbolic scattering dynamics are not. We provide numerical evidence and a geometric theory for the structural stability of the complex basin topology.

  7. Analyticity properties and asymptotic behavior of scattering amplitude in higher dimensional theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maharana, Jnanadeva

    2017-01-01

    The properties of the high energy behavior of the scattering amplitude of massive, neutral, and spinless particles in higher dimensional field theories are investigated. The axiomatic formulation of Lehmann, Symanzik, and Zimmermann (LSZ) is adopted. The analyticity properties of the causal, the retarded, and the advanced functions associated with the four point elastic amplitudes are studied. The analog of the Lehmann-Jost-Dyson representation is obtained in higher dimensional field theories. The generalized J-L-D representation is utilized to derive the t-plane analyticity property of the amplitude. The existence of an ellipse analogous to the Lehmann ellipse is demonstrated. Thus a fixed-t dispersion relation can be written down with a finite number of subtractions due to the temperedness of the amplitudes. The domain of analyticity of scattering amplitude in s and t variables is extended by imposing unitarity constraints. A generalized version of Martin's theorem is derived to prove the existence of such a domain in D-dimensional field theories. It is shown that the amplitude can be expanded in a power series in t which converges for |" separators=" t | < R , R being s-independent. The positivity properties of absorptive amplitudes are derived to prove the t-plane analyticity of amplitude. In the extended analyticity domain dispersion relations are written with two subtractions. The bound on the total cross section is derived from LSZ axioms without any extra ad hoc assumptions.

  8. Effects of silicic spheres for the suppression of radiation heating using on electromagnetic wave scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ohkawa, E.; Mikada, H.; Goto, T.; Takekawa, J.; Onishi, K.; Taniguchi, K.; Ashida, Y.

    2009-12-01

    The temperature of external materials of buildings rises when they are exposed to sunlight, and the room temperature rises too if the buildings’ external wall is in the sunlight. Therefore the crisis of electric power supply is frequently caused by air conditioning in midsummer. Recently, it has been experimentally confirmed that such temperature rising of such building materials may be suppressed when they are coated with paint including fine silicic spheres whose diameters are in micron to submicron scale. So we are able to reduce the energy consumption if room temperature is controlled not with any air conditioning but with these paints, and the heat island effects would be lowered. However, the mechanism of this temperature suppression has not been investigated. Experimental consideration of this paint has been done, but the mechanism how the paint controls the temperature rise has hardly been clarified theoretically. Since the best composition of the spheres and their best size are not understood well, it is necessary to theoretically clarify the controlling mechanism for the temperature rise to develop efficient paint. In this study, we aimed to find out the mechanism of the temperature suppression. When the electromagnetic wave at a frequency near eigenfrequencies of atoms, molecules or bindings enters the atoms or the molecules, they resonate and move intensely, and finally rise the temperature. Therefore, we presume that the temperature rise could be controlled if the electromagnetic waves around the eigenfrequencies could be removed. Here, we consider electromagnetic wave of light. Then we assumed that the electromagnetic waves in a certain range of frequencies were scattered to shield the radiated heat energy in the insolation and that the transmitted light through the paint layer is weakened. For verifying the hypotheses and finding the range of effective size, we used the Mie theory of a light scattering theory to calculate the intensity of scattered

  9. Radiation and scattering by thin-wire structures in the complex frequency domain. [electromagnetic theory for thin-wire antennas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Richmond, J. H.

    1974-01-01

    Piecewise-sinusoidal expansion functions and Galerkin's method are employed to formulate a solution for an arbitrary thin-wire configuration in a homogeneous conducting medium. The analysis is performed in the real or complex frequency domain. In antenna problems, the solution determines the current distribution, impedance, radiation efficiency, gain and far-field patterns. In scattering problems, the solution determines the absorption cross section, scattering cross section and the polarization scattering matrix. The electromagnetic theory is presented for thin wires and the forward-scattering theorem is developed for an arbitrary target in a homogeneous conducting medium.

  10. Statistics of time delay and scattering correlation functions in chaotic systems. I. Random matrix theory

    SciTech Connect

    Novaes, Marcel

    2015-06-15

    We consider the statistics of time delay in a chaotic cavity having M open channels, in the absence of time-reversal invariance. In the random matrix theory approach, we compute the average value of polynomial functions of the time delay matrix Q = − iħS{sup †}dS/dE, where S is the scattering matrix. Our results do not assume M to be large. In a companion paper, we develop a semiclassical approximation to S-matrix correlation functions, from which the statistics of Q can also be derived. Together, these papers contribute to establishing the conjectured equivalence between the random matrix and the semiclassical approaches.

  11. Strangeness S =-1 hyperon-nucleon scattering in covariant chiral effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Kai-Wen; Ren, Xiu-Lei; Geng, Li-Sheng; Long, Bingwei

    2016-07-01

    Motivated by the successes of covariant baryon chiral perturbation theory in one-baryon systems and in heavy-light systems, we study relevance of relativistic effects in hyperon-nucleon interactions with strangeness S =-1 . In this exploratory work, we follow the covariant framework developed by Epelbaum and Gegelia to calculate the Y N scattering amplitude at leading order. By fitting the five low-energy constants to the experimental data, we find that the cutoff dependence is mitigated, compared with the heavy-baryon approach. Nevertheless, the description of the experimental data remains quantitatively similar at leading order.

  12. Fermion-fermion scattering in quantum field theory with superconducting circuits.

    PubMed

    García-Álvarez, L; Casanova, J; Mezzacapo, A; Egusquiza, I L; Lamata, L; Romero, G; Solano, E

    2015-02-20

    We propose an analog-digital quantum simulation of fermion-fermion scattering mediated by a continuum of bosonic modes within a circuit quantum electrodynamics scenario. This quantum technology naturally provides strong coupling of superconducting qubits with a continuum of electromagnetic modes in an open transmission line. In this way, we propose qubits to efficiently simulate fermionic modes via digital techniques, while we consider the continuum complexity of an open transmission line to simulate the continuum complexity of bosonic modes in quantum field theories. Therefore, we believe that the complexity-simulating-complexity concept should become a leading paradigm in any effort towards scalable quantum simulations.

  13. Derivation of the chemical-equilibrium rate coefficient using scattering theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mickens, R. E.

    1977-01-01

    Scattering theory is applied to derive the equilibrium rate coefficient for a general homogeneous chemical reaction involving ideal gases. The reaction rate is expressed in terms of the product of a number of normalized momentum distribution functions, the product of the number of molecules with a given internal energy state, and the spin-averaged T-matrix elements. An expression for momentum distribution at equilibrium for an arbitrary molecule is presented, and the number of molecules with a given internal-energy state is represented by an expression which includes the partition function.

  14. Jucys-Murphy elements for Birman-Murakami-Wenzl algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Isaev, A. P.; Ogievetsky, O. V.

    2011-05-01

    The Burman-Wenzl-Murakami algebra, considered as the quotient of the braid group algebra, possesses the commutative set of Jucys-Murphy elements. We show that the set of Jucys-Murphy elements is maximal commutative for the generic Birman-Wenzl-Murakami algebra and reconstruct the representation theory of the tower of Birman-Wenzl-Murakami algebras.

  15. V-T theory for the self-intermediate scattering function in a monatomic liquid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wallace, Duane C.; Chisolm, Eric D.; De Lorenzi-Venneri, Giulia

    2017-02-01

    In V-T theory the atomic motion is harmonic vibrations in a liquid-specific potential energy valley, plus transits, which move the system rapidly among the multitude of such valleys. In its first application to the self intermediate scattering function (SISF), V-T theory produced an accurate account of molecular dynamics (MD) data at all wave numbers q and time t. Recently, analysis of the mean square displacement (MSD) resolved a crossover behavior that was not observed in the SISF study. Our purpose here is to apply the more accurate MSD calibration to the SISF, and assess the results. We derive and discuss the theoretical equations for vibrational and transit contributions to the SISF. The time evolution is divided into three successive intervals: the vibrational interval when the vibrational contribution alone accurately accounts for the MD data; the crossover when the vibrational contribution saturates and the transit contribution becomes resolved; and the diffusive interval when the transit contribution alone accurately accounts for the MD data. The resulting theoretical error is extremely small at all q and t. V-T theory is compared to mode-coupling theories for the MSD and SISF, and to recent developments in Brownian motion experiments and theory.

  16. Resonant algebras and gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Durka, R.

    2017-04-01

    The S-expansion framework is analyzed in the context of a freedom in closing the multiplication tables for the abelian semigroups. Including the possibility of the zero element in the resonant decomposition, and associating the Lorentz generator with the semigroup identity element, leads to a wide class of the expanded Lie algebras introducing interesting modifications to the gauge gravity theories. Among the results, we find all the Maxwell algebras of type {{B}m} , {{C}m} , and the recently introduced {{D}m} . The additional new examples complete the resulting generalization of the bosonic enlargements for an arbitrary number of the Lorentz-like and translational-like generators. Some further prospects concerning enlarging the algebras are discussed, along with providing all the necessary constituents for constructing the gravity actions based on the obtained results.

  17. Floquet Scattering Matrix Theory of Heat Fluctuations in Dynamical Quantum Conductors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moskalets, Michael

    2014-05-01

    I present the Floquet scattering matrix theory of low-frequency heat fluctuations in driven quantum-coherent conductors in the linear response regime and beyond. The Floquet theory elucidates the use of the Callen-Welton fluctuation-dissipation theorem for a description of heat fluctuations in a multiterminal case. The intrinsic fluctuations of energy of dynamically excited electrons are identified as the fundamental source of heat noise not revealed by the electrical noise. The role of backscattering in the increase of heat noise above the level defined by the Callen-Welton theorem is highlighted. The exception is the case when a conductor is driven by a Lorentzian voltage pulse with quantized flux. The heat noise in this case falls down to the level pertaining to a linear response regime.

  18. Noncommutative correction to Aharonov-Bohm scattering: A field theory approach

    SciTech Connect

    Anacleto, M.A.; Gomes, M.; Silva, A.J. da; Spehler, D.

    2004-10-15

    We study a noncommutative nonrelativistic theory in 2+1 dimensions of a scalar field coupled to the Chern-Simons field. In the commutative situation this model has been used to simulate the Aharonov-Bohm effect in the field theory context. We verified that, contrary to the commutative result, the inclusion of a quartic self-interaction of the scalar field is not necessary to secure the ultraviolet renormalizability of the model. However, to obtain a smooth commutative limit the presence of a quartic gauge invariant self-interaction is required. For small noncommutativity we fix the corrections to the Aharonov-Bohm scattering and prove that up to one loop the model is free from dangerous infrared/ultraviolet divergences.

  19. Shear-induced breaking of cages in colloidal glasses: Scattering experiments and mode coupling theory

    SciTech Connect

    Amann, Christian P. Fuchs, Matthias; Denisov, Dmitry; Dang, Minh Triet; Schall, Peter; Struth, Bernd

    2015-07-21

    We employ x-ray scattering on sheared colloidal suspensions and mode coupling theory to study structure factor distortions of glass-forming systems under shear. We find a transition from quadrupolar elastic distortion at small strains to quadrupolar and hexadecupolar modes in the stationary state. The latter are interpreted as signatures of plastic rearrangements in homogeneous, thermalized systems. From their transient evolution with strain, we identify characteristic strain and length-scale values where these plastic rearrangements dominate. This characteristic strain coincides with the maximum of the shear stress versus strain curve, indicating the proliferation of plastic flow. The hexadecupolar modes dominate at the wavevector of the principal peak of the equilibrium structure factor that is related to the cage-effect in mode coupling theory. We hence identify the structural signature of plastic flow of glasses.

  20. Topics in chemical physics: I, Semiclassical reactive scattering theory: II, Corrected effective medium theory

    SciTech Connect

    Kress, J.D.

    1988-07-01

    Two distinct areas within theoretical chemical physics are investigated in this dissertation. First, the dynamics of collinear exchange reactions is treated within a semiclassical Gaussian wavepacket (GWP) description. Second, a corrected effective medium (CEM) theory is derived which yields: a one-active-body description of the binding energy between an atom and an inhomogeneous host; and an N-active-body description of the interaction energy for an N atom system. To properly treat the dynamics of collinear exchange reactions, two extensions to the previous methodology of GWP dynamics are presented: evaluation of the interaction picture wavefunction propagators directly via the GWP solution to the time-dependent Schrodinger equation; and use of an expansion of GWPs to represent the initial translational plane wave. This extended GWP dynamical approach is applied to the H + H/sub 2/ collinear exchange reaction using the Porter-Karplus II potential energy surface.

  1. X-ray and electron scattering intensities of molecules calculated using density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smith, Garry T.; Tripathi, Awadh N.; Smith, Vedene H.

    1999-05-01

    The elastic and total intensities for x-ray and high-energy electron scattering from the ten-electron hydride series has been calculated from Kohn-Sham orbitals using the BLYP, B3LYP and LSDA functionals, and compared to the previous Hartree-Fock and singles and doubles configuration interaction (SDCI) results of Wang [J. Wang, A. N. Tripathi, and V. H. Smith, Jr., J. Chem. Phys. 101, 4842 (1994)] in the same basis. In those cases where density functional theory (DFT) provides a significantly better electron density than Hartree-Fock, the pair density and hence total scattering intensity for x-rays is also better reproduced, especially in the low s region. The asymptotic behavior of the scattering curves from the DFT methods is poorer than Hartree-Fock due to the inability of DFT to reliably predict the density at the nucleus, the electron-electron distribution at zero-electron separation, and the second moment of the electron-electron distribution.

  2. First time combination of frozen density embedding theory with the algebraic diagrammatic construction scheme for the polarization propagator of second order

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Prager, Stefan; Zech, Alexander; Aquilante, Francesco; Dreuw, Andreas; Wesolowski, Tomasz A.

    2016-05-01

    The combination of Frozen Density Embedding Theory (FDET) and the Algebraic Diagrammatic Construction (ADC) scheme for the polarization propagator for describing environmental effects on electronically excited states is presented. Two different ways of interfacing and expressing the so-called embedding operator are introduced. The resulting excited states are compared with supermolecular calculations of the total system at the ADC(2) level of theory. Molecular test systems were chosen to investigate molecule-environment interactions of varying strength from dispersion interaction up to multiple hydrogen bonds. The overall difference between the supermolecular and the FDE-ADC calculations in excitation energies is lower than 0.09 eV (max) and 0.032 eV in average, which is well below the intrinsic error of the ADC(2) method itself.

  3. The method of unitary clothing transformations in the theory of nucleon-nucleon scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dubovyk, I.; Shebeko, A.

    2010-04-01

    The clothing procedure, put forward in quantum field theory (QFT) by Greenberg and Schweber, is applied for the description of nucleon-nucleon (N -N) scattering. We consider pseudoscalar (π and η), vector (ρ and ω) and scalar (δ and σ) meson fields interacting with 1/2 spin (N and N) fermion ones via the Yukawa-type couplings to introduce trial interactions between “bare” particles. The subsequent unitary clothing transformations (UCTs) are found to express the total Hamiltonian through new interaction operators that refer to particles with physical (observable) properties, the so-called clothed particles. In this work, we are focused upon the Hermitian and energy-independent operators for the clothed nucleons, being built up in the second order in the coupling constants. The corresponding analytic expressions in momentum space are compared with the separate meson contributions to the one-boson-exchange potentials in the meson theory of nuclear forces. In order to evaluate the T matrix of the N-N scattering we have used an equivalence theorem that enables us to operate in the clothed particle representation (CPR) instead of the bare particle representation (BPR) with its huge amount of virtual processes. We have derived the Lippmann-Schwinger(LS)-type equation for the CPR elements of the T-matrix for a given collision energy in the two-nucleon sector of the Hilbert space H of hadronic states and elaborated a code for its numerical solution in momentum space.

  4. The Method of Unitary Clothing Transformations in the Theory of Nucleon-Nucleon Scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dubovyk, I.; Shebeko, O.

    2010-12-01

    The clothing procedure, put forward in quantum field theory (QFT) by Greenberg and Schweber, is applied for the description of nucleon-nucleon ( N- N) scattering. We consider pseudoscalar ( π and η), vector ( ρ and ω) and scalar ( δ and σ) meson fields interacting with 1/2 spin ( N and {bar{N}}) fermion ones via the Yukawa-type couplings to introduce trial interactions between “bare” particles. The subsequent unitary clothing transformations are found to express the total Hamiltonian through new interaction operators that refer to particles with physical (observable) properties, the so-called clothed particles. In this work, we are focused upon the Hermitian and energy-independent operators for the clothed nucleons, being built up in the second order in the coupling constants. The corresponding analytic expressions in momentum space are compared with the separate meson contributions to the one-boson-exchange potentials in the meson theory of nuclear forces. In order to evaluate the T matrix of the N- N scattering we have used an equivalence theorem that enables us to operate in the clothed particle representation (CPR) instead of the bare particle representation with its large amount of virtual processes. We have derived the Lippmann-Schwinger type equation for the CPR elements of the T-matrix for a given collision energy in the two-nucleon sector of the Hilbert space {mathcal{H}} of hadronic states.

  5. An analytical theory of radio-wave scattering from meteoric ionization - I. Basic equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pecina, P.

    2016-01-01

    We have developed an analytical theory of radio-wave scattering from ionization of meteoric origin. It is based on an integro-differential equation for the polarization vector, P, inside the meteor trail, representing an analytical solution of the set of Maxwell equations, in combination with a generalized radar equation involving an integral of the trail volume electron density, Ne, and P represented by an auxiliary vector, Q, taken over the whole trail volume. During the derivation of the final formulae, the following assumptions were applied: transversal as well as longitudinal dimensions of the meteor trail are small compared with the distances of the relevant trail point to both the transmitter and receiver and the ratio of these distances to the wavelength of the wave emitted by the radar is very large, so that the stationary-phase method can be employed for evaluation of the relevant integrals. Further, it is shown that in the case of sufficiently low electron density, Ne, corresponding to the case of underdense trails, the classical McKinley's radar equation results as a special case of the general theory. The same also applies regarding the Fresnel characteristics. Our approach is also capable of yielding solutions to the problems of the formation of Fresnel characteristics on trails having any electron density, forward scattering and scattering on trails immersed in the magnetic field. However, we have also shown that the geomagnetic field can be removed from consideration, due to its low strength. The full solution of the above integro-differential equation, valid for any electron volume densities, has been left to subsequent works dealing with this particular problem, due to its complexity.

  6. Solution of the nonlinear inverse scattering problem by T -matrix completion. I. Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Levinson, Howard W.; Markel, Vadim A.

    2016-10-01

    We propose a conceptually different method for solving nonlinear inverse scattering problems (ISPs) such as are commonly encountered in tomographic ultrasound imaging, seismology, and other applications. The method is inspired by the theory of nonlocality of physical interactions and utilizes the relevant formalism. We formulate the ISP as a problem whose goal is to determine an unknown interaction potential V from external scattering data. Although we seek a local (diagonally dominated) V as the solution to the posed problem, we allow V to be nonlocal at the intermediate stages of iterations. This allows us to utilize the one-to-one correspondence between V and the T matrix of the problem. Here it is important to realize that not every T corresponds to a diagonal V and we, therefore, relax the usual condition of strict diagonality (locality) of V . An iterative algorithm is proposed in which we seek T that is (i) compatible with the measured scattering data and (ii) corresponds to an interaction potential V that is as diagonally dominated as possible. We refer to this algorithm as to the data-compatible T -matrix completion. This paper is Part I in a two-part series and contains theory only. Numerical examples of image reconstruction in a strongly nonlinear regime are given in Part II [H. W. Levinson and V. A. Markel, Phys. Rev. E 94, 043318 (2016), 10.1103/PhysRevE.94.043318]. The method described in this paper is particularly well suited for very large data sets that become increasingly available with the use of modern measurement techniques and instrumentation.

  7. Coherent scatter radar instabilities observed over Arecibo and proposed non-local linear gradient drift theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rosado-Roman, J. M.; Farley, D. T.; Swartz, W. E.; Seyler, C. E.

    2001-05-01

    Common volume observations with the Cornell University Portable Radar Interferometer (CUPRI) coherent scatter radar and the Arecibo Observatory incoherent scatter radar (AO-ISR) obtained during the NASA El Coquí campaign of 1992, are used to study the causes of coherent radar backscatter at mid-latitudes. The common volume data reveal that coherent scatter echoes are obtained from sporadic E (Es) layers that exhibit little or no gravity wave altitude modulation and possess high densities and sharp gradients. The echoes are associated with larger than typical F-region south-perpendicular electric fields. The echoes appear to come from the linearly unstable side of the Es layers even though the usual local linear theory is invalid at mid-latitudes. Non-local shorting effects along magnetic field lines play a crucial role at mid-latitudes, and we have developed a theory that takes this into account. The unstable eigen modes are a sum of plane waves with k vectors varying vertically about pure perpendicular propagation by a few degrees (allowing for the spatial localization of the modes on the top or bottom of the layer). The k vectors are also approximately aligned with the E x B drift. While both density and potential modes peak in amplitude on the unstable side of the layer, the density mode peaks closer to the maximum of the layer than does the potential mode. The separation and shape of the modes is determined by the profile of the vertical scale length, Lz = Ne / (d)/(dz) Ne; convergent growing solutions are found when the scale length profile exhibits a deep local minimum (steep gradient). We used a narrow Gaussian layer superimposed on a constant background density. Perhaps surprisingly, the constant background is essential for the numerical calculations. It can be small but not zero.

  8. Measurement of the thermal diffusivity of liquids by the forced Rayleigh scattering method: Theory and experiment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nagasaka, Y.; Hatakeyama, T.; Okuda, M.; Nagashima, A.

    1988-07-01

    This article is devoted to the theory and experiment of the forced Rayleigh scattering method for measurement of thermal diffusivity of liquids which can be employed in the form of an instrument operated optically in a contact-free manner. The theoretical considerations included are: (1) effect of cell wall, (2) effect of dye, (3) effect of Gaussian beam intensity distribution, (4) effect of heating duration time, and (5) effect of coupled dye and wall for a heavily absorbing sample. The errors caused by inadequate setting of optical conditions are also analyzed: (1) effects of grating thickness and (2) effects of initial temperature amplitude. Experimental verifications of the theory have been carried out through the measurements on toluene and water as standard reference substances. As a result of these experiments and theory, the criteria for optimum measuring conditions became available. To demonstrate the applicability of the present theory and the apparatus, the thermal diffusivities of toluene and methanol have been measured near room temperature under atmospheric pressure. The accuracy of the present measurement is estimated to be ±3%.

  9. Color Algebras

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mulligan, Jeffrey B.

    2017-01-01

    A color algebra refers to a system for computing sums and products of colors, analogous to additive and subtractive color mixtures. We would like it to match the well-defined algebra of spectral functions describing lights and surface reflectances, but an exact correspondence is impossible after the spectra have been projected to a three-dimensional color space, because of metamerism physically different spectra can produce the same color sensation. Metameric spectra are interchangeable for the purposes of addition, but not multiplication, so any color algebra is necessarily an approximation to physical reality. Nevertheless, because the majority of naturally-occurring spectra are well-behaved (e.g., continuous and slowly-varying), color algebras can be formulated that are largely accurate and agree well with human intuition. Here we explore the family of algebras that result from associating each color with a member of a three-dimensional manifold of spectra. This association can be used to construct a color product, defined as the color of the spectrum of the wavelength-wise product of the spectra associated with the two input colors. The choice of the spectral manifold determines the behavior of the resulting system, and certain special subspaces allow computational efficiencies. The resulting systems can be used to improve computer graphic rendering techniques, and to model various perceptual phenomena such as color constancy.

  10. On N = 2 compactifications of M-theory to AdS{sub 3} using geometric algebra techniques

    SciTech Connect

    Babalic, E. M.; Coman, I. A.; Condeescu, C.; Micu, A.; Lazaroiu, C. I.

    2013-11-13

    We investigate the most general warped compactification of eleven-dimensional supergravity on eight-dimensional manifolds to AdS{sub 3} spaces (in the presence of non-vanishing four-form flux) which preserves N = 2 supersymmetry in three dimensions. Without imposing any restrictions on the chirality of the internal part of the supersymmetry generators, we use geometric algebra techniques to study some implications of the supersymmetry constraints. In particular, we discuss the Lie bracket of certain vector fields constructed as pinor bilinears on the compactification manifold.

  11. Pion-nucleon scattering in covariant baryon chiral perturbation theory with explicit Delta resonances

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yao, De-Liang; Siemens, D.; Bernard, V.; Epelbaum, E.; Gasparyan, A. M.; Gegelia, J.; Krebs, H.; Meißner, Ulf-G.

    2016-05-01

    We present the results of a third order calculation of the pion-nucleon scattering amplitude in a chiral effective field theory with pions, nucleons and delta resonances as explicit degrees of freedom. We work in a manifestly Lorentz invariant formulation of baryon chiral perturbation theory using dimensional regularization and the extended on-mass-shell renormalization scheme. In the delta resonance sector, the on mass-shell renormalization is realized as a complex-mass scheme. By fitting the low-energy constants of the effective Lagrangian to the S- and P -partial waves a satisfactory description of the phase shifts from the analysis of the Roy-Steiner equations is obtained. We predict the phase shifts for the D and F waves and compare them with the results of the analysis of the George Washington University group. The threshold parameters are calculated both in the delta-less and delta-full cases. Based on the determined low-energy constants, we discuss the pion-nucleon sigma term. Additionally, in order to determine the strangeness content of the nucleon, we calculate the octet baryon masses in the presence of decuplet resonances up to next-to-next-to-leading order in SU(3) baryon chiral perturbation theory. The octet baryon sigma terms are predicted as a byproduct of this calculation.

  12. Steinberg conformal algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mikhalev, A. V.; Pinchuk, I. A.

    2005-06-01

    The structure of Steinberg conformal algebras is studied; these are analogues of Steinberg groups (algebras, superalgebras).A Steinberg conformal algebra is defined as an abstract algebra by a system of generators and relations between the generators. It is proved that a Steinberg conformal algebra is the universal central extension of the corresponding conformal Lie algebra; the kernel of this extension is calculated.

  13. Testing the Predictions of Random Matrix Theory in Low Loss Wave Chaotic Scattering Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yeh, Jen-Hao; Antonsen, Thomas; Ott, Edward; Anlage, Steven

    2013-03-01

    Wave chaos is a field where researchers apply random matrix theory (RMT) to predict the statistics of wave properties in complicated wave scattering systems. The RMT predictions have successfully demonstrated universality of the distributions of these wave properties, which only depend on the loss parameter of the system and the physical symmetry. Examination of these predictions in very low loss systems is interesting because extreme limits for the distribution functions and other predictions are encountered. Therefore, we use a wave-chaotic superconducting cavity to establish a low loss environment and test RMT predictions, including the statistics of the scattering (S) matrix and the impedance (Z) matrix, the universality (or lack thereof) of the Z- and S-variance ratios, and the statistics of the proper delay times of the Wigner-Smith time-delay matrix. We have applied an in-situ microwave calibration method (Thru-Reflection-Line method) to calibrate the cryostat system, and we also applied the random coupling model to remove the system-specific features. Our experimental results of different properties agree with the RMT predictions. This work is funded by the ONR/Maryland AppEl Center Task A2 (contract No. N000140911190), the AFOSR under grant FA95500710049, and Center for Nanophysics and Advanced Materials.

  14. Hopf algebras and topological recursion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Esteves, João N.

    2015-11-01

    We consider a model for topological recursion based on the Hopf algebra of planar binary trees defined by Loday and Ronco (1998 Adv. Math. 139 293-309 We show that extending this Hopf algebra by identifying pairs of nearest neighbor leaves, and thus producing graphs with loops, we obtain the full recursion formula discovered by Eynard and Orantin (2007 Commun. Number Theory Phys. 1 347-452).

  15. Infrared spectrum transmittance analysis of solid smoke based on MIE scatter theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Xijuan; Yao, Shilei; Ma, Jing; Li, Xia; Dong, Yanbing

    2016-10-01

    The influences of complex refractive index and particle diameter distribution on the spectral transmittance are studied by MIE scatter theory, the spectrum correlation problem of spectral transmittance in different cases is analyzed, the feasibility that using a single point of spectral transmittance to estimate other points is discussed. The results demonstrate that, Refractive index has a great influence on the spectral selectivity, Absorption index however has little effect on it; the particle diameter distributions have a great influence on spectral transmittance, if only contains a kind of particle, with little difference of particle diameter distribution, can be through a single point of spectral transmittance extrapolation other spectral transmittance, but if the difference is significant, is not feasible

  16. Applications of Quantum Theory of Atomic and Molecular Scattering to Problems in Hypersonic Flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Malik, F. Bary

    1995-01-01

    The general status of a grant to investigate the applications of quantum theory in atomic and molecular scattering problems in hypersonic flow is summarized. Abstracts of five articles and eleven full-length articles published or submitted for publication are included as attachments. The following topics are addressed in these articles: fragmentation of heavy ions (HZE particles); parameterization of absorption cross sections; light ion transport; emission of light fragments as an indicator of equilibrated populations; quantum mechanical, optical model methods for calculating cross sections for particle fragmentation by hydrogen; evaluation of NUCFRG2, the semi-empirical nuclear fragmentation database; investigation of the single- and double-ionization of He by proton and anti-proton collisions; Bose-Einstein condensation of nuclei; and a liquid drop model in HZE particle fragmentation by hydrogen.

  17. Three-body scattering theory without knowledge of exact asymptotic boundary conditions

    SciTech Connect

    Shakeshaft, Robin

    2009-07-15

    We formulate the theory of three-body scattering without explicit reference to exact asymptotic boundary conditions on the wave function. The transition rate and amplitude are expressed as volume integrals of the resolvent, which are insensitive to the region of asymptotically large distances. The physical branch of the resolvent is selected through the arrow of time, which is required to point forward in each subchannel. This is accomplished by first expressing the resolvent as an integral over time and then making a conformal transformation of each half of the time plane onto a unit disk. The physical branch corresponds to a path of integration in the upper half of the disk. We have tested the method, using a real discrete basis, by calculating the total cross section for singlet S-wave electron impact ionization of atomic hydrogen; our results are in reasonable agreement overall with the landmark results of Bartlet and Stelbovics [Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 233201 (2004)].

  18. Three-body scattering theory without knowledge of exact asymptotic boundary conditions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shakeshaft, Robin

    2009-07-01

    We formulate the theory of three-body scattering without explicit reference to exact asymptotic boundary conditions on the wave function. The transition rate and amplitude are expressed as volume integrals of the resolvent, which are insensitive to the region of asymptotically large distances. The physical branch of the resolvent is selected through the arrow of time, which is required to point forward in each subchannel. This is accomplished by first expressing the resolvent as an integral over time and then making a conformal transformation of each half of the time plane onto a unit disk. The physical branch corresponds to a path of integration in the upper half of the disk. We have tested the method, using a real discrete basis, by calculating the total cross section for singlet S -wave electron impact ionization of atomic hydrogen; our results are in reasonable agreement overall with the landmark results of Bartlet and Stelbovics [Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 233201 (2004)].

  19. Self-interaction correction in multiple scattering theory: application to transition metal oxides

    SciTech Connect

    Daene, Markus W; Lueders, Martin; Ernst, Arthur; Diemo, Koedderitzsch; Temmerman, Walter M; Szotek, Zdzislawa; Wolfam, Hergert

    2009-01-01

    We apply to transition metal monoxides the self-interaction corrected (SIC) local spin density (LSD) approximation, implemented locally in the multiple scattering theory within the Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) band structure method. The calculated electronic structure and in particular magnetic moments and energy gaps are discussed in reference to the earlier SIC results obtained within the LMTO-ASA band structure method, involving transformations between Bloch and Wannier representations to solve the eigenvalue problem and calculate the SIC charge and potential. Since the KKR can be easily extended to treat disordered alloys, by invoking the coherent potential approximation (CPA), in this paper we compare the CPA approach and supercell calculations to study the electronic structure of NiO with cation vacancies.

  20. Coherent Raman scattering with incoherent light for a multiply resonant mixture: Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kirkwood, Jason C.; Ulness, Darin J.; Stimson, Michael J.; Albrecht, A. C.

    1998-02-01

    The theory for coherent Raman scattering (CRS) with broadband incoherent light is presented for a multiply resonant, multicomponent mixture of molecules that exhibits simultaneous multiple resonances with the frequencies of the driving fields. All possible pairwise hyperpolarizability contributions to the signal intensity are included in the theoretical treatment-(resonant-resonant, resonant-nonresonant, and nonresonant-nonresonant correlations between chromophores) and it is shown how the different types of correlations manifest themselves as differently behaved components of the signal intensity. The Raman resonances are modeled as Lorentzians in the frequency domain, as is the spectral density of the incoherent light. The analytic results for this multiply resonant mixture are presented and applied to a specific binary mixture. These analytic results will be used to recover frequencies and dephasing times in a series of experiments on multiply resonant mixtures.

  1. Forward virtual Compton scattering and the Lamb shift in chiral perturbation theory

    SciTech Connect

    Nevado, David; Pineda, Antonio

    2008-03-15

    We compute the spin-independent structure functions of the forward virtual-photon Compton tensor of the proton at one loop using heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory and dispersion relations. We study the relation between both approaches. We use these results to generalize some sum rules to virtual photon transfer momentum and relate them with sum rules in deep inelastic scattering. We then compute the leading chiral term of the polarizability correction to the Lamb shift of hydrogen and muonic hydrogen. We obtain -87.05/n{sup 3}Hz and -0.148/n{sup 3}meV for the correction to the hydrogen and muonic hydrogen Lamb shift, respectively.

  2. Hydrogen Balmer alpha intensity distributions and line profiles from multiple scattering theory using realistic geocoronal models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Anderson, D. E., Jr.; Meier, R. R.; Hodges, R. R., Jr.; Tinsley, B. A.

    1987-01-01

    The H Balmer alpha nightglow is investigated by using Monte Carlo models of asymmetric geocoronal atomic hydrogen distributions as input to a radiative transfer model of solar Lyman-beta radiation in the thermosphere and atmosphere. It is shown that it is essential to include multiple scattering of Lyman-beta radiation in the interpretation of Balmer alpha airglow data. Observations of diurnal variation in the Balmer alpha airglow showing slightly greater intensities in the morning relative to evening are consistent with theory. No evidence is found for anything other than a single sinusoidal diurnal variation of exobase density. Dramatic changes in effective temperature derived from the observed Balmer alpha line profiles are expected on the basis of changing illumination conditions in the thermosphere and exosphere as different regions of the sky are scanned.

  3. Dependence of ultrasonic scattering on frequency and microarchitecture in trabecular bone: Theory and experiment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wear, Keith A.

    2002-05-01

    Measurements of ultrasonic properties of calcaneus (heel bone) have been shown to be effective for the diagnosis of osteoporosis. However, the mechanisms underlying the interaction between ultrasound and bone are currently not well understood. A model that predicts backscatter from trabecular bone has been developed. Scattering is assumed to originate from the surfaces of trabeculae, which are modeled as long, thin, elastic cylinders with radii small compared with the ultrasonic wavelength. Experimental measurements of backscatter using broadband ultrasound centered at 500 kHz from 43 trabecular bone samples (from human calcaneus) in vitro have been performed. Microcomputed tomography has been performed on all 43 samples in order to measure microarchitectural features. The theory correctly predicts the measured dependences of backscatter on ultrasonic frequency and trabecular thickness. [Funding from the FDA Office of Womens Health is gratefully acknowledged.

  4. Web Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Capani, Antonio; De Dominicis, Gabriel

    This paper proposes a model for a general interface between people and Computer Algebra Systems (CAS). The main features in the CAS interface are data navigation and the possibility of accessing powerful remote machines. This model is based on the idea of session management, in which the main engine of the tool enables interactions with the…

  5. Hopf algebras of rooted forests, cocyles, and free Rota-Baxter algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Tianjie; Gao, Xing; Guo, Li

    2016-10-01

    The Hopf algebra and the Rota-Baxter algebra are the two algebraic structures underlying the algebraic approach of Connes and Kreimer to renormalization of perturbative quantum field theory. In particular, the Hopf algebra of rooted trees serves as the "baby model" of Feynman graphs in their approach and can be characterized by certain universal properties involving a Hochschild 1-cocycle. Decorated rooted trees have also been applied to study Feynman graphs. We will continue the study of universal properties of various spaces of decorated rooted trees with such a 1-cocycle, leading to the concept of a cocycle Hopf algebra. We further apply the universal properties to equip a free Rota-Baxter algebra with the structure of a cocycle Hopf algebra.

  6. Validity of the Classical Theory of Spontaneous Emission and the Fast Multipole Method for Electromagnetic Scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yeung, Si Chuen Michael

    1995-01-01

    The interaction of the electromagnetic field with material boundaries has long been a subject of intense investigation. On the theoretical side are problems concerning the quantum-mechanical properties of the electromagnetic field near material boundaries. Such problems are of interest to physicists in the field of quantum optics near surfaces. On the practical side are problems concerning the numerical techniques used to solve the equations of classical electrodynamics in various practical situations involving boundaries. Such problems are of interest to engineers in the field of electromagnetic scattering. This thesis provides quantitative solutions to specific theoretical and practical problems in the subject of the interaction between the electromagnetic field and material boundaries. First, the lifetime of an excited atom near a lossy dielectric surface is calculated from an exact solution of a microscopic Hamiltonian model, which includes the effects of dispersion, local field correction and near -field Coulomb interaction. Results for the total decay rate are shown to be in excellent agreement with those based on classical electromagnetic theory and to yield the well-known result for the rate of nonradiative energy transfer in the limit of very small distance from the surface. Because our calculation is based on a fully canonical quantum theory, it provides the first fundamental demonstration of the validity of the classical electromagnetic theory of the rate of spontaneous emission near a lossy dielectric surface. Next, two new numerical techniques for three-dimensional electromagnetic scattering are proposed. The first technique is based on the physical-optics approximation and is suitable for piecewise-linear topography. The formalism of generalized Sommerfeld integrals is used to treat the effects of intra -surface multiple scattering in the physical-optics approximation. The technique of multipole acceleration is used to reduce the CPU cost of intra

  7. Coherent light scattering of heterogeneous randomly rough films and effective medium in the theory of electromagnetic wave multiple scattering

    SciTech Connect

    Berginc, G

    2013-11-30

    We have developed a general formalism based on Green's functions to calculate the coherent electromagnetic field scattered by a random medium with rough boundaries. The approximate expression derived makes it possible to determine the effective permittivity, which is generalised for a layer of an inhomogeneous random medium with different types of particles and bounded with randomly rough interfaces. This effective permittivity describes the coherent propagation of an electromagnetic wave in a random medium with randomly rough boundaries. We have obtained an expression, which contains the Maxwell – Garnett formula at the low-frequency limit, and the Keller formula; the latter has been proved to be in good agreement with experiments for particles whose dimensions are larger than a wavelength. (coherent light scattering)

  8. Theory of surface light scattering from a fluid-fluid interface with adsorbed polymeric surfactants

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Buzza, D. M. A.; Jones, J. L.; McLeish, T. C. B.; Richards, R. W.

    1998-09-01

    We present a microscopic theory for the interfacial rheology of a fluid-fluid interface with adsorbed surfactant and calculate the effect of this on surface light scattering from the interface. We model the head and tail groups of the surfactant as polymer chains, a description that becomes increasingly accurate for large molecular weight surfactants, i.e., polymeric surfactants. Assuming high surface concentrations so that we have a double-sided polymer brush monolayer, we derive microscopic scaling expressions for the surface viscoelastic constants using the Alexander-deGennes model. Our results for the surface elastic constants agree with those in the literature, while the results for the viscous constants are new. We find that four elastic constants, i.e., γ (surface tension), ɛ (dilational elasticity), κ (bending modulus), λ (coupling constant), and three viscous constants, i.e., ɛ',κ',λ' (the viscous counterparts of ɛ, κ, and λ, respectively) are required for a general description of interfacial viscoelasticity (neglecting in-plane shear). In contrast to current phenomenological models, we find (1) there is no viscous counterpart to γ, i.e., γ'≡0; (2) there are two additional complex surface constants (i.e., λ+iωλ' and κ+iωκ') due to the finite thickness of the monolayer. Excellent agreement is found comparing our microscopic theory with measurements on diblock copolymer monolayers. We further derive the dispersion relation governing surface hydrodynamic modes and the power spectrum for surface quasielastic light scattering (SQELS) for a general interface parameterized by all the surface viscoelastic constants. Limiting results are presented for (1) liquid-air interfaces; (2) liquid-liquid interfaces with ultralow γ. The significant contribution of κ in the latter case opens up the possibility for a direct measurement of κ using SQELS for polymeric surfactant monolayers. Finally, we show that the coupling constant λ can lead to

  9. A note on derivations of Murray–von Neumann algebras

    PubMed Central

    Kadison, Richard V.; Liu, Zhe

    2014-01-01

    A Murray–von Neumann algebra is the algebra of operators affiliated with a finite von Neumann algebra. In this article, we first present a brief introduction to the theory of derivations of operator algebras from both the physical and mathematical points of view. We then describe our recent work on derivations of Murray–von Neumann algebras. We show that the “extended derivations” of a Murray–von Neumann algebra, those that map the associated finite von Neumann algebra into itself, are inner. In particular, we prove that the only derivation that maps a Murray–von Neumann algebra associated with a factor of type II1 into that factor is 0. Those results are extensions of Singer’s seminal result answering a question of Kaplansky, as applied to von Neumann algebras: The algebra may be noncommutative and may even contain unbounded elements. PMID:24469831

  10. Estimates of oceanic surface wind speed and direction using orthogonal beam scatterometer measurements and comparison of recent sea scattering theories

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Moore, R. K.; Fung, A. K.; Dome, G. J.; Birrer, I. J.

    1978-01-01

    The wind direction properties of radar backscatter from the sea were empirically modelled using a cosine Fourier series through the 4th harmonic in wind direction (referenced to upwind). A comparison with 1975 JONSWAP (Joint North Sea Wave Project) scatterometer data, at incidence angles of 40 and 65, indicates that effects to third and fourth harmonics are negligible. Another important result is that the Fourier coefficients through the second harmonic are related to wind speed by a power law expression. A technique is also proposed to estimate the wind speed and direction over the ocean from two orthogonal scattering measurements. A comparison between two different types of sea scatter theories, one type presented by the work of Wright and the other by that of Chan and Fung, was made with recent scatterometer measurements. It demonstrates that a complete scattering model must include some provisions for the anisotropic characteristics of the sea scatter, and use a sea spectrum which depends upon wind speed.

  11. Curve Fitting via the Criterion of Least Squares. Applications of Algebra and Elementary Calculus to Curve Fitting. [and] Linear Programming in Two Dimensions: I. Applications of High School Algebra to Operations Research. Modules and Monographs in Undergraduate Mathematics and Its Applications Project. UMAP Units 321, 453.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Alexander, John W., Jr.; Rosenberg, Nancy S.

    This document consists of two modules. The first of these views applications of algebra and elementary calculus to curve fitting. The user is provided with information on how to: 1) construct scatter diagrams; 2) choose an appropriate function to fit specific data; 3) understand the underlying theory of least squares; 4) use a computer program to…

  12. Photon dose calculation based on electron multiple-scattering theory: primary dose deposition kernels.

    PubMed

    Wang, L; Jette, D

    1999-08-01

    The transport of the secondary electrons resulting from high-energy photon interactions is essential to energy redistribution and deposition. In order to develop an accurate dose-calculation algorithm for high-energy photons, which can predict the dose distribution in inhomogeneous media and at the beam edges, we have investigated the feasibility of applying electron transport theory [Jette, Med. Phys. 15, 123 (1988)] to photon dose calculation. In particular, the transport of and energy deposition by Compton electron and electrons and positrons resulting from pair production were studied. The primary photons are treated as the source of the secondary electrons and positrons, which are transported through the irradiated medium using Gaussian multiple-scattering theory [Jette, Med. Phys. 15, 123 (1988)]. The initial angular and kinetic energy distribution(s) of the secondary electrons (and positrons) emanating from the photon interactions are incorporated into the transport. Due to different mechanisms of creation and cross-section functions, the transport of and the energy deposition by the electrons released in these two processes are studied and modeled separately based on first principles. In this article, we focus on determining the dose distribution for an individual interaction site. We define the Compton dose deposition kernel (CDK) or the pair-production dose deposition kernel (PDK) as the dose distribution relative to the point of interaction, per unit interaction density, for a monoenergetic photon beam in an infinite homogeneous medium of unit density. The validity of this analytic modeling of dose deposition was evaluated through EGS4 Monte Carlo simulation. Quantitative agreement between these two calculations of the dose distribution and the average energy deposited per interaction was achieved. Our results demonstrate the applicability of the electron dose-calculation method to photon dose calculation.

  13. Coherent light scattering of heterogeneous randomly rough films and effective medium in the theory of electromagnetic wave multiple scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berginc, G.

    2013-11-01

    We have developed a general formalism based on Green's functions to calculate the coherent electromagnetic field scattered by a random medium with rough boundaries. The approximate expression derived makes it possible to determine the effective permittivity, which is generalised for a layer of an inhomogeneous random medium with different types of particles and bounded with randomly rough interfaces. This effective permittivity describes the coherent propagation of an electromagnetic wave in a random medium with randomly rough boundaries. We have obtained an expression, which contains the Maxwell - Garnett formula at the low-frequency limit, and the Keller formula; the latter has been proved to be in good agreement with experiments for particles whose dimensions are larger than a wavelength.

  14. Scattering parameters for cold Li-Rb and Na-Rb collisions derived from variable phase theory

    SciTech Connect

    Ouerdane, H.; Jamieson, M.J.

    2004-08-01

    We show how the scattering phase shift, the s-wave scattering length, and the p-wave scattering volume can be obtained from Riccati equations derived in variable phase theory. We find general expressions that provide upper and lower bounds for the scattering length and the scattering volume. We show how, in the framework of the variable phase method, Levinson's theorem yields the number of bound states supported by a potential. We report results from a study of the heteronuclear alkali-metal dimers NaRb and LiRb. We consider ab initio molecular potentials for the X {sup 1}{sigma}{sup +} and a {sup 3}{sigma}{sup +} states of both dimers and compare and discuss results obtained from experimentally based X {sup 1}{sigma}{sup +} and a {sup 3}{sigma}{sup +} potentials of NaRb. We explore the mass dependence of the scattering data by considering all isotopomers and we calculate the numbers of bound states supported by the molecular potentials for each isotopomer.

  15. Peripheral nucleon-nucleon scattering at fifth order of chiral perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Entem, D. R.; Kaiser, N.; Machleidt, R.; Nosyk, Y.

    2015-01-01

    We present the two- and three-pion-exchange contributions to the nucleon-nucleon interaction which occur at next-to-next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order (N4LO , fifth order) of chiral effective field theory and calculate nucleon-nucleon scattering in peripheral partial waves with L ≥3 by using low-energy constants that were extracted from π N analysis at fourth order. While the net three-pion-exchange contribution is moderate, the two-pion exchanges turn out to be sizable and prevailingly repulsive, thus compensating the excessive attraction characteristic for next-to-next-to-leading order and N3LO . As a result, the N4LO predictions for the phase shifts of peripheral partial waves are in very good agreement with the data (with the only exception being the 1F3 wave). We also discuss the issue of the order-by-order convergence of the chiral expansion for the N N interaction.

  16. Rayleigh Scattering Density Measurements, Cluster Theory, and Nucleation Calculations at Mach 10

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Balla, R. Jeffrey; Everhart, Joel L.

    2012-01-01

    In an exploratory investigation, quantitative unclustered laser Rayleigh scattering measurements of density were performed in the air in the NASA Langley Research Center's 31 in. Mach 10 wind tunnel. A review of 20 previous years of data in supersonic and Mach 6 hypersonic flows is presented where clustered signals typically overwhelmed molecular signals. A review of nucleation theory and accompanying nucleation calculations are also provided to interpret the current observed lack of clustering. Data were acquired at a fixed stagnation temperature near 990Kat five stagnation pressures spanning 2.41 to 10.0 MPa (350 to 1454 psi) using a pulsed argon fluoride excimer laser and double-intensified charge-coupled device camera. Data averaged over 371 images and 210 pixels along a 36.7mmline measured freestream densities that agree with computed isentropic-expansion densities to less than 2% and less than 6% at the highest and lowest densities, respectively. Cluster-free Mach 10 results are compared with previous clustered Mach 6 and condensation-free Mach 14 results. Evidence is presented indicating vibrationally excited oxygen and nitrogen molecules are absorbed as the clusters form, release their excess energy, and inhibit or possibly reverse the clustering process. Implications for delaying clustering and condensation onset in hypersonic and hypervelocity facilities are discussed.

  17. Regularization and the potential of effective field theory in nucleon-nucleon scattering

    SciTech Connect

    Phillips, D.R.

    1998-04-01

    This paper examines the role that regularization plays in the definition of the potential used in effective field theory (EFT) treatments of the nucleon-nucleon interaction. The author considers N N scattering in S-wave channels at momenta well below the pion mass. In these channels (quasi-)bound states are present at energies well below the scale m{sub {pi}}{sup 2}/M expected from naturalness arguments. He asks whether, in the presence of such a shallow bound state, there is a regularization scheme which leads to an EFT potential that is both useful and systematic. In general, if a low-lying bound state is present then cutoff regularization leads to an EFT potential which is useful but not systematic, and dimensional regularization with minimal subtraction leads to one which is systematic but not useful. The recently-proposed technique of dimensional regularization with power-law divergence subtraction allows the definition of an EFT potential which is both useful and systematic.

  18. Scattering of massless and massive monopoles in an SU(N) theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Xingang; Weinberg, Erick J.

    2001-09-01

    We use the moduli space approximation to study the time evolution of magnetically charged configurations in a theory with an SU(N+2) gauge symmetry spontaneously broken to U(1)×SU(N)×U(1). We focus on configurations containing two massive and N-1 massless monopoles. The latter do not appear as distinct objects, but instead coalesce into a cloud of non-Abelian field. We find that at large times the cloud and the massive particles are decoupled, with separately conserved energies. The interaction between them occurs through a scattering process in which the cloud, acting very much like a thin shell, contracts and eventually bounces off the cores of the massive monopoles. The strength of the interaction, as measured, e.g., by the amount of energy transfer, tends to be greatest if the shell is small at the time that it overlaps the massive cores. We also discuss the corresponding behavior for the case of the SU(3) multimonopole solutions studied by Dancer.

  19. Unified semiclassical theory for the two-state system: Analytical solutions for scattering matrices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Chaoyuan

    1996-09-01

    Unified semiclassical theory is established for general two-state system by employing an exactly analytical quantum solution [C. Zhu, J. Phys. A29, 1293 (1996)] for the Nikitin exponential-potential model which contains the two-state curve crossing and noncrossing cases as a whole. Analytical solutions for scattering matrices are found for both three- and two-channel cases within the time-independent treatment. This is made possible by introducing a very important parameter d(R0)=√)/[V22(R0)-V11(R0)]2 (V11(R), V22(R) and V12(R) are diabatic potentials and coupling, R0 is real part of complex crossing point between two adiabatic potentials) which represents a type of nonadiabatic transition for the two-state system. For instance, d=∞ represents the Landau-Zener type and d=√ represents Rosen-Zener type. Since d(R0) runs from unity to infinity, this parameter provides a quantitative description of nonadiabatic transition. The idea used here is the parameter comparison method which makes a unique link between the model and general potential system at the complex crossing point. This method is testified not only by numerical examples, but also by agreement of the present semiclassical formulas with all existing semiclassical formulas.

  20. Gravitational scattering, post-Minkowskian approximation, and effective-one-body theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Damour, Thibault

    2016-11-01

    A novel approach to the effective-one-body description of gravitationally interacting two-body systems is introduced. This approach is based on the post-Minkowskian approximation scheme (perturbation theory in G , without assuming small velocities) and employs a new dictionary focussing on the functional dependence of the scattering angle on the total energy and the total angular momentum of the system. Using this approach, we prove to all orders in v /c two results that were previously known to hold only to a limited post-Newtonian accuracy: (i) the relativistic gravitational dynamics of a two-body system is equivalent, at first post-Minkowskian order, to the relativistic dynamics of an effective test particle moving in a Schwarzschild metric, and (ii) this equivalence requires the existence of an exactly quadratic map between the real (relativistic) two-body energy and the (relativistic) energy of the effective particle. The same energy map is also shown to apply to the effective-one-body description of two masses interacting via tensor-scalar gravity.

  1. Laser-induced stimulated Raman scattering in the forward direction of a droplet - Comparison of Mie theory with geometrical optics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Srivastava, Vandana; Jarzembski, Maurice A.

    1991-01-01

    This paper uses Mie theory to treat electromagnetic scattering and to evaluate field enhancement in the forward direction of a small droplet irradiated by a high-energy beam and compares the results of calculations with the field-enhancement evaluation obtained via geometrical optics treatment. Results of this comparison suggest that the field enhancement located at the critical ring region encircling the axis in the forward direction of the droplet can support laser-induced Raman scattering. The results are supported by experimental observations of the interaction of a 120-micron-diam water droplet with a high-energy Nd:YAG laser beam.

  2. The operator algebra approach to quantum groups

    PubMed Central

    Kustermans, Johan; Vaes, Stefaan

    2000-01-01

    A relatively simple definition of a locally compact quantum group in the C*-algebra setting will be explained as it was recently obtained by the authors. At the same time, we put this definition in the historical and mathematical context of locally compact groups, compact quantum groups, Kac algebras, multiplicative unitaries, and duality theory. PMID:10639116

  3. Some Applications of Algebraic System Solving

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Roanes-Lozano, Eugenio

    2011-01-01

    Technology and, in particular, computer algebra systems, allows us to change both the way we teach mathematics and the mathematical curriculum. Curiously enough, unlike what happens with linear system solving, algebraic system solving is not widely known. The aim of this paper is to show that, although the theory lying behind the "exact…

  4. Sound extinction by fish schools: forward scattering theory and data analysis.

    PubMed

    Raveau, M; Feuillade, C

    2015-02-01

    A model used previously to study collective back scattering from fish schools [Feuillade et al., J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 99(1), 196-208 (1996)], is used to analyze the forward scattering properties of these objects. There is an essential physical difference between back and forward scattering from fish schools. Strong frequency dependent interference effects, which affect the back scattered field amplitude, are absent in the forward scattering case. This is critically important for data analysis. There is interest in using back scattering and transmission data from fish schools to study their size, the species and abundance of fish, and fish behavior. Transmission data can be processed to determine the extinction of the field by a school. The extinction of sound depends on the forward scattering characteristics of the school, and data inversion to provide information about the fish should be based upon a forward scattering paradigm. Results are presented of an analysis of transmission data obtained in September 1995 during an experiment performed in the Gulf of Lion in the Mediterranean Sea [Diachok, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 105(4), 2107-2128 (1999)]. The analysis shows that using forward scattering leads to significantly larger estimates of fish abundance than previous analysis based upon back scattering approaches.

  5. Classification of central extensions of Lax operator algebras

    SciTech Connect

    Schlichenmaier, Martin

    2008-11-18

    Lax operator algebras were introduced by Krichever and Sheinman as further developments of Krichever's theory of Lax operators on algebraic curves. They are infinite dimensional Lie algebras of current type with meromorphic objects on compact Riemann surfaces (resp. algebraic curves) as elements. Here we report on joint work with Oleg Sheinman on the classification of their almost-graded central extensions. It turns out that in case that the finite-dimensional Lie algebra on which the Lax operator algebra is based on is simple there is a unique almost-graded central extension up to equivalence and rescaling of the central element.

  6. Linearizing W2,4 and WB2 algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bellucci, S.; Krivonos, S.; Sorin, A.

    1995-02-01

    It has recently been shown that the W3 and W3(2) algebras can be considered as subalgebras in some linear conformal algebras. In this paper we show that the nonlinear algebras W2,4 and WB2 as well as Zamolodchikov's spin {5}/{2} superalgebra also can be embedded as subalgebras into some linear conformal algebras with a finite set of currents. These linear algebras give rise to new realizations of the nonlinear algebras which could be suitable in the construction of W-string theories.

  7. Classification of central extensions of Lax operator algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schlichenmaier, Martin

    2008-11-01

    Lax operator algebras were introduced by Krichever and Sheinman as further developments of Krichever's theory of Lax operators on algebraic curves. They are infinite dimensional Lie algebras of current type with meromorphic objects on compact Riemann surfaces (resp. algebraic curves) as elements. Here we report on joint work with Oleg Sheinman on the classification of their almost-graded central extensions. It turns out that in case that the finite-dimensional Lie algebra on which the Lax operator algebra is based on is simple there is a unique almost-graded central extension up to equivalence and rescaling of the central element.

  8. Theory of inelastic multiphonon scattering and carrier capture by defects in semiconductors: Application to capture cross sections

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barmparis, Georgios D.; Puzyrev, Yevgeniy S.; Zhang, X.-G.; Pantelides, Sokrates T.

    2015-12-01

    Inelastic scattering and carrier capture by defects in semiconductors are the primary causes of hot-electron-mediated degradation of power devices, which holds up their commercial development. At the same time, carrier capture is a major issue in the performance of solar cells and light-emitting diodes. A theory of nonradiative (multiphonon) inelastic scattering by defects, however, is nonexistent, while the theory for carrier capture by defects has had a long and arduous history. Here we report the construction of a comprehensive theory of inelastic scattering by defects, with carrier capture being a special case. We distinguish between capture under thermal equilibrium conditions and capture under nonequilibrium conditions, e.g., in the presence of an electrical current or hot carriers where carriers undergo scattering by defects and are described by a mean free path. In the thermal-equilibrium case, capture is mediated by a nonadiabatic perturbation Hamiltonian, originally identified by Huang and Rhys and by Kubo, which is equal to linear electron-phonon coupling to first order. In the nonequilibrium case, we demonstrate that the primary capture mechanism is within the Born-Oppenheimer approximation (adiabatic transitions), with coupling to the defect potential inducing Franck-Condon electronic transitions, followed by multiphonon dissipation of the transition energy, while the nonadiabatic terms are of secondary importance (they scale with the inverse of the mass of typical atoms in the defect complex). We report first-principles density-functional-theory calculations of the capture cross section for a prototype defect using the projector-augmented wave, which allows us to employ all-electron wave functions. We adopt a Monte Carlo scheme to sample multiphonon configurations and obtain converged results. The theory and the results represent a foundation upon which to build engineering-level models for hot-electron degradation of power devices and the performance

  9. Banach Algebras Associated to Lax Pairs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Glazebrook, James F.

    2015-04-01

    Lax pairs featuring in the theory of integrable systems are known to be constructed from a commutative algebra of formal pseudodifferential operators known as the Burchnall- Chaundy algebra. Such pairs induce the well known KP flows on a restricted infinite-dimensional Grassmannian. The latter can be exhibited as a Banach homogeneous space constructed from a Banach *-algebra. It is shown that this commutative algebra of operators generating Lax pairs can be associated with a commutative C*-subalgebra in the C*-norm completion of the *-algebra. In relationship to the Bose-Fermi correspondence and the theory of vertex operators, this C*-algebra has an association with the CAR algebra of operators as represented on Fermionic Fock space by the Gelfand-Naimark-Segal construction. Instrumental is the Plücker embedding of the restricted Grassmannian into the projective space of the associated Hilbert space. The related Baker and tau-functions provide a connection between these two C*-algebras, following which their respective state spaces and Jordan-Lie-Banach algebras structures can be compared.

  10. Algebraic trigonometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vaninsky, Alexander

    2011-04-01

    This article introduces a trigonometric field (TF) that extends the field of real numbers by adding two new elements: sin and cos - satisfying an axiom sin2 + cos2 = 1. It is shown that by assigning meaningful names to particular elements of the field, all known trigonometric identities may be introduced and proved. Two different interpretations of the TF are discussed with many others potentially possible. The main objective of this article is to introduce a broader view of trigonometry that can serve as motivation for mathematics students and teachers to study and teach abstract algebraic structures.

  11. THEORY AND SIMULATIONS OF REFRACTIVE SUBSTRUCTURE IN RESOLVED SCATTER-BROADENED IMAGES

    SciTech Connect

    Johnson, Michael D.; Gwinn, Carl R.

    2015-06-01

    At radio wavelengths, scattering in the interstellar medium distorts the appearance of astronomical sources. Averaged over a scattering ensemble, the result is a blurred image of the source. However, Narayan and Goodman and Goodman and Narayan showed that for an incomplete average, scattering introduces refractive substructure in the image of a point source that is both persistent and wideband. We show that this substructure is quenched but not smoothed by an extended source. As a result, when the scatter-broadening is comparable to or exceeds the unscattered source size, the scattering can introduce spurious compact features into images. In addition, we derive efficient strategies to numerically compute realistic scattered images, and we present characteristic examples from simulations. Our results show that refractive substructure is an important consideration for ongoing missions at the highest angular resolutions, and we discuss specific implications for RadioAstron and the Event Horizon Telescope.

  12. Theory and Simulations of Refractive Substructure in Resolved Scatter-broadened Images

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Johnson, Michael D.; Gwinn, Carl R.

    2015-06-01

    At radio wavelengths, scattering in the interstellar medium distorts the appearance of astronomical sources. Averaged over a scattering ensemble, the result is a blurred image of the source. However, Narayan & Goodman and Goodman & Narayan showed that for an incomplete average, scattering introduces refractive substructure in the image of a point source that is both persistent and wideband. We show that this substructure is quenched but not smoothed by an extended source. As a result, when the scatter-broadening is comparable to or exceeds the unscattered source size, the scattering can introduce spurious compact features into images. In addition, we derive efficient strategies to numerically compute realistic scattered images, and we present characteristic examples from simulations. Our results show that refractive substructure is an important consideration for ongoing missions at the highest angular resolutions, and we discuss specific implications for RadioAstron and the Event Horizon Telescope.

  13. Algebraic Lattices in QFT Renormalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Borinsky, Michael

    2016-07-01

    The structure of overlapping subdivergences, which appear in the perturbative expansions of quantum field theory, is analyzed using algebraic lattice theory. It is shown that for specific QFTs the sets of subdivergences of Feynman diagrams form algebraic lattices. This class of QFTs includes the standard model. In kinematic renormalization schemes, in which tadpole diagrams vanish, these lattices are semimodular. This implies that the Hopf algebra of Feynman diagrams is graded by the coradical degree or equivalently that every maximal forest has the same length in the scope of BPHZ renormalization. As an application of this framework, a formula for the counter terms in zero-dimensional QFT is given together with some examples of the enumeration of primitive or skeleton diagrams.

  14. Theory of VHF Scattering by Field-Aligned Irregularities in the Ionosphere.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-09-01

    A. (1981), "A Global Model for Wideband *HF Skywave Propagation ", in Effect of the Ionosphere on Radiowave Systems, J.M. Goodman Ed., U.S. Government... SCHELL Chief " ’ Electromagnetic Sciences Division FOR THE COMMANDER: LOHN A. RSTZ Plans & Programs Division If your address has changed or if you wish to...SUB-GROUP Field Aligned Scatter Anisotropic Scatter 17 02 1 Auroral Scatter VHF Propagatione -4 20 14 ’." . ~lg. ABSTRACT (Cantino n on reverse if

  15. Second-order multiple-scattering theory associated with backscattering enhancement for a millimeter wavelength weather radar with a finite beam width

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kobayashi, Satoru; Tanelli, Simone; Im, Eastwood

    2005-01-01

    Effects of multiple scattering on reflectivity are studied for millimeter wavelength weather radars. A time-independent vector theory, including up to second-order scattering, is derived for a single layer of hydrometeors of a uniform density and a uniform diameter. In this theory, spherical waves with a Gaussian antenna pattern are used to calculate ladder and cross terms in the analytical scattering theory. The former terms represent the conventional multiple scattering, while the latter terms cause backscattering enhancement in both the copolarized and cross-polarized components. As the optical thickness of the hydrometeor layer increases, the differences from the conventional plane wave theory become more significant, and essentially, the reflectivity of multiple scattering depends on the ratio of mean free path to radar footprint radius. These results must be taken into account when analyzing radar reflectivity for use in remote sensing.

  16. Priority in Process Algebras

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cleaveland, Rance; Luettgen, Gerald; Natarajan, V.

    1999-01-01

    This paper surveys the semantic ramifications of extending traditional process algebras with notions of priority that allow for some transitions to be given precedence over others. These enriched formalisms allow one to model system features such as interrupts, prioritized choice, or real-time behavior. Approaches to priority in process algebras can be classified according to whether the induced notion of preemption on transitions is global or local and whether priorities are static or dynamic. Early work in the area concentrated on global pre-emption and static priorities and led to formalisms for modeling interrupts and aspects of real-time, such as maximal progress, in centralized computing environments. More recent research has investigated localized notions of pre-emption in which the distribution of systems is taken into account, as well as dynamic priority approaches, i.e., those where priority values may change as systems evolve. The latter allows one to model behavioral phenomena such as scheduling algorithms and also enables the efficient encoding of real-time semantics. Technically, this paper studies the different models of priorities by presenting extensions of Milner's Calculus of Communicating Systems (CCS) with static and dynamic priority as well as with notions of global and local pre- emption. In each case the operational semantics of CCS is modified appropriately, behavioral theories based on strong and weak bisimulation are given, and related approaches for different process-algebraic settings are discussed.

  17. The organic surface of 5145 Pholus: Constraints set by scattering theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, Peter D.; Sagan, Carl; Thompson, W. Reid

    1994-01-01

    No known body in the Solar System has a spectrum redder than that of object 5145 Pholus. We use Hapke scattering theory and optical constants measured in this laboratory to examine the ability of mixtures of a number of organic solids and ices to reproduce the observed spectrum and phase variation. The primary materials considered are poly-HCN, kerogen, Murchison organic extract, Titan tholin, ice tholin, and water ice. In a computer grid search of over 10 million models, we find an intraparticle mixture of 15% Titan tholin, 10% poly-HCN, and 75% water ice with 10-micrometers particles to provide an excellent fit. Replacing water ice with ammonia ice improves the fits significantly while using a pure hydrocarbon tholin, Tholin alpha, instead of Titan tholin makes only modest improvements. All acceptable fits require Titan tholin or some comparable material to provide the steep slope in the visible, and poly-HCN or some comparable material to provide strong absorption in the near-infrared. A pure Titan tholin surface with 16-micrometers particles, as well as all acceptable Pholus models, fit the present spectrophotometric data for the transplutonian object 1992 QB(sub 1). The feasibility of gas-phase chemistry to generate material like Titan tholin on such small objects is examined. An irradiated transient atmosphere arising from sublimating ices may generate at most a few centimeters of tholin over the lifetime of the Solar System, but this is insignificant compared to the expected lag deposit of primordial contaminants left behind by the sublimating ice. Irradiation of subsurface N2/CH4 or NH3/CH4 ice by cosmic rays may generate approximately 20 cm of tholin in the upper 10 m of regolith in the same time scale but the identity of this tholin to its gas-phase equivalent has not been demonstrated.

  18. Derive Workshop Matrix Algebra and Linear Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Townsley Kulich, Lisa; Victor, Barbara

    This document presents the course content for a workshop that integrates the use of the computer algebra system Derive with topics in matrix and linear algebra. The first section is a guide to using Derive that provides information on how to write algebraic expressions, make graphs, save files, edit, define functions, differentiate expressions,…

  19. Calculation of emittance of a coating layer with the Kubelka-Munk theory and the Mie-scattering model.

    PubMed

    Liu, Lingyun; Gong, Rongzhou; Huang, Dexiu; Nie, Yan; Liu, Changhui

    2005-11-01

    The radiative transfer equation in a coating layer with a not too high concentration of pigment particles, which is attached to a substrate, is resolved in terms of Kubelka-Munk theory and a Mie-scattering model. In the case of a coating layer constituted with aluminum spherical particles, the dependence of emittance of the coating layer on particle radius and thickness of the layer are studied. The optimum radius of a pigment particle is suggested as well.

  20. Ni K-Edge XANES Analyses of Residual Ni Catalyst in Carbon Nanofiber Using Full Multiple Scattering Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Ushiro, Mayuko; Ohminami, Kenryo; Nagamatsu, Shin-ichi; Fujikawa, Takashi; Asakura, Kiyotaka

    2007-02-02

    Residual Ni species after Ni removal treatment of carbon nanofibers have been investigated by use of XAFS analyses. Most of the Ni impurities are in Ni monomer which is located on defects in carbon nanofibers. The XAFS analyses combined with the multiple scattering theory give useful information on nano-structures of small amount species. Molecular orbital calculation also support the results from the XAFS analyses.

  1. The Conformal Steady-State Free Precession:. a Kepplerian Approach to Automorphic Scattering Theory of Orbiton/spinon Dynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schempp, Walter J.

    2013-09-01

    Based on projective geometry, a quantum holographic approach to the orbiton / spinon dynamics of quantum blackholography and clinical magnetic resonance tomography is mathematically described. Crucial applications of the conformal steady-state free-precession modality and automorphic scattering theory are the evidence for a supermassive central black hole in the Milky Way galaxy and the modalities of clinical cardiovascular magnetic resonance tomography and diffusion weighted magnetic resonance tomography of non-invasive radiological diagnostics.

  2. Multiple Electromagnetic Scattering from a Cluster of Spheres. Volume I. Theory.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-09-01

    Debye. P., Ann. Phys. 46, 809 (1915). 3. Kerker, M., Feone, W. A., and Matijevic , E. J. Opt. Soc. Am. 53, 758 (1963). 4i. Faone, W. A., Kerker, M...and Matijevic , E. Electromagnetic Scattering. M. Kerker, ed. Pergamon Press, Oxford. 1963. 5. Heller, W. Electromagnetic Scattering, M. Kerker, ad

  3. Algebras with convergent star products and their representations in Hilbert spaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Soloviev, M. A.

    2013-07-01

    We study star product algebras of analytic functions for which the power series defining the products converge absolutely. Such algebras arise naturally in deformation quantization theory and in noncommutative quantum field theory. We consider different star products in a unifying way and present results on the structure and basic properties of these algebras, which are useful for applications. Special attention is given to the Hilbert space representation of the algebras and to the exact description of their corresponding operator algebras.

  4. Scattering theory and the Aharonov-Bohm effect in quasiclassical physics

    SciTech Connect

    Sitenko, Yurii A.; Vlasii, Nadiia D.

    2011-06-15

    Research Highlights: > Scattering Aharonov-Bohm effect. > Short-wavelength limit of scattered nonrelativistic particles. > Fraunhofer diffraction in the forward direction. > Fresnel diffraction in the forward region in conical space. > Enclosed magnetic flux is a gate for the propagation of quasiclassical particles. - Abstract: Scattering of a nonrelativistic quantum-mechanical particle by an impenetrable magnetic vortex is considered. The nonvanishing transverse size of the vortex is taken into account, and the limit of short, as compared to this size, wavelengths of the scattered particle is analyzed. We show that the scattering Aharonov-Bohm effect persists in the quasiclassical limit owing to the diffraction persisting in the short-wavelength limit. As a result, the vortex flux serves as a gate for the propagation of short-wavelength, almost classical, particles. This quasiclassical effect is more feasible to experimental detection in the case when space outside the vortex is conical.

  5. Celestial mechanics with geometric algebra

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hestenes, D.

    1983-01-01

    Geometric algebra is introduced as a general tool for Celestial Mechanics. A general method for handling finite rotations and rotational kinematics is presented. The constants of Kepler motion are derived and manipulated in a new way. A new spinor formulation of perturbation theory is developed.

  6. Algebraic complexities and algebraic curves over finite fields

    PubMed Central

    Chudnovsky, D. V.; Chudnovsky, G. V.

    1987-01-01

    We consider the problem of minimal (multiplicative) complexity of polynomial multiplication and multiplication in finite extensions of fields. For infinite fields minimal complexities are known [Winograd, S. (1977) Math. Syst. Theory 10, 169-180]. We prove lower and upper bounds on minimal complexities over finite fields, both linear in the number of inputs, using the relationship with linear coding theory and algebraic curves over finite fields. PMID:16593816

  7. Integrable amplitude deformations for N =4 super Yang-Mills and ABJM theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bargheer, Till; Huang, Yu-Tin; Loebbert, Florian; Yamazaki, Masahito

    2015-01-01

    We study Yangian-invariant deformations of scattering amplitudes in 4d N =4 super Yang-Mills theory and 3d N =6 Aharony-Bergman-Jafferis-Maldacena (ABJM) theory. In particular, we obtain the deformed Graßmannian integral for 4d N =4 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory, both in momentum and momentum-twistor space. For 3d ABJM theory, we initiate the study of deformed scattering amplitudes. We investigate general deformations of on-shell diagrams, and find the deformed Graßmannian integral for this theory. We furthermore introduce the algebraic R-matrix construction of deformed Yangian invariants for ABJM theory.

  8. Compton scattering on the proton, neutron, and deuteron in chiral perturbation theory to O(Q{sup 4})

    SciTech Connect

    S.R. Beane; M. Malheiro; J.A. McGovern; D.R. Phillips; U. van Kolck

    2004-03-01

    We study Compton scattering in systems with A=1 and 2 using chiral perturbation theory up to fourth order. For the proton we fit the two undetermined parameters in the O(Q{sup 4}) {gamma}p amplitude of McGovern to experimental data in the region {omega}, {radical}|t| {le} 180 MeV, obtaining a {chi}{sup 2}/d.o.f. of 133/113. This yields a model-independent extraction of proton polarizabilities based solely on low-energy data: {alpha}{sub p} = (12.1 {+-} 1.1 (stat.)){sub -0.5}{sup +0.5} (theory) and {beta}{sub p} = (3.4 {+-} 1.1 (stat.)){sub -0.1}{sup +0.1} (theory), both in units of 10{sup -4} fm{sup 3}. We also compute Compton scattering on deuterium to O(Q{sup 4}). The {gamma}d amplitude is a sum of one- and two-nucleon mechanisms, and contains two undetermined parameters, which are related to the isoscalar nucleon polarizabilities. We fit data points from three recent {gamma}d scattering experiments with a {chi}{sup 2}/d.o.f. = 26.3/20, and find {alpha}{sub N} = 8.9 {+-} 1.5 (stat.){sub -0.9}{sup +4.7} (theory) and {beta}{sub N} = 2.2 {+-} 1.5 (stat.){sub -0.9}{sup +1.2} (theory), again in units of 10{sup -4} fm{sup 3}.

  9. Gauged Ads-Maxwell Algebra and Gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Durka, R.; Kowalski-Glikman, J.; Szczachor, M.

    We deform the anti-de Sitter algebra by adding additional generators {Z}ab, forming in this way the negative cosmological constant counterpart of the Maxwell algebra. We gauge this algebra and construct a dynamical model with the help of a constrained BF theory. It turns out that the resulting theory is described by the Einstein-Cartan action with Holst term, and the gauge fields associated with the Maxwell generators {Z}ab appear only in topological terms that do not influence dynamical field equations. We briefly comment on the extension of this construction, which would lead to a nontrivial Maxwell fields dynamics.

  10. Polarimetric signatures of a layer of random nonspherical discrete scatterers overlying a homogeneous half-space based on first- and second-order vector radiative transfer theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tsang, Leung; Ding, Kung-Hau

    1991-01-01

    Complete polarimetric signatures of a layer of random, nonspherical discrete scatterers overlying a homogeneous half space are studied with the first- and second-order solutions of the vector radiative transfer theory. Some of the salient features of the numerical results are as follows: (1) the inclusion of the nondiagonal extinction matrix in the vector radiative transfer theory accounts for an appreciable phase difference between vv and hh polarizations, particularly for aligned scatterers; (2) the ensemble-averaged scattered Stokes vector is generally partially polarized, with the degree of polarization less than unity; (3) there generally exists a pedestal in the copolarization return when plotted as a function of ellipticity and orientation angles, which may be due to heterogeneity of scattering objects and/or multiple scattering effects; and (4) multiple scattering effects generally enhance the pedestal in copolarization return, decrease the degree of polarization, affect phase difference, and also enhance the depolarization return.

  11. Algebraic Methods to Design Signals

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-08-27

    group theory are employed to investigate the theory of their construction methods leading to new families of these arrays and some generalizations...sequences and arrays with desirable correlation properties. The methods used are very algebraic and number theoretic. Many new families of sequences...context of optical quantum computing, we prove that infinite families of anticirculant block weighing matrices can be obtained from generic weighing

  12. Theory of scattering of electromagnetic waves of the microwave range in a turbid medium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Konstantinov, O. V.; Matveentsev, A. V.

    2013-02-01

    The coefficient of extinction of electromagnetic waves of the microwave range due to their scattering from clusters suspended in an amorphous medium and responsible for turbidity is calculated. Turbidity resembles the case when butter clusters transform water into milk. In the case under investigation, the clusters are conductors (metallic or semiconducting). The extinction coefficient is connected in a familiar way with the cross section of light scattering from an individual cluster. A new formula is derived for the light scattering cross section in the case when damping of oscillations of an electron is due only to spontaneous emission of light quanta. In this case, the resonant scattering cross section for light can be very large. It is shown that this can be observed only in a whisker nanocluster. In addition, the phonon energy on a whisker segment must be higher than the photon energy, which is close to the spacing between the electron energy levels in the cluster.

  13. Resonant Raman scattering theory for Kitaev models and their Majorana fermion boundary modes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Perreault, Brent; Knolle, Johannes; Perkins, Natalia B.; Burnell, F. J.

    2016-09-01

    We study the inelastic light scattering response in two- (2D) and three-dimensional (3D) Kitaev spin-liquid models with Majorana spinon band structures in the symmetry classes BDI and D leading to protected gapless surface modes. We present a detailed calculation of the resonant Raman/Brillouin scattering vertex relevant to iridate and ruthenate compounds whose low-energy physics is believed to be proximate to these spin-liquid phases. In the symmetry class BDI, we find that while the resonant scattering on thin films can detect the gapless boundary modes of spin liquids, the nonresonant processes do not couple to them. For the symmetry class D, however, we find that the coupling between both types of light-scattering processes and the low-energy surface states is strongly suppressed. Additionally, we describe the effect of weak time-reversal symmetry breaking perturbations on the bulk Raman response of these systems.

  14. Classical scattering theory of waves from the view point of an eigenvalue problem and application to target identification

    SciTech Connect

    Bottcher, C.; Strayer, M.R.; Werby, M.F.

    1993-10-01

    The Helmholtz-Poincare Wave Equation (H-PWE) arises in many areas of classical wave scattering theory. In particular it can be found for the cases of acoustical scattering from submerged bounded objects and electromagnetic scattering from objects. The extended boundary integral equations (EBIE) method is derived from considering both the exterior and interior solutions of the H-PWE`s. This coupled set of expressions has the advantage of not only offering a prescription for obtaining a solution for the exterior scattering problem, but it also obviates the problem of irregular values corresponding to fictitious interior eigenvalues. Once the coupled equations are derived, they can by obtained in matrix form be expanding all relevant terms in partial wave expansions, including a biorthogonal expansion of the Green function. However some freedom of choice in the choice of the surface expansion is available since the unknown surface quantities may be expanded in a variety of ways to long as closure is obtained. Out of many possible choices, we develop an optimal method to obtain such expansions which is based on the optimum eigenfunctions related to the surface of the object. In effect, we convert part of the problem (that associated with the Fredholms integral equation of the first kind) an eigenvalue problem of a related Hermition operator. The methodology will be explained in detail and examples will be presented.

  15. Applications of the Hybrid Theory to the Scattering of Electrons from HE+ and Li++ and Resonances in these Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bhatia, Anand K.

    2008-01-01

    Applications of the hybrid theory to the scattering of electrons from Ile+ and Li++ and resonances in these systems, A. K. Bhatia, NASA/Goddard Space Flight Center- The Hybrid theory of electron-hydrogen elastic scattering [I] is applied to the S-wave scattering of electrons from He+ and Li++. In this method, both short-range and long-range correlations are included in the Schrodinger equation at the same time. Phase shifts obtained in this calculation have rigorous lower bounds to the exact phase shifts and they are compared with those obtained using the Feshbach projection operator formalism [2], the close-coupling approach [3], and Harris-Nesbet method [4]. The agreement among all the calculations is very good. These systems have doubly-excited or Feshbach resonances embedded in the continuum. The resonance parameters for the lowest ' S resonances in He and Li+ are calculated and they are compared with the results obtained using the Feshbach projection operator formalism [5,6]. It is concluded that accurate resonance parameters can be obtained by the present method, which has the advantage of including corrections due to neighboring resonances and the continuum in which these resonances are embedded.

  16. The Algebra of Lexical Semantics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kornai, András

    The current generative theory of the lexicon relies primarily on tools from formal language theory and mathematical logic. Here we describe how a different formal apparatus, taken from algebra and automata theory, resolves many of the known problems with the generative lexicon. We develop a finite state theory of word meaning based on machines in the sense of Eilenberg [11], a formalism capable of describing discrepancies between syntactic type (lexical category) and semantic type (number of arguments). This mechanism is compared both to the standard linguistic approaches and to the formalisms developed in AI/KR.

  17. Comparison of computer-algebra strong-coupling perturbation theory and dynamical mean-field theory for the Mott-Hubbard insulator in high dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Paech, Martin; Apel, Walter; Kalinowski, Eva; Jeckelmann, Eric

    2014-12-01

    We present a large-scale combinatorial-diagrammatic computation of high-order contributions to the strong-coupling Kato-Takahashi perturbation series for the Hubbard model in high dimensions. The ground-state energy of the Mott-insulating phase is determined exactly up to the 15th order in 1 /U . The perturbation expansion is extrapolated to infinite order and the critical behavior is determined using the Domb-Sykes method. We compare the perturbative results with two dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT) calculations using a quantum Monte Carlo method and a density-matrix renormalization group method as impurity solvers. The comparison demonstrates the excellent agreement and accuracy of both extrapolated strong-coupling perturbation theory and quantum Monte Carlo based DMFT, even close to the critical coupling where the Mott insulator becomes unstable.

  18. Private quantum subsystems and quasiorthogonal operator algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Levick, Jeremy; Jochym-O'Connor, Tomas; Kribs, David W.; Laflamme, Raymond; Pereira, Rajesh

    2016-03-01

    We generalize a recently discovered example of a private quantum subsystem to find private subsystems for Abelian subgroups of the n-qubit Pauli group, which exist in the absence of private subspaces. In doing so, we also connect these quantum privacy investigations with the theory of quasiorthogonal operator algebras through the use of tools from group theory and operator theory.

  19. Light propagation through weakly scattering media: a study of Monte Carlo vs. diffusion theory with application to neuroimaging

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ancora, Daniele; Zacharopoulos, Athanasios; Ripoll, Jorge; Zacharakis, Giannis

    2015-07-01

    One of the major challenges within Optical Imaging, photon propagation through clear layers embedded between scattering tissues, can be now efficiently modelled in real-time thanks to the Monte Carlo approach based on GPU. Because of its nature, the photon propagation problem can be very easily parallelized and ran on low cost hardware, avoiding the need for expensive Super Computers. A comparison between Diffusion and MC photon propagation theory is presented in this work with application to neuroimaging, investigating low scattering regions in a mouse-like phantom. Regions such as the Cerebral Spinal Fluid, are currently not taken into account in the classical computational models because of the impossibility to accurately simulate light propagation using fast Diffusive Equation approaches, leading to inaccuracies during the reconstruction process. The goal of the study presented here, is to reduce and further improve the computation accuracy of the reconstructed solution in a highly realistic scenario in the case of neuroimaging in preclinical mouse models.

  20. Semiclassical Theory of Inelastic Scattering of a Particle in the Near-Adiabatic Limit.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1987-02-06

    the theory is established. Our result has the same form as the Landau - Zener -Sttickelberg formula; however, our theory is applicable to more general...Our theory is an extension of Pokrovskii and Khalatnikov’s theory 4 for above-barrier reflection. We obtain the same result as the Landau - Zener ...form as the Landau - Zener -St.ickelberg formula in the near- adiabatic limit. However whereas the earlier derivation was limited to the case where * z is

  1. Pion-nucleon scattering: from chiral perturbation theory to Roy-Steiner equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kubis, Bastian; Hoferichter, Martin; de Elvira, Jacobo Ruiz; Meißner, Ulf-G.

    2016-11-01

    Ever since Weinberg's seminal predictions of the pion-nucleon scattering amplitudes at threshold, this process has been of central interest for the study of chiral dynamics involving nucleons. The scattering lengths or the pion-nucleon σ-term are fundamental quantities characterizing the explicit breaking of chiral symmetry by means of the light quark masses. On the other hand, pion-nucleon dynamics also strongly affects the long-range part of nucleon-nucleon potentials, and hence has a far-reaching impact on nuclear physics. We discuss the fruitful combination of dispersion-theoretical methods, in the form of Roy-Steiner equations, with chiral dynamics to determine pion-nucleon scattering amplitudes at low energies with high precision.*

  2. Detection of biological particles by the use of circular dichroism measurements improved by scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rosen, David L.; Pendleton, J. David

    1995-09-01

    Light scattered from optically active spheres was theoretically analyzed for biodetection. The circularly polarized signal of near-forward scattering from circularly dichroic spheres was calculated. Both remote and point biodetection were considered. The analysis included the effect of a circular aperture and beam block at the detector. If the incident light is linearly polarized, a false signal would limit the sensitivity of the biodetector. If the incident light is randomly polarized, shot noise would limit the sensitivity. Suggested improvements to current techniques include a beam block, precise angular measurements, randomly polarized light, index-matching fluid, and larger apertures for large particles.

  3. Theory of Brillouin scattering on a surface grating: Role of surface polaritons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Marvin, A. M.; Nizzoli, F.

    1992-05-01

    In a recent paper [W. M. Robertson et al., Phys. Rev. B 41, 4986 (1990)] an empirical and unexplained selection rule governing light scattering by surface acoustic waves on corrugated metal surfaces has been found experimentally, whenever a surface polariton acts as an intermediate state giving rise to a Rayleigh wave replica in the spectra. The replica occurs only when the scattered light is s polarized, independently of the incident polarization. In this paper the Brillouin cross section for a corrugated surface is evaluated theoretically within the extinction-theorem formalism and the above-mentioned selection rule is shown to be valid in the limit of large dielectric constant.

  4. Relativistic scattered-wave theory. II - Normalization and symmetrization. [of Dirac wavefunctions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yang, C. Y.

    1978-01-01

    Formalisms for normalization and symmetrization of one-electron Dirac scattered-wave wavefunctions are presented. The normalization integral consists of one-dimensional radial integrals for the spherical regions and an analytic expression for the intersphere region. Symmetrization drastically reduces the size of the secular matrix to be solved. Examples for planar Pb2Se2 and tetrahedral Pd4 are discussed.

  5. Rapid Solution of Integral Equations of Scattering Theory in Two Dimensions.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-11-01

    0184 1. Introduction One of standard approaches to numerical treatment of boundary value problems for elliptic partial differential equations (PDEs...Smirnov, E. B. Gliner, Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1964. [16] V. Rokhlin, Solution of Acoustic Scattering... Differential Equations , Computers and Mathematics with Applications, 11,No 7/8 (1985). [18] , Rapid Solution of Integral Equations of Classical Potential

  6. SAYD Modules over Lie-Hopf Algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rangipour, Bahram; Sütlü, Serkan

    2012-11-01

    In this paper a general van Est type isomorphism is proved. The isomorphism is between the Lie algebra cohomology of a bicrossed sum Lie algebra and the Hopf cyclic cohomology of its Hopf algebra. We first prove a one to one correspondence between stable-anti-Yetter-Drinfeld (SAYD) modules over the total Lie algebra and those modules over the associated Hopf algebra. In contrast to the non-general case done in our previous work, here the van Est isomorphism is proved at the first level of a natural spectral sequence, rather than at the level of complexes. It is proved that the Connes-Moscovici Hopf algebras do not admit any finite dimensional SAYD modules except the unique one-dimensional one found by Connes-Moscovici in 1998. This is done by extending our techniques to work with the infinite dimensional Lie algebra of formal vector fields. At the end, the one to one correspondence is applied to construct a highly nontrivial four dimensional SAYD module over the Schwarzian Hopf algebra. We then illustrate the whole theory on this example. Finally explicit representative cocycles of the cohomology classes for this example are calculated.

  7. Lie n-algebras of BPS charges

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sati, Hisham; Schreiber, Urs

    2017-03-01

    We uncover higher algebraic structures on Noether currents and BPS charges. It is known that equivalence classes of conserved currents form a Lie algebra. We show that at least for target space symmetries of higher parameterized WZW-type sigma-models this naturally lifts to a Lie ( p + 1)-algebra structure on the Noether currents themselves. Applied to the Green-Schwarz-type action functionals for super p-brane sigma-models this yields super Lie ( p+1)-algebra refinements of the traditional BPS brane charge extensions of supersymmetry algebras. We discuss this in the generality of higher differential geometry, where it applies also to branes with (higher) gauge fields on their worldvolume. Applied to the M5-brane sigma-model we recover and properly globalize the M-theory super Lie algebra extension of 11-dimensional superisometries by 2-brane and 5-brane charges. Passing beyond the infinitesimal Lie theory we find cohomological corrections to these charges in higher analogy to the familiar corrections for D-brane charges as they are lifted from ordinary cohomology to twisted K-theory. This supports the proposal that M-brane charges live in a twisted cohomology theory.

  8. Twisted vertex algebras, bicharacter construction and boson-fermion correspondences

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anguelova, Iana I.

    2013-12-01

    The boson-fermion correspondences are an important phenomena on the intersection of several areas in mathematical physics: representation theory, vertex algebras and conformal field theory, integrable systems, number theory, cohomology. Two such correspondences are well known: the types A and B (and their super extensions). As a main result of this paper we present a new boson-fermion correspondence of type D-A. Further, we define a new concept of twisted vertex algebra of order N, which generalizes super vertex algebra. We develop the bicharacter construction which we use for constructing classes of examples of twisted vertex algebras, as well as for deriving formulas for the operator product expansions, analytic continuations, and normal ordered products. By using the underlying Hopf algebra structure we prove general bicharacter formulas for the vacuum expectation values for two important groups of examples. We show that the correspondences of types B, C, and D-A are isomorphisms of twisted vertex algebras.

  9. Conformal current algebra in two dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ashok, Sujay K.; Benichou, Raphael; Troost, Jan

    2009-06-01

    We construct a non-chiral current algebra in two dimensions consistent with conformal invariance. We show that the conformal current algebra is realized in non-linear sigma-models on supergroup manifolds with vanishing Killing form, with or without a Wess-Zumino term. The current algebra is computed using two distinct methods. First we exploit special algebraic properties of supergroups to compute the exact two- and three-point functions of the currents and from them we infer the current algebra. The algebra is also calculated by using conformal perturbation theory about the Wess-Zumino-Witten point and resumming the perturbation series. We also prove that these models realize a non-chiral Kac-Moody algebra and construct an infinite set of commuting operators that is closed under the action of the Kac-Moody generators. The supergroup models that we consider include models with applications to statistical mechanics, condensed matter and string theory. In particular, our results may help to systematically solve and clarify the quantum integrability of PSU(n|n) models and their cosets, which appear prominently in string worldsheet models on anti-deSitter spaces.

  10. Observation of pressure ridges in SAR images of sea ice: Scattering theory and comparison with observations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Vesecky, J. F.; Daida, J. M.; Shuchman, R. A.; Onstott, R. H.; Camiso, J. C.

    1993-01-01

    Ridges and keels (hummocks and bummocks) in sea ice flows are important in sea ice research for both scientific and practical reasons. Sea ice movement and deformation is driven by internal and external stresses on the ice. Ridges and keels play important roles in both cases because they determine the external wind and current stresses via drag coefficients. For example, the drag coefficient over sea ice can vary by a factor of several depending on the fluid mechanical roughness length of the surface. This roughness length is thought to be strongly dependent on the ridge structures present. Thus, variations in ridge and keel structure can cause gradients in external stresses which must be balanced by internal stresses and possibly fracture of the ice. Ridging in sea ice is also a sign of fracture. In a practical sense, large ridges form the biggest impediment to surface travel over the ice or penetration through sea ice by ice-strengthened ships. Ridges also play an important role in the damage caused by sea ice to off-shore structures. Hence, observation and measurement of sea ice ridges is an important component of sea ice remote sensing. The research reported here builds on previous work, estimating the characteristics of ridges and leads in sea ice from SAR images. Our objective is to develop methods for quantitative measurement of sea ice ridges from SAR images. To make further progress, in particular, to estimate ridge height, a scattering model for ridges is needed. Our research approach for a ridge scattering model begins with a survey of the geometrical properties of ridges and a comparison with the characteristics of the surrounding ice. For this purpose we have used airborne optical laser (AOL) data collected during the 1987 Greenland Sea Experiment. These data were used to generate a spatial wavenumber spectrum for height variance for a typical ridge - the typical ridge is the average over 10 large ridges. Our first-order model radar scattering includes

  11. Multiple scattering wavelength dependent backscattering of kaolin dust in the IR: Measurements and theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ben-David, Avishai

    1992-01-01

    Knowing the optical properties of aerosol dust is important for designing electro-optical systems and for modeling the effect on propagation of light in the atmosphere. As CO2 lidar technology becomes more advanced and is used for multiwavelength measurements, information on the wavelength dependent backscattering of aerosol dust particles is required. The volume backscattering coefficient of aerosols in the IR is relatively small. Thus, only a few field measurements of backscattering, usually at only a few wavelengths, are reported in the literature. We present spectral field measurements of backscattering of kaolin dust in the 9-11 micron wavelength range. As the quantity of dust increases, multiple scattering contributes more to the measured backscattered signal. The measurements show the effect of the dust quantity of the spectral backscatter measurements. A simple analytical two stream radiative transfer model is applied to confirm the measurements and to give insight to the multiple scattering spectra of backscattering.

  12. Spectral theory of a surface-corrugated electron waveguide: The exact scattering-operator approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Makarov, N. M.; Moroz, A. V.

    1999-07-01

    We apply the exact surface scattering operator to solve the problem of scalar (electron or sound) wave propagation through a strip with absolutely soft randomly rough boundaries. This approach is nonperturbative in either roughness heights or slopes. We analyzed the roughness-induced dephasing and attenuation of waves both asymptotically and numerically. The analysis proves that the signal is always scattered most effectively into the ``resonant'' waveguide modes, whose transverse wavelength is comparable to the rms roughness height ζ and whose total number is proportional to ζ-1. According to this integral resonance rule, the dephasing dominates over the attenuation and shows a nonanalytic (square-root) dependence on the dispersion ζ2 when (kζ)2<<1 (k is the wave number). In the case (kζ)2>>1, the dephasing and attenuation may well compete. We predict another two surprising effects: reentrant transparency and increase of the phase velocity of the wave.

  13. Magnetic fields with photon beams: dose calculation using electron multiple-scattering theory.

    PubMed

    Jette, D

    2000-08-01

    Strong transverse magnetic fields can produce large dose enhancements and reductions in localized regions of a patient under irradiation by a photon beam. We have developed a new equation of motion for the transport of charged particles in an arbitrary magnetic field, incorporating both energy loss and multiple scattering. Key to modeling the latter process is a new concept, that of "typical scattered particles." The formulas which we have arrived at are particularly applicable to the transport of, and deposition of energy by, Compton electrons and pair-production electrons and positrons generated within a medium by a photon beam, and we have shown qualitatively how large dose enhancements and reductions can occur. A companion article examines this dose modification effect through systematic Monte Carlo simulations.

  14. Algebraic complementarity in quantum theory

    SciTech Connect

    Petz, Denes

    2010-01-15

    This paper is an overview of the concept of complementarity, the relation to state estimation, to Connes-Stoermer conditional (or relative) entropy, and to uncertainty relation. Complementary Abelian and noncommutative subalgebras are analyzed. All the known results about complementary decompositions are described and several open questions are included. The paper contains only few proofs, typically references are given.

  15. Two Dimensional Acoustic Propagation Through Oceanic Internal Solitary Waves: Weak Scattering Theory and Numerical Simulation

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2006-06-01

    sech2 wave form is used because the amplitude and horizontal displacement are solutions of the Korteweg de Vries ( KdV ) non linear wave equation which...a solution to the KDV wave equation . After making the frozen field approximation, the soliton can be represented by the following mathematical...scattering. 3. The Gaussian Soliton As discussed, the sech2 form of a soliton is chosen because it is an exact solution to the KDV wave equation . For

  16. ONEOptimal: A Maple Package for Generating One-Dimensional Optimal System of Finite Dimensional Lie Algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Miao, Qian; Hu, Xiao-Rui; Chen, Yong

    2014-02-01

    We present a Maple computer algebra package, ONEOptimal, which can calculate one-dimensional optimal system of finite dimensional Lie algebra for nonlinear equations automatically based on Olver's theory. The core of this theory is viewing the Killing form of the Lie algebra as an invariant for the adjoint representation. Some examples are given to demonstrate the validity and efficiency of the program.

  17. Time-dependent scattering theory for charged Dirac fields on a Reissner-Nordström black hole

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Thierry, Daudé

    2010-10-01

    In this paper, we prove a complete time-dependent scattering theory for charged (massive or not) Dirac fields outside a Reissner-Nordström black hole. We shall take the point of view of observers static at infinity, well described by the Schwarzschild system of coordinates. For such observers, the exterior of a Reissner-Nordström black hole is a smooth manifold having two distinct asymptotic regions: the horizon and spacelike infinity. We first simplify the later analysis using the spherical symmetry of the Reissner-Nordström black hole and we reduce the initial 3+1 dimensional evolution equation of hyperbolic type into a 1+1 dimensional one. Then, we establish various propagation estimates for such fields in the same spirit as in the works by Dereziński and Gérard [Scattering Theory of Classical and Quantum N-Particle Systems (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1997)]. We construct the asymptotic velocity operators P+/- and we show that their spectra are equal to σ(P+)={-1}∪[0,1] and σ(P-)=[-1,0]∪{1}. This information points out the very distinct behaviors of Dirac fields near the two asymptotic regions of the black hole. As a consequence of this construction, we prove the existence and asymptotic completeness of (Dollard modified at infinity) wave operators.

  18. A theory of wave scatter from an inhomogeneous medium with a slightly rough boundary and its application to sea ice

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Parashar, S. K.; Fung, A. K.; Moore, R. K.

    1974-01-01

    An analytical theory of electromagnetic wave scattering from an inhomogeneous medium with a slightly rough boundary surface is formulated. The inhomogeneity in the medium is assumed to vary continuously in the vertical direction and to have a small random variation in the horizontal direction. The medium is assumed to consist of two layers. Maxwell's equations are solved by using the small perturbation method together with Fourier transform technique. The resulting differential equations are solved by using WKB and variation of parameter methods. Field amplitudes in each medium are determined by taking boundary conditions into account. The expressions for first order polarized radar backscatter cross-section are obtained. An attempt is made to apply the developed theory to compute sea ice scatter. Numerical calculations are performed for polarized radar backscatter cross-section at two frequencies, 13.3 GHz and 400 MHz. It is shown that WKB method is applicable at both of these frequencies. Theoretical results are compared with the experimental results obtained from NASA Earth Resources Program mission 126. Theoretical results and experimental results are in good agreement.

  19. Light Scattering Tests of Fundamental Theories of Transport Properties in the Critical Region

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gammon, R. W.; Moldover, M. R.

    1985-01-01

    The objective of this program is to measure the decay rates of critical density fluctuations in a simple fluid (xenon) very near its liquid-vapor critical point using laser light scattering and photon correlation spectroscopy. Such experiments have been severely limited on Earth by the presence of gravity which causes large density gradients in the sample when the compressibility diverges approaching the critical point. The goal is to measure decay rates deep in the critical region where the scaled wavevector is the order of 1000. This will require loading the sample to 0.01% of the critical density and taking data as close as 3 microKelvin to the critical temperature (Tc = 289.72 K). Other technical problems have to be addressed such as multiple scattering and the effect of wetting layers. The ability to avoid multiple scattering by using a thin sample (100 microns) was demonstrated, as well as a temperature history which can avoid wetting layers satisfactory temperature control and measurement, and accurate sample loading. Thus the questions of experimental art are solved leaving the important engineering tasks of mounting the experiment to maintain alignment during flight and automating the state-of-the-art temperature bridges for microcomputer control of the experiment.

  20. Vague Congruences and Quotient Lattice Implication Algebras

    PubMed Central

    Qin, Xiaoyan; Xu, Yang

    2014-01-01

    The aim of this paper is to further develop the congruence theory on lattice implication algebras. Firstly, we introduce the notions of vague similarity relations based on vague relations and vague congruence relations. Secondly, the equivalent characterizations of vague congruence relations are investigated. Thirdly, the relation between the set of vague filters and the set of vague congruences is studied. Finally, we construct a new lattice implication algebra induced by a vague congruence, and the homomorphism theorem is given. PMID:25133207

  1. Edge covers and independence: Algebraic approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kalinina, E. A.; Khitrov, G. M.; Pogozhev, S. V.

    2016-06-01

    In this paper, linear algebra methods are applied to solve some problems of graph theory. For ordinary connected graphs, edge coverings and independent sets are considered. Some results concerning minimum edge covers and maximum matchings are proved with the help of linear algebraic approach. The problem of finding a maximum matching of a graph is fundamental both practically and theoretically, and has numerous applications, e.g., in computational chemistry and mathematical chemistry.

  2. Profiles of Algebraic Competence

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Humberstone, J.; Reeve, R.A.

    2008-01-01

    The algebraic competence of 72 12-year-old female students was examined to identify profiles of understanding reflecting different algebraic knowledge states. Beginning algebraic competence (mapping abilities: word-to-symbol and vice versa, classifying, and solving equations) was assessed. One week later, the nature of assistance required to map…

  3. Writing to Learn Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Miller, L. Diane; England, David A.

    1989-01-01

    Describes a study in a large metropolitan high school to ascertain what influence the use of regular writing in algebra classes would have on students' attitudes towards algebra and their skills in algebra. Reports the simpler and more direct the writing topics the better. (MVL)

  4. Applied Algebra Curriculum Modules.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Texas State Technical Coll., Marshall.

    This collection of 11 applied algebra curriculum modules can be used independently as supplemental modules for an existing algebra curriculum. They represent diverse curriculum styles that should stimulate the teacher's creativity to adapt them to other algebra concepts. The selected topics have been determined to be those most needed by students…

  5. Connecting Arithmetic to Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Darley, Joy W.; Leapard, Barbara B.

    2010-01-01

    Algebraic thinking is a top priority in mathematics classrooms today. Because elementary school teachers lay the groundwork to develop students' capacity to think algebraically, it is crucial for teachers to have a conceptual understanding of the connections between arithmetic and algebra and be confident in communicating these connections. Many…

  6. Ternary Virasoro - Witt algebra.

    SciTech Connect

    Zachos, C.; Curtright, T.; Fairlie, D.; High Energy Physics; Univ. of Miami; Univ. of Durham

    2008-01-01

    A 3-bracket variant of the Virasoro-Witt algebra is constructed through the use of su(1,1) enveloping algebra techniques. The Leibniz rules for 3-brackets acting on other 3-brackets in the algebra are discussed and verified in various situations.

  7. Dynamical rate theory of enzymatic reactions and triple-resonant coherent anti-Stokes Raman scattering microspectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Min, Wei

    Chapters 2-7 focus on physical enzymology. Despite its long history, recent single-molecule spectroscopy, among many others techniques, has generated new quantitative data that reveal unobserved features of protein dynamics and enzyme catalysis at unprecedented levels. Much of these are beyond the classic framework of transition state theory and Michalis-Menten (MM) enzyme kinetics. Due to the complexity of the problem, theoretical developments in this area have much lagged behind experiments. After an initial experimental characterization on single-molecule protein conformational fluctuations, we then develop a dynamical rate theory for enzyme catalyzed chemical reactions, from a statistical mechanics approach. Towards this goal, we formulate a two-dimensional (2D) multi-surface free energy description of the entire catalytic process that explicitly combines the concept of "fluctuating enzymes" with the MM enzyme kinetics. The outcome of this framework has two folds. On the rate theory side, going much beyond transition state theory, it connects conformational fluctuations to catalysis, allows for the interplay between energetics (e.g. Haldane's stain energy) and dynamics (e.g. Koshland's induced fit), and predicts the time dependence of single-enzyme catalysis. On the enzyme kinetics side, it gives mechanistic and unified understanding of MM and non-MM (both positive and negative cooperativity) kinetics of monomeric enzymes, in term of non-equilibrium steady state cycle on the 2D free energy surface. Chapters 8-11 present the principle and application of a new ultra-sensitive nonlinear optical microspectroscopy, femtosecond (fs) triple-resonant coherent anti-Stokes Raman scattering (CARS), in which the amplitude and phase of input fs laser pulses are optimally shaped to be in triple resonant with the molecular electronic and vibrational transitions to generate a coherent nonlinear signal beam at a new color with a highest possible efficiency. This technique

  8. Riemannian manifolds as Lie-Rinehart algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pessers, Victor; van der Veken, Joeri

    2016-07-01

    In this paper, we show how Lie-Rinehart algebras can be applied to unify and generalize the elementary theory of Riemannian geometry. We will first review some necessary theory on a.o. modules, bilinear forms and derivations. We will then translate some classical theory on Riemannian geometry to the setting of Rinehart spaces, a special kind of Lie-Rinehart algebras. Some generalized versions of classical results will be obtained, such as the existence of a unique Levi-Civita connection, inducing a Levi-Civita connection on a submanifold, and the construction of spaces with constant sectional curvature.

  9. Computer algebra and operators

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fateman, Richard; Grossman, Robert

    1989-01-01

    The symbolic computation of operator expansions is discussed. Some of the capabilities that prove useful when performing computer algebra computations involving operators are considered. These capabilities may be broadly divided into three areas: the algebraic manipulation of expressions from the algebra generated by operators; the algebraic manipulation of the actions of the operators upon other mathematical objects; and the development of appropriate normal forms and simplification algorithms for operators and their actions. Brief descriptions are given of the computer algebra computations that arise when working with various operators and their actions.

  10. EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF IBS (INTRA-BEAM SCATTERING) IN RHIC AND COMPARISON WITH THEORY.

    SciTech Connect

    FEDOTOV, A.V.; FISCHER, W.; TEPIKIAN, S.; WEI, J.

    2006-05-29

    A high-energy electron cooling system is presently being developed to overcome emittance growth due to Intra-beam Scattering (IBS) in RHIC. A critical item for choosing appropriate parameters of the cooler is an accurate description of the IBS. The analytic models were verified vs dedicated IBS measurements. Analysis of the 2004 data with the Au ions showed very good agreement for the longitudinal growth rates but significant disagreement with exact IBS models for the transverse growth rates. Experimental measurements were improved for the 2005 run with the Cu ions. Here, we present comparison of the 2005 data with theoretical models.

  11. Gravitational Rutherford scattering and Keplerian orbits for electrically charged bodies in heterotic string theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Villanueva, J. R.; Olivares, Marco

    2015-11-01

    Properties of the motion of electrically charged particles in the background of the Gibbons-Maeda-Garfinkle-Horowitz-Strominger black hole is presented in this paper. Radial and angular motions are studied analytically for different values of the fundamental parameter. Therefore, gravitational Rutherford scattering and Keplerian orbits are analyzed in detail. Finally, this paper complements previous work by Fernando for null geodesics (Phys Rev D 85:024033, 2012), Olivares and Villanueva (Eur Phys J C 73:2659, 2013) and Blaga (Automat Comp Appl Math 22:41-48, 2013; Serb Astron 190:41, 2015) for time-like geodesics.

  12. Lie algebras and linear differential equations.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brockett, R. W.; Rahimi, A.

    1972-01-01

    Certain symmetry properties possessed by the solutions of linear differential equations are examined. For this purpose, some basic ideas from the theory of finite dimensional linear systems are used together with the work of Wei and Norman on the use of Lie algebraic methods in differential equation theory.

  13. Modules as Learning Tools in Linear Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cooley, Laurel; Vidakovic, Draga; Martin, William O.; Dexter, Scott; Suzuki, Jeff; Loch, Sergio

    2014-01-01

    This paper reports on the experience of STEM and mathematics faculty at four different institutions working collaboratively to integrate learning theory with curriculum development in a core undergraduate linear algebra context. The faculty formed a Professional Learning Community (PLC) with a focus on learning theories in mathematics and…

  14. Conformal manifolds in four dimensions and chiral algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Buican, Matthew; Nishinaka, Takahiro

    2016-11-01

    Any { N }=2 superconformal field theory (SCFT) in four dimensions has a sector of operators related to a two-dimensional chiral algebra containing a Virasoro sub-algebra. Moreover, there are well-known examples of isolated SCFTs whose chiral algebra is a Virasoro algebra. In this note, we consider the chiral algebras associated with interacting { N }=2 SCFTs possessing an exactly marginal deformation that can be interpreted as a gauge coupling (i.e., at special points on the resulting conformal manifolds, free gauge fields appear that decouple from isolated SCFT building blocks). At any point on these conformal manifolds, we argue that the associated chiral algebras possess at least three generators. In addition, we show that there are examples of SCFTs realizing such a minimal chiral algebra: they are certain points on the conformal manifold obtained by considering the low-energy limit of type IIB string theory on the three complex-dimensional hypersurface singularity {x}13+{x}23+{x}33+α {x}1{x}2{x}3+{w}2=0. The associated chiral algebra is the { A }(6) theory of Feigin, Feigin, and Tipunin. As byproducts of our work, we argue that (i) a collection of isolated theories can be conformally gauged only if there is a SUSY moduli space associated with the corresponding symmetry current moment maps in each sector, and (ii) { N }=2 SCFTs with a≥slant c have hidden fermionic symmetries (in the sense of fermionic chiral algebra generators).

  15. The absence of intraband scattering in a consistent theory of Gilbert damping in pure metallic ferromagnets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Edwards, D. M.

    2016-03-01

    Damping of magnetization dynamics in a ferromagnetic metal, arising from spin-orbit coupling, is usually characterised by the Gilbert parameter α. Recent calculations of this quantity, using a formula due to Kambersky, find that it is infinite for a perfect crystal owing to an intraband scattering term which is of third order in the spin-orbit parameter ξ. This surprising result conflicts with recent work by Costa and Muniz who study damping numerically by direct calculation of the dynamical transverse susceptibility in the presence of spin-orbit coupling. We resolve this inconsistency by following the approach of Costa and Muniz for a slightly simplified model where it is possible to calculate α analytically. We show that to second order in ξ one retrieves the Kambersky result for α, but to higher order one does not obtain any divergent intraband terms. The present work goes beyond that of Costa and Muniz by pointing out the necessity of including the effect of long-range Coulomb interaction in calculating damping for large ξ. A direct derivation of the Kambersky formula is given which shows clearly the restriction of its validity to second order in ξ so that no intraband scattering terms appear. This restriction has an important effect on the damping over a substantial range of impurity content and temperature. The experimental situation is discussed.

  16. Recent Advances in Development and Applications of the Mixed Quantum/Classical Theory for Inelastic Scattering.

    PubMed

    Babikov, Dmitri; Semenov, Alexander

    2016-01-28

    A mixed quantum/classical approach to inelastic scattering (MQCT) is developed in which the relative motion of two collision partners is treated classically, and the rotational and vibrational motion of each molecule is treated quantum mechanically. The cases of molecule + atom and molecule + molecule are considered including diatomics, symmetric-top rotors, and asymmetric-top rotor molecules. Phase information is taken into consideration, permitting calculations of elastic and inelastic, total and differential cross sections for excitation and quenching. The method is numerically efficient and intrinsically parallel. The scaling law of MQCT is favorable, which enables calculations at high collision energies and for complicated molecules. Benchmark studies are carried out for several quite different molecular systems (N2 + Na, H2 + He, CO + He, CH3 + He, H2O + He, HCOOCH3 + He, and H2 + N2) in a broad range of collision energies, which demonstrates that MQCT is a viable approach to inelastic scattering. At higher collision energies it can confidently replace the computationally expensive full-quantum calculations. At low collision energies and for low-mass systems results of MQCT are less accurate but are still reasonable. A proposal is made for blending MQCT calculations at higher energies with full-quantum calculations at low energies.

  17. Magnetic Compton scattering study of the Co2FeGa Heusler alloy: Experiment and theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Deb, Aniruddha; Itou, M.; Sakurai, Y.; Hiraoka, N.; Sakai, N.

    2001-02-01

    The spin density in Co2FeGa Heusler alloy has been measured in a magnetic Compton scattering experiment using 274-keV circularly polarized synchrotron radiation at the high energy inelastic scattering beamline (BL08W) at SPring-8, Japan. A detailed band-structure calculation including hyperfine field study was performed utilizing the generalized gradient corrected full-potential linear augmented plane-wave (FLAPW-GGA) method. The magnetic Compton profiles for the [100], [110], and [111] principal directions, reported here, show anisotropy in the momentum density which is in good agreement with the FLAPW-GGA results based on ferromagnetic ground state. The conduction electrons were found to have a negative spin polarization of 0.60μB, which is at variance with the prediction of a positive moment from the recent neutron data. In the calculation, 3d spin moment at the Co and Fe site was found to be 1.20μB and 2.66μB, and their respective contribution in the eg and t2g sub-bands are in excellent agreement with the earlier reported neutron-diffraction measurements. It is also seen from our calculated results that the Co and Fe moment are mainly eg in character.

  18. Radiative transfer theory for active remote sensing of a layer of small ellipsoidal scatterers. [of vegetation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tsang, L.; Kubacsi, M. C.; Kong, J. A.

    1981-01-01

    The radiative transfer theory is applied within the Rayleigh approximation to calculate the backscattering cross section of a layer of randomly positioned and oriented small ellipsoids. The orientation of the ellipsoids is characterized by a probability density function of the Eulerian angles of rotation. The radiative transfer equations are solved by an iterative approach to first order in albedo. In the half space limit the results are identical to those obtained via the approach of Foldy's and distorted Born approximation. Numerical results of the theory are illustrated using parameters encountered in active remote sensing of vegetation layers. A distinctive characteristic is the strong depolarization shown by vertically aligned leaves.

  19. Supersymmetry in physics: an algebraic overview

    SciTech Connect

    Ramond, P.

    1983-01-01

    In 1970, while attempting to generalize the Veneziano model (string model) to include fermions, I introduced a new algebraic structure which turned out to be a graded Lie algebra; it was used as a spectrum-generating algebra. This approach was soon after generalized to include interactions, yielding a complete model of fermions and boson (RNS model). In an unrelated work in the Soviet Union, it was shown how to generalize the Poincare group to include fermionic charges. However it was not until 1974 that an interacting field theory invariant under the Graded Poincare group in 3 + 1 dimensions was built (WZ model). Supersymmetric field theories turned out to have less divergent ultraviolet behavior than non-supersymmetric field theories. Gravity was generalized to include supersymmetry, to a theory called supergravity. By now many interacting local field theories exhibiting supersymmetry have been built and studied from 1 + 1 to 10 + 1 dimensions. Supersymmetric local field theories in less than 9 + 1 dimensions, can be understood as limits of multilocal (string) supersymmetric theories, in 9 + 1 dimensions. On the other hand, graded Lie algebras have been used in non-relativistic physics as approximate symmetries of Hamiltonians. The most striking such use so far helps comparing even and odd nuclei energy levels. It is believed that graded Lie algebras can be used whenever paired and unpaired fermions excitations can coexist. In this overview of a tremendously large field, I will only survey finite graded Lie algebras and their representations. For non-relativistic applications, all of GLA are potentially useful, while for relativistic applications, only these which include the Poincare group are to be considered.

  20. The automorphisms of Novikov algebras in low dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bai, Chengming; Meng, Daoji

    2003-07-01

    Novikov algebras were introduced in connection with Poisson brackets of hydrodynamic type and Hamiltonian operators in the formal variational calculus. They also correspond to a class of vertex algebras. An automorphism of a Novikov algebra is a linear isomorphism varphi satisfying varphi(xy) = varphi(x)varphi(y) which keeps the algebraic structure. The set of automorphisms of a Novikov algebra is a Lie group whose Lie algebra is just the Novikov algebra's derivation algebra. The theory of automorphisms plays an important role in the study of Novikov algebras. In this paper, we study the automorphisms of Novikov algebras. We get some results on their properties and classification in low dimensions. These results are fundamental in a certain sense, and they will serve as a guide for further development. Moreover, we apply these results to classify Gel'fand-Dorfman bialgebras and Novikov-Poisson algebras. These results also can be used to study certain phase spaces and geometric classical r-matrices.

  1. [pi]-[pi] scattering in a QCD-based model field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Roberts, C.D.; Cahill, R.T.; Sevior, M.E.; Iannella, N. School of Physical Sciences, Flinders University of South Australia, Bedford Park, SA 5042 School of Physics, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3052 )

    1994-01-01

    A model field theory, in which the interaction between quarks is mediated by dressed vector boson exchange, is used to analyze the pionic sector of QCD. It is shown that this model, which incorporates dynamical chiral symmetry breaking, asymptotic freedom, and quark confinement, allows one to calculate [ital f][sub [pi

  2. Advances in atmospheric light scattering theory and remote-sensing techniques

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Videen, Gorden; Sun, Wenbo; Gong, Wei

    2017-02-01

    This issue focuses especially on characterizing particles in the Earth-atmosphere system. The significant role of aerosol particles in this system was recognized in the mid-1970s [1]. Since that time, our appreciation for the role they play has only increased. It has been and continues to be one of the greatest unknown factors in the Earth-atmosphere system as evidenced by the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) assessments [2]. With increased computational capabilities, in terms of both advanced algorithms and in brute-force computational power, more researchers have the tools available to address different aspects of the role of aerosols in the atmosphere. In this issue, we focus on recent advances in this topical area, especially the role of light scattering and remote sensing. This issue follows on the heels of four previous topical issues on this subject matter that have graced the pages of this journal [3-6].

  3. Effective subtraction technique at the Irkutsk Incoherent Scatter Radar: Theory and experiment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berngardt, Oleg I.; Kushnarev, Dmitrii S.

    2013-12-01

    We describe a sounding technique that allows us to improve spatial resolution at the Irkutsk Incoherent Scatter Radar (IISR) without losing spectral resolution. The technique also allows us to decrease temperature estimation errors caused by the Faraday effect. The technique is based on transmitting various duration pulses without any modulation and on subtracting correlation matrices of the received signal grouped by sounding pulse duration. We show theoretically and experimentally that the technique allows us to solve the problem of improving spatial resolution. Accumulation time for the technique is approximately four times longer than that for the alternating codes technique with the same spatial resolution. The number of lags in the correlation function with high spatial resolution does not depend on necessary spatial resolution. In the proposed technique, all the lags are obtained with the same spatial resolution and with the same signal-to-noise ratio. The technique is valid within the quasi-static ionospheric parameter approximation.

  4. Spatially offset Raman microspectroscopy of highly scattering tissue: theory and experiment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Di, Ziyun; Hokr, Brett H.; Cai, Han; Wang, Kai; Yakovlev, Vladislav V.; Sokolov, Alexei V.; Scully, Marlan O.

    2015-01-01

    Spatially Offset Raman Spectroscopy (SORS) has seen considerable interest in recent years as a tool for noninvasively acquiring Raman spectra from beneath the surface of a sample. One of the major limitations of the SORS technique is that accurate knowledge of the optical properties of the medium is required to translate an offset into a sample depth. We report on the benefits of preforming SORS using micron offset distances as opposed to the more typical millimeter offsets used. Monte Carlo simulations are used to demonstrate that at these small offsets, the results depend less on the scattering coefficient of the material. These results provide new insights into the SORS technique and will improve the practical application of SORS in the future.

  5. Analytical solution for multi-singular vortex Gaussian beams: the mathematical theory of scattering modes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ferrando, A.; García-March, M. A.

    2016-06-01

    We present a novel procedure for solving the Schrödinger equation, which in optics is the paraxial wave equation, with an initial multisingular vortex Gaussian beam. This initial condition has a number of singularities in a plane transversal to propagation embedded in a Gaussian beam. We use scattering modes, which are solutions to the paraxial wave equation that can be combined straightforwardly to express the initial condition and therefore allow the problem to be solved. To construct the scattering modes one needs to obtain a particular set of polynomials, which play an analogous role to Laguerre polynomials for Laguerre-Gaussian modes. We demonstrate here the recurrence relations needed to determine these polynomials. To stress the utility and strength of the method we solve first the problem of an initial Gaussian beam with two positive singularities and a negative one embedded in it. We show that the solution permits one to obtain analytical expressions. These can used to obtain mathematical expressions for meaningful quantities, such as the distance at which the positive and negative singularities merge, closing the loop of a vortex line. Furthermore, we present an example of the calculation of an specific discrete-Gauss state, which is the solution of the diffraction of a Laguerre-Gauss state showing definite angular momentum (that is, a highly charged vortex) by a thin diffractive element showing certain discrete symmetry. We show that this problem is therefore solved in a much simpler way than by using the previous procedure based on the integral Fresnel diffraction method.

  6. Optimizing the performance of dual-axis confocal microscopes via Monte-Carlo scattering simulations and diffraction theory.

    PubMed

    Chen, Ye; Liu, Jonathan T C

    2013-06-01

    Dual-axis confocal (DAC) microscopy has been found to exhibit superior rejection of out-of-focus and multiply scattered background light compared to conventional single-axis confocal microscopy. DAC microscopes rely on the use of separated illumination and collection beam paths that focus and intersect at a single focal volume (voxel) within tissue. While it is generally recognized that the resolution and contrast of a DAC microscope depends on both the crossing angle of the DAC beams, 2θ, and the focusing numerical aperture of the individual beams, α, a detailed study to investigate these dependencies has not been performed. Contrast and resolution are considered as two main criteria to assess the performance of a point-scanned DAC microscope (DAC-PS) and a line-scanned DAC microscope (DAC-LS) as a function of θ and α. The contrast and resolution of these designs are evaluated by Monte-Carlo scattering simulations and diffraction theory calculations, respectively. These results can be used for guiding the optimal designs of DAC-PS and DAC-LS microscopes.

  7. Conformational effect on small angle neutron scattering behavior of interacting polyelectrolyte solutions: a perspective of integral equation theory

    SciTech Connect

    Chen, Wei-Ren; Do, Changwoo; Hong, Kunlun; Liu, Yun; Porcar, L.; Shew, Chwen-Yang; Smith, Greg

    2012-01-01

    We present small angle neutron scattering (SANS) measurements of deuterium oxide (D2O) solutions of linear and star sodium poly(styrene sulfonate) (NaPSS) as a function of polyelectrolyte concentration. Emphasis is on understanding the dependence of their SANS coherent scattering cross section I(Q) on the molecular architecture of single polyelectrolyte. The key finding is that for a given concentration, star polyelectrolytes exhibit more pronounced characteristic peaks in I(Q), and the position of the first peak occurs at a smaller Q compared to their linear counterparts. Based on a model of integral equation theory, we first compare the SANS experimental I(Q) of salt free polyelectrolyte solutions with that predicted theoretically. Having seen their satisfactory qualitative agreement, the dependence of counterion association behavior on polyelectrolyte geometry and concentration is further explored. Our predictions reveal that the ionic environment of polyelectrolyte exhibits a strong dependence on polyelectrolyte geometry at lower polyelectrolyte concentration. However, when both linear and star polyelectrolytes exceed their overlap concentrations, the spatial distribution of counterion is found to be essentially insensitive to polyelectrolyte geometry due to the steric effect.

  8. Three-dimensional analysis of free-space light propagation based on quantum mechanical scattering theory of light

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Son, Hyeonho; Choi, Honggu; Oh, Kyunghwan

    2017-01-01

    In this paper, a free-space light propagation analysis between 3-dimensional (3-D) volumetric spaces is proposed. In contrast to conventional scalar diffraction, the proposed theory is based on quantum mechanical scattering providing a general volumetric analysis for the free-space light propagation. Assuming a plane wave light incidence, we obtained a new analytic formula for 3-D volumetric convolution, which provided a transfer function in a closed form used for caculating the electric fields at the observation points. The proposed method was consistent with the conventional numerical methods for a 2-dimensional aperture and can be further applied to exact calculation of diffraction fields from 3-D surfaces, providing a compact reconstruction algorithm for 3-D images in a computer generated hologram.

  9. Covariant Spectator Theory of np scattering: Deuteron magnetic moment and form factors

    SciTech Connect

    Gross, Franz L.

    2014-06-01

    The deuteron magnetic moment is calculated using two model wave functions obtained from 2007 high precision fits to $np$ scattering data. Included in the calculation are a new class of isoscalar $np$ interaction currents which are automatically generated by the nuclear force model used in these fits. After normalizing the wave functions, nearly identical predictions are obtained: model WJC-1, with larger relativistic P-state components, gives 0.863(2), while model WJC-2 with very small $P$-state components gives 0.864(2) These are about 1\\% larger than the measured value of the moment, 0.857 n.m., giving a new prediction for the size of the $\\rho\\pi\\gamma$ exchange, and other purely transverse interaction currents that are largely unconstrained by the nuclear dynamics. The physical significance of these results is discussed, and general formulae for the deuteron form factors, expressed in terms of deuteron wave functions and a new class of interaction current wave functions, are given.

  10. Method of successive approximations in the theory of stimulated Raman scattering of a randomly modulated pump

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krochik, G. M.

    1980-02-01

    Stimulated Raman scattering of a randomly modulated pump is investigated by the method of successive approximations. This involves expanding solutions in terms of small parameters, which are ratios of the correlation scales of random effects to other characteristic dynamic scales of the problem. Systems of closed equations are obtained for the moments of the amplitudes of the Stokes and pump waves and of the molecular vibrations. These describe the dynamics of the process allowing for changes in the pump intensity and statistics due to a three-wave interaction. By analyzing equations in higher-order approximations, it is possible to establish the conditions of validity of the first (Markov) and second approximations. In particular, it is found that these are valid for pump intensities JL both above and below the critical value Jcr near which the gain begins to increase rapidly and reproduction of the pump spectrum by the Stokes wave is initiated. Solutions are obtained for average intensities of the Stokes wave and molecular vibrations in the first approximation in a constant pump field. It is established that, for JLgtrsimJcr, the Stokes wave undergoes rapid nonsteady-state amplification which is associated with an increase in the amplitude of the molecular vibrations. The results of the calculations show good agreement with known experimental data.

  11. Rotationally inelastic scattering of OH by molecular hydrogen: Theory and experiment

    SciTech Connect

    Schewe, H. Christian Meijer, Gerard; Ma, Qianli; Dagdigian, Paul J.; Vanhaecke, Nicolas; Wang, Xingan; Kłos, Jacek; Alexander, Millard H.; Meerakker, Sebastiaan Y. T. van de; Avoird, Ad van der

    2015-05-28

    We present an experimental and theoretical investigation of rotationally inelastic transitions of OH, prepared in the X{sup 2}Π, v = 0, j = 3/2 F{sub 1}f level, in collisions with molecular hydrogen (H{sub 2} and D{sub 2}). In a crossed beam experiment, the OH radicals were state selected and velocity tuned over the collision energy range 75–155 cm{sup −1} using a Stark decelerator. Relative parity-resolved state-to-state integral cross sections were determined for collisions with normal and para converted H{sub 2}. These cross sections, as well as previous OH–H{sub 2} measurements at 595 cm{sup −1} collision energy by Schreel and ter Meulen [J. Chem. Phys. 105, 4522 (1996)], and OH–D{sub 2} measurements for collision energies 100–500 cm{sup −1} by Kirste et al. [Phys. Rev. A 82, 042717 (2010)], were compared with the results of quantum scattering calculations using recently determined ab initio potential energy surfaces [Ma et al., J. Chem. Phys. 141, 174309 (2014)]. Good agreement between the experimental and computed relative cross sections was found, although some structure seen in the OH(j = 3/2 F{sub 1}f → j = 5/2 F{sub 1}e) + H{sub 2}(j = 0) cross section is not understood.

  12. Scattering theory of topological phases in discrete-time quantum walks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tarasinski, B.; Asbóth, J. K.; Dahlhaus, J. P.

    2014-04-01

    One-dimensional discrete-time quantum walks show a rich spectrum of topological phases that have so far been exclusively analyzed using the Floquet operator in momentum space. In this work, we introduce an alternative approach to topology which is based on the scattering matrix of a quantum walk, adapting concepts from time-independent systems. For quantum walks with gaps in the quasienergy spectrum at 0 and π, we find three different types of topological invariants, which apply dependent on the symmetries of the system. These determine the number of protected boundary states at an interface between two quantum-walk regions. Quantum walks with an unequal number of leftward and rightward shifts per cycle are characterized by the number of perfectly transmitting unidirectional modes they support, which is equal to their nontrivial quasienergy winding. Our classification provides a unified framework that includes all known types of topology in one-dimensional discrete-time quantum walks and is very well suited for the analysis of finite-size and disorder effects. We provide a simple scheme to directly measure the topological invariants in an optical quantum-walk experiment.

  13. Hybrid Theory of P-Wave Electron-Hydrogen Elastic Scattering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bhatia, Anand

    2012-01-01

    We report on a study of electron-hydrogen scattering, using a combination of a modified method of polarized orbitals and the optical potential formalism. The calculation is restricted to P waves in the elastic region, where the correlation functions are of Hylleraas type. It is found that the phase shifts are not significantly affected by the modification of the target function by a method similar to the method of polarized orbitals and they are close to the phase shifts calculated earlier by Bhatia. This indicates that the correlation function is general enough to include the target distortion (polarization) in the presence of the incident electron. The important fact is that in the present calculation, to obtain similar results only 35-term correlation function is needed in the wave function compared to the 220-term wave function required in the above-mentioned previous calculation. Results for the phase shifts, obtained in the present hybrid formalism, are rigorous lower bounds to the exact phase shifts.

  14. ''Fraunhofer theory'' of rotational inelastic scattering of He on small molecules

    SciTech Connect

    Faubel, M.

    1984-12-15

    The well-known Fraunhofer approximation provides a simple and direct qualitative physical explanation for the diffraction oscillations and the oscillation phase shift phenomena observed in differential rotational state to state scattering cross sections for He on a number of small molecules. This approximation has been further developed to yield a simple analytical expression for the angular dependence of the inelastic cross sections. For the experimentally and theoretically well investigated systems He--N/sub 2/ and He--CH/sub 4/ the Fraunhofer formula is found to reproduce the measured cross sections to within better than a factor of 2. For the investigated collision energy E/sub cm/ roughly-equal30 meV (roughly-equal3 kJ/mol) the deformed sphere interaction potential model used in the Fraunhofer approximation appears to be closely related to the zero crossing equipotential line of the full interaction potential. The relationship to the cluster model of molecules composed of atomic hard spheres is discussed. The dependence of the rotational excitation on the interaction potential is shown to be primarily a dependence on the equilibrium positions of the atoms in the molecule.

  15. Prediction of Algebraic Instabilities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zaretzky, Paula; King, Kristina; Hill, Nicole; Keithley, Kimberlee; Barlow, Nathaniel; Weinstein, Steven; Cromer, Michael

    2016-11-01

    A widely unexplored type of hydrodynamic instability is examined - large-time algebraic growth. Such growth occurs on the threshold of (exponentially) neutral stability. A new methodology is provided for predicting the algebraic growth rate of an initial disturbance, when applied to the governing differential equation (or dispersion relation) describing wave propagation in dispersive media. Several types of algebraic instabilities are explored in the context of both linear and nonlinear waves.

  16. Basic and heavy ion scattering in time dependent Hartree-Fock Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Weiss, M.S.

    1984-05-17

    Time Dependent Hartree-Fock theory, TDHF, is the most sophisticated, microscopic approach to nuclear dynamics yet practiced. Although it is far from a description of nature it does allow us to examine multiply interactive many-body systems semi quantum mechanically and to visualize otherwise covert processes. Some of the properties of the TDHF equations are stated leaving the interested reader to one of several excellent review articles for the derivations. Some of the applications to the collision of heavy ions are briefly described. (WHK)

  17. Connecting Algebra and Chemistry.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    O'Connor, Sean

    2003-01-01

    Correlates high school chemistry curriculum with high school algebra curriculum and makes the case for an integrated approach to mathematics and science instruction. Focuses on process integration. (DDR)

  18. Sound propagation in dilute suspensions of spheres: Analytical comparison between coupled phase model and multiple scattering theory.

    PubMed

    Valier-Brasier, Tony; Conoir, Jean-Marc; Coulouvrat, François; Thomas, Jean-Louis

    2015-10-01

    Sound propagation in dilute suspensions of small spheres is studied using two models: a hydrodynamic model based on the coupled phase equations and an acoustic model based on the ECAH (ECAH: Epstein-Carhart-Allegra-Hawley) multiple scattering theory. The aim is to compare both models through the study of three fundamental kinds of particles: rigid particles, elastic spheres, and viscous droplets. The hydrodynamic model is based on a Rayleigh-Plesset-like equation generalized to elastic spheres and viscous droplets. The hydrodynamic forces for elastic spheres are introduced by analogy with those of droplets. The ECAH theory is also modified in order to take into account the velocity of rigid particles. Analytical calculations performed for long wavelength, low dilution, and weak absorption in the ambient fluid show that both models are strictly equivalent for the three kinds of particles studied. The analytical calculations show that dilatational and translational mechanisms are modeled in the same way by both models. The effective parameters of dilute suspensions are also calculated.

  19. Wilsonian effective action of superstring theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sen, Ashoke

    2017-01-01

    By integrating out the heavy fields in type II or heterotic string field theory one can construct the effective action for the light fields. This effective theory inherits all the algebraic structures of the parent theory and the effective action automatically satisfies the Batalin-Vilkovisky quantum master equation. This theory is manifestly ultraviolet finite, has only light fields as its explicit degrees of freedom, and the Feynman diagrams of this theory reproduce the exact scattering amplitudes of light states in string theory to any arbitrary order in perturbation theory. Furthermore in this theory the degrees of freedom of light fields above certain energy scale are also implicitly integrated out. This energy scale is determined by a particular parameter labelling a family of equivalent actions, and can be made arbitrarily low, leading to the interpretation of the effective action as the Wilsonian effective action.

  20. Linear Algebra Revisited: An Attempt to Understand Students' Conceptual Difficulties

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Britton, Sandra; Henderson, Jenny

    2009-01-01

    This article looks at some of the conceptual difficulties that students have in a linear algebra course. An overview of previous research in this area is given, and the various theories that have been espoused regarding the reasons that students find linear algebra so difficult are discussed. Student responses to two questions testing the ability…

  1. Application of Fermi scattering theory to a magnetically scanned electron linear accelerator.

    PubMed

    Sandison, G A; Huda, W

    1988-01-01

    This paper uses a solution to the Fermi electron transport equation for an isotropic point source to characterize the magnetically scanned broad electron beams from the Sagittaire Therac 40 accelerator in the air space above patients. Thick lead collimation is shown to be adequately modeled by an infinitely thin absorbing plate when used to predict penumbra shape. A relationship between broad beam penumbra width and the value of the root-mean-square spatial Gaussian spread sigma (z) of an elementary pencil beam is derived. This relationship is applicable for any rectangular field size. Measurement of the variation in broad beam penumbra width with source-surface distance (SSD) for a 7-MeV beam locates the isotropic source to be coincident with the exit window of the accelerator and indicates that the scattering effect of the monitor chamber may be considered negligibly small. Using this source location accurate predictions of beam profile shape for any clinically used beam energy, SSD, or field size are made in the presence of lead trimmer collimation. Field penumbra beyond the photon collimation system is formed in each lateral direction by two lead blocks whose faces are aligned along a diverging ray emanating from the source. The photon collimator closest to the source restricts the field size causing a variation of both fluence and the mean square angle spread of the electrons across the plane at the level of the lower collimator. This variation is accounted for by introducing an empirical perturbation factor into the mathematical formalism. An interesting feature of this perturbation factor is that it is field size dependent and its effect on penumbra width may be scaled for both beam energy and SSD to accurately predict beam profile shape.

  2. Application of Fermi scattering theory to a magnetically scanned electron linear accelerator

    SciTech Connect

    Sandison, G.A.; Huda, W.

    1988-07-01

    This paper uses a solution to the Fermi electron transport equation for an isotropic point source to characterize the magnetically scanned broad electron beams from the Sagittaire Therac 40 accelerator in the air space above patients. Thick lead collimation is shown to be adequately modeled by an infinitely thin absorbing plate when used to predict penumbra shape. A relationship between broad beam penumbra width and the value of the root-mean-square spatial Gaussian spread sigma (z) of an elementary pencil beam is derived. This relationship is applicable for any rectangular field size. Measurement of the variation in broad beam penumbra width with source-surface distance (SSD) for a 7-MeV beam locates the isotropic source to be coincident with the exit window of the accelerator and indicates that the scattering effect of the monitor chamber may be considered negligibly small. Using this source location accurate predictions of beam profile shape for any clinically used beam energy, SSD, or field size are made in the presence of lead trimmer collimation. Field penumbra beyond the photon collimation system is formed in each lateral direction by two lead blocks whose faces are aligned along a diverging ray emanating from the source. The photon collimator closest to the source restricts the field size causing a variation of both fluence and the mean square angle spread of the electrons across the plane at the level of the lower collimator. This variation is accounted for by introducing an empirical perturbation factor into the mathematical formalism. An interesting feature of this perturbation factor is that it is field size dependent and its effect on penumbra width may be scaled for both beam energy and SSD to accurately predict beam profile shape.

  3. Theory of femtosecond coherent anti-Stokes Raman scattering spectroscopy of gas-phase transitions.

    PubMed

    Lucht, Robert P; Kinnius, Paul J; Roy, Sukesh; Gord, James R

    2007-07-28

    A theoretical analysis of coherent anti-Stokes Raman scattering (CARS) spectroscopy of gas-phase resonances using femtosecond lasers is performed. The time-dependent density matrix equations for the femtosecond CARS process are formulated and manipulated into a form suitable for solution by direct numerical integration (DNI). The temporal shapes of the pump, Stokes, and probe laser pulses are specified as an input to the DNI calculations. It is assumed that the laser pulse shapes are 70 fs Gaussians and that the pulses are Fourier-transform limited. A single excited electronic level is defined as an effective intermediate level in the Raman process, and transition strengths are adjusted to match the experimental Raman polarizability. The excitation of the Raman coherence is investigated for different Q-branch rotational transitions in the fundamental 2330 cm(-1) band of diatomic nitrogen, assuming that the pump and Stokes pulses are temporally overlapped. The excitation process is shown to be virtually identical for transitions ranging from Q2 to Q20. The excitation of the Raman coherences is also very efficient; for laser irradiances of 5x10(17) W/m2, corresponding approximately to a 100 microJ, 70 fs pulse focused to 50 microm, approximately 10% of the population of the ground Raman level is pumped to the excited Raman level during the impulsive pump-Stokes excitation, and the magnitude of the induced Raman coherence reaches 40% of its maximum possible value. The theoretical results are compared with the results of experiments where the femtosecond CARS signal is recorded as a function of probe delay with respect to the impulsive pump-Stokes excitation.

  4. Integrand Reduction Reloaded: Algebraic Geometry and Finite Fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sameshima, Ray D.; Ferroglia, Andrea; Ossola, Giovanni

    2017-01-01

    The evaluation of scattering amplitudes in quantum field theory allows us to compare the phenomenological prediction of particle theory with the measurement at collider experiments. The study of scattering amplitudes, in terms of their symmetries and analytic properties, provides a theoretical framework to develop techniques and efficient algorithms for the evaluation of physical cross sections and differential distributions. Tree-level calculations have been known for a long time. Loop amplitudes, which are needed to reduce the theoretical uncertainty, are more challenging since they involve a large number of Feynman diagrams, expressed as integrals of rational functions. At one-loop, the problem has been solved thanks to the combined effect of integrand reduction, such as the OPP method, and unitarity. However, plenty of work is still needed at higher orders, starting with the two-loop case. Recently, integrand reduction has been revisited using algebraic geometry. In this presentation, we review the salient features of integrand reduction for dimensionally regulated Feynman integrals, and describe an interesting technique for their reduction based on multivariate polynomial division. We also show a novel approach to improve its efficiency by introducing finite fields. Supported in part by the National Science Foundation under Grant PHY-1417354.

  5. An algebra of discrete event processes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Heymann, Michael; Meyer, George

    1991-01-01

    This report deals with an algebraic framework for modeling and control of discrete event processes. The report consists of two parts. The first part is introductory, and consists of a tutorial survey of the theory of concurrency in the spirit of Hoare's CSP, and an examination of the suitability of such an algebraic framework for dealing with various aspects of discrete event control. To this end a new concurrency operator is introduced and it is shown how the resulting framework can be applied. It is further shown that a suitable theory that deals with the new concurrency operator must be developed. In the second part of the report the formal algebra of discrete event control is developed. At the present time the second part of the report is still an incomplete and occasionally tentative working paper.

  6. Algebraic quantum gravity (AQG): II. Semiclassical analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Giesel, K.; Thiemann, T.

    2007-05-01

    In the previous paper (Giesel and Thiemann 2006 Conceptual setup Preprint gr-qc/0607099) a new combinatorial and thus purely algebraical approach to quantum gravity, called algebraic quantum gravity (AQG), was introduced. In the framework of AQG, existing semiclassical tools can be applied to operators that encode the dynamics of AQG such as the master constraint operator. In this paper, we will analyse the semiclassical limit of the (extended) algebraic master constraint operator and show that it reproduces the correct infinitesimal generators of general relativity. Therefore, the question of whether general relativity is included in the semiclassical sector of the theory, which is still an open problem in LQG, can be significantly improved in the framework of AQG. For the calculations, we will substitute SU(2) with U(1)3. That this substitution is justified will be demonstrated in the third paper (Giesel and Thiemann 2006 Semiclassical perturbation theory Preprint gr-qc/0607101) of this series.

  7. Special issue on cluster algebras in mathematical physics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Di Francesco, Philippe; Gekhtman, Michael; Kuniba, Atsuo; Yamazaki, Masahito

    2013-10-01

    This is a call for contributions to a special issue of Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and Theoretical dedicated to cluster algebras in mathematical physics. Over the ten years since their introduction by Fomin and Zelevinsky, the theory of cluster algebras has witnessed a spectacular growth, first and foremost due to the many links that have been discovered with a wide range of subjects in mathematics and, increasingly, theoretical and mathematical physics. The main motivation of this special issue is to gather together reviews, recent developments and open problems, mainly from a mathematical physics viewpoint, into a single comprehensive issue. We expect that such a special issue will become a valuable reference for the broad scientific community working in mathematical and theoretical physics. The issue will consist of invited review articles and contributed papers containing new results on the interplays of cluster algebras with mathematical physics. Editorial policy The Guest Editors for this issue are Philippe Di Francesco, Michael Gekhtman, Atsuo Kuniba and Masahito Yamazaki. The areas and topics for this issue include, but are not limited to: discrete integrable systems arising from cluster mutations cluster structure on Poisson varieties cluster algebras and soliton interactions cluster positivity conjecture Y-systems in the thermodynamic Bethe ansatz and Zamolodchikov's periodicity conjecture T-system of transfer matrices of integrable lattice models dilogarithm identities in conformal field theory wall crossing in 4d N = 2 supersymmetric gauge theories 4d N = 1 quiver gauge theories described by networks scattering amplitudes of 4d N = 4 theories 3d N = 2 gauge theories described by flat connections on 3-manifolds integrability of dimer/Ising models on graphs. All contributions will be refereed and processed according to the usual procedure of the journal. Guidelines for preparation of contributions The deadline for contributed papers is 31 March

  8. Special issue on cluster algebras in mathematical physics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Di Francesco, Philippe; Gekhtman, Michael; Kuniba, Atsuo; Yamazaki, Masahito

    2013-11-01

    This is a call for contributions to a special issue of Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and Theoretical dedicated to cluster algebras in mathematical physics. Over the ten years since their introduction by Fomin and Zelevinsky, the theory of cluster algebras has witnessed a spectacular growth, first and foremost due to the many links that have been discovered with a wide range of subjects in mathematics and, increasingly, theoretical and mathematical physics. The main motivation of this special issue is to gather together reviews, recent developments and open problems, mainly from a mathematical physics viewpoint, into a single comprehensive issue. We expect that such a special issue will become a valuable reference for the broad scientific community working in mathematical and theoretical physics. The issue will consist of invited review articles and contributed papers containing new results on the interplays of cluster algebras with mathematical physics. Editorial policy The Guest Editors for this issue are Philippe Di Francesco, Michael Gekhtman, Atsuo Kuniba and Masahito Yamazaki. The areas and topics for this issue include, but are not limited to: discrete integrable systems arising from cluster mutations cluster structure on Poisson varieties cluster algebras and soliton interactions cluster positivity conjecture Y-systems in the thermodynamic Bethe ansatz and Zamolodchikov's periodicity conjecture T-system of transfer matrices of integrable lattice models dilogarithm identities in conformal field theory wall crossing in 4d N = 2 supersymmetric gauge theories 4d N = 1 quiver gauge theories described by networks scattering amplitudes of 4d N = 4 theories 3d N = 2 gauge theories described by flat connections on 3-manifolds integrability of dimer/Ising models on graphs. All contributions will be refereed and processed according to the usual procedure of the journal. Guidelines for preparation of contributions The deadline for contributed papers is 31 March

  9. Special issue on cluster algebras in mathematical physics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Di Francesco, Philippe; Gekhtman, Michael; Kuniba, Atsuo; Yamazaki, Masahito

    2014-02-01

    This is a call for contributions to a special issue of Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and Theoretical dedicated to cluster algebras in mathematical physics. Over the ten years since their introduction by Fomin and Zelevinsky, the theory of cluster algebras has witnessed a spectacular growth, first and foremost due to the many links that have been discovered with a wide range of subjects in mathematics and, increasingly, theoretical and mathematical physics. The main motivation of this special issue is to gather together reviews, recent developments and open problems, mainly from a mathematical physics viewpoint, into a single comprehensive issue. We expect that such a special issue will become a valuable reference for the broad scientific community working in mathematical and theoretical physics. The issue will consist of invited review articles and contributed papers containing new results on the interplays of cluster algebras with mathematical physics. Editorial policy The Guest Editors for this issue are Philippe Di Francesco, Michael Gekhtman, Atsuo Kuniba and Masahito Yamazaki. The areas and topics for this issue include, but are not limited to: discrete integrable systems arising from cluster mutations cluster structure on Poisson varieties cluster algebras and soliton interactions cluster positivity conjecture Y-systems in the thermodynamic Bethe ansatz and Zamolodchikov's periodicity conjecture T-system of transfer matrices of integrable lattice models dilogarithm identities in conformal field theory wall crossing in 4d N = 2 supersymmetric gauge theories 4d N = 1 quiver gauge theories described by networks scattering amplitudes of 4d N = 4 theories 3d N = 2 gauge theories described by flat connections on 3-manifolds integrability of dimer/Ising models on graphs. All contributions will be refereed and processed according to the usual procedure of the journal. Guidelines for preparation of contributions The deadline for contributed papers is 31 March

  10. Special issue on cluster algebras in mathematical physics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Di Francesco, Philippe; Gekhtman, Michael; Kuniba, Atsuo; Yamazaki, Masahito

    2013-12-01

    This is a call for contributions to a special issue of Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and Theoretical dedicated to cluster algebras in mathematical physics. Over the ten years since their introduction by Fomin and Zelevinsky, the theory of cluster algebras has witnessed a spectacular growth, first and foremost due to the many links that have been discovered with a wide range of subjects in mathematics and, increasingly, theoretical and mathematical physics. The main motivation of this special issue is to gather together reviews, recent developments and open problems, mainly from a mathematical physics viewpoint, into a single comprehensive issue. We expect that such a special issue will become a valuable reference for the broad scientific community working in mathematical and theoretical physics. The issue will consist of invited review articles and contributed papers containing new results on the interplays of cluster algebras with mathematical physics. Editorial policy The Guest Editors for this issue are Philippe Di Francesco, Michael Gekhtman, Atsuo Kuniba and Masahito Yamazaki. The areas and topics for this issue include, but are not limited to: discrete integrable systems arising from cluster mutations cluster structure on Poisson varieties cluster algebras and soliton interactions cluster positivity conjecture Y-systems in the thermodynamic Bethe ansatz and Zamolodchikov's periodicity conjecture T-system of transfer matrices of integrable lattice models dilogarithm identities in conformal field theory wall crossing in 4d N = 2 supersymmetric gauge theories 4d N = 1 quiver gauge theories described by networks scattering amplitudes of 4d N = 4 theories 3d N = 2 gauge theories described by flat connections on 3-manifolds integrability of dimer/Ising models on graphs. All contributions will be refereed and processed according to the usual procedure of the journal. Guidelines for preparation of contributions The deadline for contributed papers is 31 March

  11. Bicovariant quantum algebras and quantum Lie algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schupp, Peter; Watts, Paul; Zumino, Bruno

    1993-10-01

    A bicovariant calculus of differential operators on a quantum group is constructed in a natural way, using invariant maps from Fun(mathfrak{G}_q ) to U q g, given by elements of the pure braid group. These operators—the “reflection matrix” Y≡L + SL - being a special case—generate algebras that linearly close under adjoint actions, i.e. they form generalized Lie algebras. We establish the connection between the Hopf algebra formulation of the calculus and a formulation in compact matrix form which is quite powerful for actual computations and as applications we find the quantum determinant and an orthogonality relation for Y in SO q (N).

  12. Catching Up on Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cavanagh, Sean

    2008-01-01

    A popular humorist and avowed mathphobe once declared that in real life, there's no such thing as algebra. Kathie Wilson knows better. Most of the students in her 8th grade class will be thrust into algebra, the definitive course that heralds the beginning of high school mathematics, next school year. The problem: Many of them are about three…

  13. Parastatistics Algebras and Combinatorics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Popov, T.

    2005-03-01

    We consider the algebras spanned by the creation parafermionic and parabosonic operators which give rise to generalized parastatistics Fock spaces. The basis of such a generalized Fock space can be labelled by Young tableaux which are combinatorial objects. By means of quantum deformations a nice combinatorial structure of the algebra of the plactic monoid that lies behind the parastatistics is revealed.

  14. Algebraic Reasoning through Patterns

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rivera, F. D.; Becker, Joanne Rossi

    2009-01-01

    This article presents the results of a three-year study that explores students' performance on patterning tasks involving prealgebra and algebra. The findings, insights, and issues drawn from the study are intended to help teach prealgebra and algebra. In the remainder of the article, the authors take a more global view of the three-year study on…

  15. Learning Activity Package, Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Evans, Diane

    A set of ten teacher-prepared Learning Activity Packages (LAPs) in beginning algebra and nine in intermediate algebra, these units cover sets, properties of operations, number systems, open expressions, solution sets of equations and inequalities in one and two variables, exponents, factoring and polynomials, relations and functions, radicals,…

  16. Linear-Algebra Programs

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lawson, C. L.; Krogh, F. T.; Gold, S. S.; Kincaid, D. R.; Sullivan, J.; Williams, E.; Hanson, R. J.; Haskell, K.; Dongarra, J.; Moler, C. B.

    1982-01-01

    The Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms (BLAS) library is a collection of 38 FORTRAN-callable routines for performing basic operations of numerical linear algebra. BLAS library is portable and efficient source of basic operations for designers of programs involving linear algebriac computations. BLAS library is supplied in portable FORTRAN and Assembler code versions for IBM 370, UNIVAC 1100 and CDC 6000 series computers.

  17. Ready, Set, Algebra?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Levy, Alissa Beth

    2012-01-01

    The California Department of Education (CDE) has long asserted that success Algebra I by Grade 8 is the goal for all California public school students. In fact, the state's accountability system penalizes schools that do not require all of their students to take the Algebra I end-of-course examination by Grade 8 (CDE, 2009). In this dissertation,…

  18. Teaching Structure in Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Merlin, Ethan M.

    2013-01-01

    This article describes how the author has developed tasks for students that address the missed "essence of the matter" of algebraic transformations. Specifically, he has found that having students practice "perceiving" algebraic structure--by naming the "glue" in the expressions, drawing expressions using…

  19. The Analytic Structure of Scattering Amplitudes in N = 4 Super-Yang-Mills Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Litsey, Sean Christopher

    We begin the dissertation in Chapter 1 with a discussion of tree-level amplitudes in Yang-. Mills theories. The DDM and BCJ decompositions of the amplitudes are described and. related to one another by the introduction of a transformation matrix. This is related to the. Kleiss-Kuijf and BCJ amplitude identities, and we conjecture a connection to the existence. of a BCJ representation via a condition on the generalized inverse of that matrix. Under. two widely-believed assumptions, this relationship is proved. Switching gears somewhat, we introduce the RSVW formulation of the amplitude, and the extension of BCJ-like features to residues of the RSVW integrand is proposed. Using the previously proven connection of BCJ representations to the generalized inverse condition, this extension is validated, including a version of gravitational double copy. The remainder of the dissertation involves an analysis of the analytic properties of loop. amplitudes in N = 4 super-Yang-Mills theory. Chapter 2 contains a review of the planar case, including an exposition of dual variables and momentum twistors, dual conformal symmetry, and their implications for the amplitude. After defining the integrand and on-shell diagrams, we explain the crucial properties that the amplitude has no poles at infinite momentum and that its leading singularities are dual-conformally-invariant cross ratios, and can therefore be normalized to unity. We define the concept of a dlog form, and show that it is a feature of the planar integrand as well. This leads to the definition of a pure integrand basis. The proceeding setup is connected to the amplituhedron formulation, and we put forward the hypothesis that the amplitude is determined by zero conditions. Chapter 3 contains the primary computations of the dissertation. This chapter treats. amplitudes in fully nonplanar N = 4 super-Yang-Mills, analyzing the conjecture that they. follow the pattern of having no poles at infinity, can be written in dlog

  20. Combining linear polarization spectroscopy and the Representative Layer Theory to measure the Beer-Lambert law absorbance of highly scattering materials.

    PubMed

    Gobrecht, Alexia; Bendoula, Ryad; Roger, Jean-Michel; Bellon-Maurel, Véronique

    2015-01-01

    Visible and Near Infrared (Vis-NIR) Spectroscopy is a powerful non destructive analytical method used to analyze major compounds in bulk materials and products and requiring no sample preparation. It is widely used in routine analysis and also in-line in industries, in-vivo with biomedical applications or in-field for agricultural and environmental applications. However, highly scattering samples subvert Beer-Lambert law's linear relationship between spectral absorbance and the concentrations. Instead of spectral pre-processing, which is commonly used by Vis-NIR spectroscopists to mitigate the scattering effect, we put forward an optical method, based on Polarized Light Spectroscopy to improve the absorbance signal measurement on highly scattering samples. This method selects part of the signal which is less impacted by scattering. The resulted signal is combined in the Absorption/Remission function defined in Dahm's Representative Layer Theory to compute an absorbance signal fulfilling Beer-Lambert's law, i.e. being linearly related to concentration of the chemicals composing the sample. The underpinning theories have been experimentally evaluated on scattering samples in liquid form and in powdered form. The method produced more accurate spectra and the Pearson's coefficient assessing the linearity between the absorbance spectra and the concentration of the added dye improved from 0.94 to 0.99 for liquid samples and 0.84-0.97 for powdered samples.

  1. Using Group Explorer in Teaching Abstract Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schubert, Claus; Gfeller, Mary; Donohue, Christopher

    2013-01-01

    This study explores the use of Group Explorer in an undergraduate mathematics course in abstract algebra. The visual nature of Group Explorer in representing concepts in group theory is an attractive incentive to use this software in the classroom. However, little is known about students' perceptions on this technology in learning concepts in…

  2. The geometric semantics of algebraic quantum mechanics.

    PubMed

    Cruz Morales, John Alexander; Zilber, Boris

    2015-08-06

    In this paper, we will present an ongoing project that aims to use model theory as a suitable mathematical setting for studying the formalism of quantum mechanics. We argue that this approach provides a geometric semantics for such a formalism by means of establishing a (non-commutative) duality between certain algebraic and geometric objects.

  3. Using geometric algebra to study optical aberrations

    SciTech Connect

    Hanlon, J.; Ziock, H.

    1997-05-01

    This paper uses Geometric Algebra (GA) to study vector aberrations in optical systems with square and round pupils. GA is a new way to produce the classical optical aberration spot diagrams on the Gaussian image plane and surfaces near the Gaussian image plane. Spot diagrams of the third, fifth and seventh order aberrations for square and round pupils are developed to illustrate the theory.

  4. A Linear Algebra Measure of Cluster Quality.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mather, Laura A.

    2000-01-01

    Discussion of models for information retrieval focuses on an application of linear algebra to text clustering, namely, a metric for measuring cluster quality based on the theory that cluster quality is proportional to the number of terms that are disjoint across the clusters. Explains term-document matrices and clustering algorithms. (Author/LRW)

  5. Low-energy ππ and πK scatterings revisited in three-flavour resummed chiral perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Descotes-Genon, S.

    2007-09-01

    Chiral symmetry breaking may exhibit significantly different patterns in two chiral limits: Nf=2 massless flavours (mu=md=0, ms physical) and Nf=3 massless flavours (mu=md=ms=0). Such a difference may arise due to vacuum fluctuations of ss¯ pairs related to the violation of the Zweig rule in the scalar sector, and it could yield numerical competition between contributions counted as leading and next-to-leading order in the chiral expansions of the observables. We recall and extend resummed chiral perturbation theory (ReχPT), a framework that we introduced previously to deal with such instabilities: it requires a more careful definition of the relevant observables and their one-loop chiral expansions. We analyse the amplitudes for low-energy ππ and πK scatterings within ReχPT, which we match in subthreshold regions with dispersive representations obtained from the solutions of the Roy and Roy-Steiner equations. Using a frequentist approach, we constrain the quark mass ratio as well as the quark condensate and the pseudoscalar decay constant in the Nf=3 chiral limit. The results mildly favour significant contributions of vacuum fluctuations suppressing the Nf=3 quark condensate compared to its Nf=2 counterpart.

  6. Review of two 1998 Mathematical Appendices Primary to Continuum Theory: Deflection Scattering and Redshift by a Particle-tied Aether

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Osmaston, Miles F.

    My development of Continuum Theory rests importantly on two mathematical treatments and calculations which I wrote in 1994 and were published in 1998 as Appendices A and B to my PIRT V paper presented in London in 1996. In view of their continuing scientific relevance, this contribution to the V9 conference proceedings is a republication of those Appendices, subject to minimal re-editing. Appendix B, presented first, tackles our 1959 finding that the daylight sky brightness distribution at high altitude shows the presence of an additional contribution whose intensity and distribution which, on careful analysis, I identified as having come from a deflection scattering mechanism due to transmission by an (atmospheric) `particle-tied aether'. Appendix A shows that redshift is one of the consequences of such transmission. The parameters involved are then used to analyse the 1968 radio ground-wave caesium clock redshift observations of Sadeh et al and to extrapolate them to the intergalactic transmission paths pertinent to the cosmic redshift as a transmission effect, not a velocity. It finds this to be a reasonable evaluation within observational uncertainties, notably those of density and degree of ionization. In that case, there being no Big Bang, the temperature is precisely known from the CMBR, identified as synchrotron-type radiation from the randomly moving aether along the path, but slightly elevated where the path has traversed a heat-generating cluster.

  7. Structure of kaolinite and influence of stacking faults: reconciling theory and experiment using inelastic neutron scattering analysis.

    PubMed

    White, Claire E; Kearley, Gordon J; Provis, John L; Riley, Daniel P

    2013-05-21

    The structure of kaolinite at the atomic level, including the effect of stacking faults, is investigated using inelastic neutron scattering (INS) spectroscopy and density functional theory (DFT) calculations. The vibrational dynamics of the standard crystal structure of kaolinite, calculated using DFT (VASP) with normal mode analysis, gives good agreement with the experimental INS data except for distinct discrepancies, especially for the low frequency modes (200-400 cm(-1)). By generating several types of stacking faults (shifts in the a,b plane for one kaolinite layer relative to the adjacent layer), it is seen that these low frequency modes are affected, specifically through the emergence of longer hydrogen bonds (O-H⋯O) in one of the models corresponding to a stacking fault of -0.3151a - 0.3151b. The small residual disagreement between observed and calculated INS is assigned to quantum effects (which are not taken into account in the DFT calculations), in the form of translational tunneling of the proton in the hydrogen bonds, which lead to a softening of the low frequency modes. DFT-based molecular dynamics simulations show that anharmonicity does not play an important role in the structural dynamics of kaolinite.

  8. Algebraic Nonlinear Collective Motion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Troupe, J.; Rosensteel, G.

    1998-11-01

    Finite-dimensional Lie algebras of vector fields determine geometrical collective models in quantum and classical physics. Every set of vector fields on Euclidean space that generates the Lie algebra sl(3, R) and contains the angular momentum algebra so(3) is determined. The subset of divergence-free sl(3, R) vector fields is proven to be indexed by a real numberΛ. TheΛ=0 solution is the linear representation that corresponds to the Riemann ellipsoidal model. The nonlinear group action on Euclidean space transforms a certain family of deformed droplets among themselves. For positiveΛ, the droplets have a neck that becomes more pronounced asΛincreases; for negativeΛ, the droplets contain a spherical bubble of radius |Λ|1/3. The nonlinear vector field algebra is extended to the nonlinear general collective motion algebra gcm(3) which includes the inertia tensor. The quantum algebraic models of nonlinear nuclear collective motion are given by irreducible unitary representations of the nonlinear gcm(3) Lie algebra. These representations model fissioning isotopes (Λ>0) and bubble and two-fluid nuclei (Λ<0).

  9. Lie Conformal Algebra Cohomology and the Variational Complex

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Sole, Alberto; Kac, Victor G.

    2009-12-01

    We find an interpretation of the complex of variational calculus in terms of the Lie conformal algebra cohomology theory. This leads to a better understanding of both theories. In particular, we give an explicit construction of the Lie conformal algebra cohomology complex, and endow it with a structure of a {mathfrak{g}}-complex. On the other hand, we give an explicit construction of the complex of variational calculus in terms of skew-symmetric poly-differential operators.

  10. PREFACE: Infinite Dimensional Algebras and their Applications to Quantum Integrable Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fring, Andreas; Kulish, Petr P.; Manojlović, Nenad; Nagy, Zoltán; Nunes da Costa, Joana; Samtleben, Henning

    2008-05-01

    This special issue is centred around the workshop Infinite Dimensional Algebras and Quantum Integrable Systems II—IDAQUIS 2007, held at the University of Algarve, Faro, Portugal in July 2007. It was the second workshop in the IDAQUIS series following a previous meeting at the same location in 2003. The latest workshop gathered around forty experts in the field reviewing recent developments in the theory and applications of integrable systems in the form of invited lectures and in a number of contributions from the participants. All contributions contain significant new results or provide a survey of the state of the art of the subject or a critical assessment of the present understanding of the topic and a discussion of open problems. Original contributions from non-participants are also included. The origins of the topic of this issue can be traced back a long way to the early investigations of completely integrable systems of classical mechanics in the fundamental papers by Euler, Lagrange, Jacobi, Liouville, Kowalevski and others. By the end of the nineteenth century all interesting examples seemed to have been exhausted. A revival in the study of integrable systems began with the development of the classical inverse scattering method, or the theory of solitons. Later developments led to the basic geometrical ideas of the theory, of which infinite dimensional algebras are a key ingredient. In a loose sense one may think that all integrable systems possess some hidden symmetry. In the quantum version of these systems the representation theory of these algebras may be exploited in the description of the structure of the Hilbert space of states. Modern examples of field theoretical systems such as conformal field theories, with the Liouville model being a prominent example, affine Toda field theories and the AdS/CFT correspondence are based on algebraic structures like quantum groups, modular doubles, global conformal invariance, Hecke algebras, Kac

  11. Almost split real forms for hyperbolic Kac Moody Lie algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ben Messaoud, Hechmi

    2006-11-01

    A Borel Tits theory was developed for almost split forms of symmetrizable Kac Moody Lie algebras. In this paper, we look to almost split real forms and their restricted root systems for symmetrizable hyperbolic Kac Moody Lie algebras. We establish a complete list of these forms, in terms of their Satake Tits index, for the strictly hyperbolic ones and for those which are obtained as (hyperbolic) canonical Lorentzian extensions of affine Lie algebras. These forms are of particular interest in theoretical physics because of their connection to supergravity theories.

  12. Algebraic invariants for homotopy types

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blanc, David

    1999-11-01

    We define a sequence of purely algebraic invariants - namely, classes in the Quillen cohomology of the [Pi]-algebra [pi][low asterisk]X - for distinguishing between different homotopy types of spaces. Another sequence of such cohomology classes allows one to decide whether a given abstract [Pi]-algebra can be realized as the homotopy [Pi]-algebra of a space.

  13. A Richer Understanding of Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Foy, Michelle

    2008-01-01

    Algebra is one of those hard-to-teach topics where pupils seem to struggle to see it as more than a set of rules to learn, but this author recently used the software "Grid Algebra" from ATM, which engaged her Year 7 pupils in exploring algebraic concepts for themselves. "Grid Algebra" allows pupils to experience number,…

  14. Shapes and stability of algebraic nuclear models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lopez-Moreno, Enrique; Castanos, Octavio

    1995-01-01

    A generalization of the procedure to study shapes and stability of algebraic nuclear models introduced by Gilmore is presented. One calculates the expectation value of the Hamiltonian with respect to the coherent states of the algebraic structure of the system. Then equilibrium configurations of the resulting energy surface, which depends in general on state variables and a set of parameters, are classified through the Catastrophe theory. For one- and two-body interactions in the Hamiltonian of the interacting Boson model-1, the critical points are organized through the Cusp catastrophe. As an example, we apply this Separatrix to describe the energy surfaces associated to the Rutenium and Samarium isotopes.

  15. Chiral symmetry and π-π scattering in the Covariant Spectator Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Biernat, Elmar P.; Peña, M. T.; Ribeiro, J. E.; Stadler, Alfred; Gross, Franz

    2014-11-14

    The π-π scattering amplitude calculated with a model for the quark-antiquark interaction in the framework of the Covariant Spectator Theory (CST) is shown to satisfy the Adler zero constraint imposed by chiral symmetry. The CST formalism is established in Minkowski space and our calculations are performed in momentum space. We prove that the axial-vector Ward-Takahashi identity is satisfied by our model. Then we show that, similarly to what happens within the Bethe-Salpeter formalism, application of the axial-vector Ward Takahashi identity to the CST π-π scattering amplitude allows us to sum the intermediate quark-quark interactions to all orders. Thus, the Adler self-consistency zero for π-π scattering in the chiral limit emerges as the result for this sum.

  16. Pseudo-Riemannian Novikov algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Zhiqi; Zhu, Fuhai

    2008-08-01

    Novikov algebras were introduced in connection with the Poisson brackets of hydrodynamic-type and Hamiltonian operators in formal variational calculus. Pseudo-Riemannian Novikov algebras denote Novikov algebras with non-degenerate invariant symmetric bilinear forms. In this paper, we find that there is a remarkable geometry on pseudo-Riemannian Novikov algebras, and give a special class of pseudo-Riemannian Novikov algebras.

  17. Weyl n-Algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Markarian, Nikita

    2017-03-01

    We introduce Weyl n-algebras and show how their factorization complex may be used to define invariants of manifolds. In the appendix, we heuristically explain why these invariants must be perturbative Chern-Simons invariants.

  18. Developing Algebraic Thinking.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Alejandre, Suzanne

    2002-01-01

    Presents a teaching experience that resulted in students getting to a point of full understanding of the kinesthetic activity and the algebra behind it. Includes a lesson plan for a traffic jam activity. (KHR)

  19. Accounting Equals Applied Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Roberts, Sondra

    1997-01-01

    Argues that students should be given mathematics credits for completing accounting classes. Demonstrates that, although the terminology is different, the mathematical concepts are the same as those used in an introductory algebra class. (JOW)

  20. Covariant deformed oscillator algebras

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Quesne, Christiane

    1995-01-01

    The general form and associativity conditions of deformed oscillator algebras are reviewed. It is shown how the latter can be fulfilled in terms of a solution of the Yang-Baxter equation when this solution has three distinct eigenvalues and satisfies a Birman-Wenzl-Murakami condition. As an example, an SU(sub q)(n) x SU(sub q)(m)-covariant q-bosonic algebra is discussed in some detail.

  1. Aprepro - Algebraic Preprocessor

    SciTech Connect

    2005-08-01

    Aprepro is an algebraic preprocessor that reads a file containing both general text and algebraic, string, or conditional expressions. It interprets the expressions and outputs them to the output file along witht the general text. Aprepro contains several mathematical functions, string functions, and flow control constructs. In addition, functions are included that, with some additional files, implement a units conversion system and a material database lookup system.

  2. Inelastic Scattering of Identical Molecules within Framework of the Mixed Quantum/Classical Theory: Application to Rotational Excitations in H2 + H2.

    PubMed

    Semenov, Alexander; Babikov, Dmitri

    2016-06-09

    Theoretical foundation is laid out for description of permutation symmetry in the inelastic scattering processes that involve collisions of two identical molecules, within the framework of the mixed quantum/classical theory (MQCT). In this approach, the rotational (and vibrational) states of two molecules are treated quantum-mechanically, whereas their translational motion (responsible for scattering) is treated classically. This theory is applied to H2 + H2 system, and the state-to-state transition cross sections are compared versus those obtained from the full-quantum calculations and experimental results from the literature. Good agreement is found in all cases. It is also found that results of MQCT, where the Coriolis coupling is included classically, are somewhat closer to exact full-quantum results than results of the other approximate quantum methods, where those coupling terms are neglected. These new developments allow applications of MQCT to a broad variety of molecular systems and processes.

  3. A process algebra model of QED

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sulis, William

    2016-03-01

    The process algebra approach to quantum mechanics posits a finite, discrete, determinate ontology of primitive events which are generated by processes (in the sense of Whitehead). In this ontology, primitive events serve as elements of an emergent space-time and of emergent fundamental particles and fields. Each process generates a set of primitive elements, using only local information, causally propagated as a discrete wave, forming a causal space termed a causal tapestry. Each causal tapestry forms a discrete and finite sampling of an emergent causal manifold (space-time) M and emergent wave function. Interactions between processes are described by a process algebra which possesses 8 commutative operations (sums and products) together with a non-commutative concatenation operator (transitions). The process algebra possesses a representation via nondeterministic combinatorial games. The process algebra connects to quantum mechanics through the set valued process and configuration space covering maps, which associate each causal tapestry with sets of wave functions over M. Probabilities emerge from interactions between processes. The process algebra model has been shown to reproduce many features of the theory of non-relativistic scalar particles to a high degree of accuracy, without paradox or divergences. This paper extends the approach to a semi-classical form of quantum electrodynamics.

  4. Permutation centralizer algebras and multimatrix invariants

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mattioli, Paolo; Ramgoolam, Sanjaye

    2016-03-01

    We introduce a class of permutation centralizer algebras which underly the combinatorics of multimatrix gauge-invariant observables. One family of such noncommutative algebras is parametrized by two integers. Its Wedderburn-Artin decomposition explains the counting of restricted Schur operators, which were introduced in the physics literature to describe open strings attached to giant gravitons and were subsequently used to diagonalize the Gaussian inner product for gauge invariants of two-matrix models. The structure of the algebra, notably its dimension, its center and its maximally commuting subalgebra, is related to Littlewood-Richardson numbers for composing Young diagrams. It gives a precise characterization of the minimal set of charges needed to distinguish arbitrary matrix gauge invariants, which are related to enhanced symmetries in gauge theory. The algebra also gives a star product for matrix invariants. The center of the algebra allows efficient computation of a sector of multimatrix correlators. These generate the counting of a certain class of bicoloured ribbon graphs with arbitrary genus.

  5. Extending the algebraic formalism for genome rearrangements to include linear chromosomes.

    PubMed

    Feijão, Pedro; Meidanis, João

    2013-01-01

    Algebraic rearrangement theory, as introduced by Meidanis and Dias, focuses on representing the order in which genes appear in chromosomes, and applies to circular chromosomes only. By shifting our attention to genome adjacencies, we introduce the adjacency algebraic theory, extending the original algebraic theory to linear chromosomes in a very natural way, also allowing the original algebraic distance formula to be used to the general multichromosomal case, with both linear and circular chromosomes. The resulting distance, which we call algebraic distance here, is very similar to, but not quite the same as, double-cut-and-join distance. We present linear time algorithms to compute it and to sort genomes. We show how to compute the rearrangement distance from the adjacency graph, for an easier comparison with other rearrangement distances. A thorough discussion on the relationship between the chromosomal and adjacency representation is also given, and we show how all classic rearrangement operations can be modeled using the algebraic theory.

  6. Multiple scattering effects with cyclical terms in active remote sensing of vegetated surface using vector radiative transfer theory

    Technology Transfer Automated Retrieval System (TEKTRAN)

    The energy transport in a vegetated (corn) surface layer is examined by solving the vector radiative transfer equation using a numerical iterative approach. This approach allows a higher order that includes the multiple scattering effects. Multiple scattering effects are important when the optical t...

  7. Locally Compact Quantum Groups. A von Neumann Algebra Approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Van Daele, Alfons

    2014-08-01

    In this paper, we give an alternative approach to the theory of locally compact quantum groups, as developed by Kustermans and Vaes. We start with a von Neumann algebra and a comultiplication on this von Neumann algebra. We assume that there exist faithful left and right Haar weights. Then we develop the theory within this von Neumann algebra setting. In [Math. Scand. 92 (2003), 68-92] locally compact quantum groups are also studied in the von Neumann algebraic context. This approach is independent of the original C^*-algebraic approach in the sense that the earlier results are not used. However, this paper is not really independent because for many proofs, the reader is referred to the original paper where the C^*-version is developed. In this paper, we give a completely self-contained approach. Moreover, at various points, we do things differently. We have a different treatment of the antipode. It is similar to the original treatment in [Ann. Sci. & #201;cole Norm. Sup. (4) 33 (2000), 837-934]. But together with the fact that we work in the von Neumann algebra framework, it allows us to use an idea from [Rev. Roumaine Math. Pures Appl. 21 (1976), 1411-1449] to obtain the uniqueness of the Haar weights in an early stage. We take advantage of this fact when deriving the other main results in the theory. We also give a slightly different approach to duality. Finally, we collect, in a systematic way, several important formulas. In an appendix, we indicate very briefly how the C^*-approach and the von Neumann algebra approach eventually yield the same objects. The passage from the von Neumann algebra setting to the C^*-algebra setting is more or less standard. For the other direction, we use a new method. It is based on the observation that the Haar weights on the C^*-algebra extend to weights on the double dual with central support and that all these supports are the same. Of course, we get the von Neumann algebra by cutting down the double dual with this unique

  8. Scattering in a three-dimensional fuzzy space

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kriel, J. N.; Groenewald, H. W.; Scholtz, F. G.

    2017-01-01

    We develop scattering theory in a noncommutative space defined by an s u (2 ) coordinate algebra. By introducing a positive operator valued measure as a replacement for strong position measurements, we are able to derive explicit expressions for the probability current, differential and total cross sections. We show that at low incident energies the kinematics of these expressions is identical to that of commutative scattering theory. The consequences of spatial noncommutativity are found to be more pronounced at the dynamical level where, even at low incident energies, the phase shifts of the partial waves can deviate strongly from commutative results. This is demonstrated for scattering from a spherical well. The impact of noncommutativity on the well's spectrum and on the properties of its bound and scattering states are considered in detail. It is found that for sufficiently large well depths the potential effectively becomes repulsive and that the cross section tends towards that of hard sphere scattering. This can occur even at low incident energies when the particle's wavelength inside the well becomes comparable to the noncommutative length scale.

  9. Structure of Poly(dialkylsiloxane) Melts: Comparisons of Wide-Angle X-ray Scattering, Molecular Dynamics Simualations, and Integral Equation Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Habenschuss, Anton {Tony}; Tsige, Mesfin; Curro, John G.; Grest, Gary S.; Nath, Shyamal

    2007-01-01

    Wide-angle X-ray scattering, molecular dynamics (MD) simulations, and integral equation theory are used to study the structure of poly(diethylsiloxane) (PDES), poly(ethylmethylsiloxane) (PEMS), and poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS) melts. The structure functions of PDES, PEMS, and PDMS are similar, but systematic trends in the intermolecular packing are observed. The local intramolecular structure is extracted from the experimental structure functions. The bond distances and bond angles obtained, including the large Si-O-Si angle, are in good agreement with the explicit atom (EA) and united atom (UA) potentials used in the simulations and theory and from other sources. Very good agreement is found between the MD simulations using the EA potentials and the experimental scattering results. Good agreement is also found between the polymer reference interaction site model (PRISM theory) and the UA MD simulations. The intermolecular structure is examined experimentally using an appropriately weighted radial distribution function and with theory and simulation using intermolecular site/site pair correlation functions. Experiment, simulation, and theory show systematic increases in the chain/chain packing distances in the siloxanes as the number of sites in the pendant side chains is increased.

  10. Structure of Poly(dialkylsiloxane) Melts: Comparisons of Wide Angle X-ray Scattering, Molecular Dynamics Simulations, and Integral Equation Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Habenschuss, Anton {Tony}; Tsige, Mesfin; Curro, John G.; Grest, Gary S.; Nath, Shyamal

    2007-01-01

    Wide-angle X-ray scattering, molecular dynamics (MD) simulations, and integral equation theory are used to study the structure of poly(diethylsiloxane) (PDES), poly(ethylmethylsiloxane) (PEMS), and poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS) melts. The structure functions of PDES, PEMS, and PDMS are similar, but systematic trends in the intermolecular packing are observed. The local intramolecular structure is extracted from the experimental structure functions. The bond distances and bond angles obtained, including the large Si-O-Si angle, are in good agreement with the explicit atom (EA) and united atom (UA) potentials used in the simulations and theory and from other sources. Very good agreement is found between the MD simulations using the EA potentials and the experimental scattering results. Good agreement is also found between the polymer reference interaction site model (PRISM theory) and the UA MD simulations. The intermolecular structure is examined experimentally using an appropriately weighted radial distribution function and with theory and simulation using intermolecular site/site pair correlation functions. Experiment, simulation, and theory show systematic increases in the chain/chain packing distances in the siloxanes as the number of sites in the pendant side chains is increased.

  11. Mixed Quantum/Classical Theory for Molecule-Molecule Inelastic Scattering: Derivations of Equations and Application to N2 + H2 System.

    PubMed

    Semenov, Alexander; Babikov, Dmitri

    2015-12-17

    The mixed quantum classical theory, MQCT, for inelastic scattering of two molecules is developed, in which the internal (rotational, vibrational) motion of both collision partners is treated with quantum mechanics, and the molecule-molecule scattering (translational motion) is described by classical trajectories. The resultant MQCT formalism includes a system of coupled differential equations for quantum probability amplitudes, and the classical equations of motion in the mean-field potential. Numerical tests of this theory are carried out for several most important rotational state-to-state transitions in the N2 + H2 system, in a broad range of collision energies. Besides scattering resonances (at low collision energies) excellent agreement with full-quantum results is obtained, including the excitation thresholds, the maxima of cross sections, and even some smaller features, such as slight oscillations of energy dependencies. Most importantly, at higher energies the results of MQCT are nearly identical to the full quantum results, which makes this approach a good alternative to the full-quantum calculations that become computationally expensive at higher collision energies and for heavier collision partners. Extensions of this theory to include vibrational transitions or general asymmetric-top rotor (polyatomic) molecules are relatively straightforward.

  12. The Symmetric Tensor Lichnerowicz Algebra and a Novel Associative Fourier-Jacobi Algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hallowell, Karl; Waldron, Andrew

    2007-09-01

    Lichnerowicz's algebra of differential geometric operators acting on symmetric tensors can be obtained from generalized geodesic motion of an observer carrying a complex tangent vector. This relation is based upon quantizing the classical evolution equations, and identifying wavefunctions with sections of the symmetric tensor bundle and Noether charges with geometric operators. In general curved spaces these operators obey a deformation of the Fourier-Jacobi Lie algebra of sp(2,R). These results have already been generalized by the authors to arbitrary tensor and spinor bundles using supersymmetric quantum mechanical models and have also been applied to the theory of higher spin particles. These Proceedings review these results in their simplest, symmetric tensor setting. New results on a novel and extremely useful reformulation of the rank 2 deformation of the Fourier-Jacobi Lie algebra in terms of an associative algebra are also presented. This new algebra! was originally motivated by studies of operator orderings in enveloping algebras. It provides a new method that is superior in many respects to common techniques such as Weyl or normal ordering.

  13. Direct determination of the underlying Lie algebra in nonlinear optics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Arnold, J. M.

    1991-01-01

    It is shown that the equations of resonant nonlinear optics can be studied entirely within the framework of an underlying Lie algebra, in which the 2x2 su(2) Hamiltonian and density matrices of the quantum mechanical description of the atomic system transform directly to the 2x2 sl(2,R) matrices of the Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur (AKNS) scheme, and the AKNS eigenvalue is introduced naturally as a free parameter. The Lie algebra sl(2,R) is also the symmetry algebra of transformations between equivalence classes of AKNS systems under SL(2,R) gauge transformations. The Lie algebra formalism condenses much algebraic manipulation, and provides a natural basis for the perturbation theory of "nearly integrable" nonlinear wave systems.

  14. Topological basis realization for BMW algebra and Heisenberg XXZ spin chain model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Bo; Xue, Kang; Wang, Gangcheng; Liu, Ying; Sun, Chunfang

    2015-04-01

    In this paper, we study three-dimensional (3D) reduced Birman-Murakami-Wenzl (BMW) algebra based on topological basis theory. Several examples of BMW algebra representations are reviewed. We also discuss a special solution of BMW algebra, which can be used to construct Heisenberg XXZ model. The theory of topological basis provides a useful method to solve quantum spin chain models. It is also shown that the ground state of XXZ spin chain is superposition state of topological basis.

  15. Theory of hysteresis during electron heating of electromagnetic wave scattering by self-organized dust structures in complex plasmas

    SciTech Connect

    Tsytovich, Vadim; Gusein-zade, Namik; Ignatov, Alexander

    2015-07-15

    Dust structuring is a natural and universal process in complex plasmas. The scattering of electromagnetic waves by dust structures is governed by the factor of coherency, i.e., the total number of coherent electrons in a single structure. In the present paper, we consider how the factor of coherency changes due to additional pulse electron heating and show that it obeys a hysteresis. After the end of the pulse heating, the scattering intensity differs substantially from that before heating. There are three necessary conditions for scattering hysteresis: first, the radiation wavelength should be larger than the pattern (structure) size; second, the total number of coherent electrons confined by the structure should be large; and third, the heating pulse duration should be shorter than the characteristic time of dust structure formation. We present the results of numerical calculations using existing models of self-consistent dust structures with either positively or negatively charged dust grains. It is shown that, depending on the grain charge and the ionization rate, two types of hysteresis are possible: one with a final increase of the scattering and the other with a final decrease of the scattering. It is suggested that the hysteresis of coherent scattering can be used as a tool in laboratory experiments and that it can be a basic mechanism explaining the observed hysteresis in radar scattering by noctilucent clouds during active experiments on electron heating in mesosphere.

  16. An analytical theory of a scattering of radio waves on meteoric ionization - II. Solution of the integro-differential equation in case of backscatter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pecina, P.

    2016-12-01

    The integro-differential equation for the polarization vector P inside the meteor trail, representing the analytical solution of the set of Maxwell equations, is solved for the case of backscattering of radio waves on meteoric ionization. The transversal and longitudinal dimensions of a typical meteor trail are small in comparison to the distances to both transmitter and receiver and so the phase factor appearing in the kernel of the integral equation is large and rapidly changing. This allows us to use the method of stationary phase to obtain an approximate solution of the integral equation for the scattered field and for the corresponding generalized radar equation. The final solution is obtained by expanding it into the complete set of Bessel functions, which results in solving a system of linear algebraic equations for the coefficients of the expansion. The time behaviour of the meteor echoes is then obtained using the generalized radar equation. Examples are given for values of the electron density spanning a range from underdense meteor echoes to overdense meteor echoes. We show that the time behaviour of overdense meteor echoes using this method is very different from the one obtained using purely numerical solutions of the Maxwell equations. Our results are in much better agreement with the observations performed e.g. by the Ondřejov radar.

  17. Spectral properties of the Dirichlet-to-Neumann operator for the exterior Helmholtz problem and its applications to scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    L, Lakshtanov E.

    2010-03-01

    We prove that the Dirichlet-to-Neumann operator (DtN) has no spectrum in the lower half of the complex plane. We find several applications of this fact in scattering by obstacles with impedance boundary conditions. In particular, we find an upper bound for the gradient of the scattering amplitude and for the total cross section. We justify numerical approximations by providing bounds for the difference between theoretical and approximated solutions without using any a priori unknown constants.

  18. Algebraic Foundations of Stability Theory: A Computerized Linear Algebra Bibliography

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1976-09-30

    permanent, an ele - mentary symmetric function of singular values squared, the property of being unitary, or the property of being of rank 1. The set of...slightly different form to the eigenvalues of products or minors. (ii) A family of inequalities known as the Amir- Moez inequalities, which were believed for

  19. Abstract Algebra for Algebra Teaching: Influencing School Mathematics Instruction

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wasserman, Nicholas H.

    2016-01-01

    This article explores the potential for aspects of abstract algebra to be influential for the teaching of school algebra (and early algebra). Using national standards for analysis, four primary areas common in school mathematics--and their progression across elementary, middle, and secondary mathematics--where teaching may be transformed by…

  20. Decoupling scattering and absorption of turbid samples using a simple empirical relation between coefficients of the Kubelka-Munk and radiative transfer theories.

    PubMed

    Gaonkar, Harshavardhan Ashok; Kumar, Dinesh; Ramasubramaniam, Rajagopal; Roy, Arindam

    2014-05-01

    Efforts are underway to better understand the absorption properties of micro- and nano-sized particles due to their potential in various photonic applications. However, most of these particles exhibit strong scattering in the spectral regions of interest in addition to absorption. Due to strong interference from scattering, the absorption of these turbid samples cannot be directly measured using conventional spectroscopy techniques. The optical properties of these particles are also different from that of the bulk due to quantum confinement and plasmon resonance effects and cannot be inferred from their bulk properties. By measuring the total transmittance and total reflectance (diffuse and collimated) of turbid samples and using an empirical relation between the coefficients of the Kubelka-Munk and radiative transfer theories, we have demonstrated a method to calculate the absorption and reduced scattering coefficients of turbid samples. This method is capable of extracting the absorption coefficient of turbid samples with an error of 2%. Using this method, we have decoupled the specific absorption and specific reduced scattering coefficients of commercially available micro-sized iron oxide particles. The current method can be used to measure the optical properties of irregularly shaped particle dispersions, which are otherwise difficult to estimate theoretically.

  1. Adaptive Algebraic Multigrid Methods

    SciTech Connect

    Brezina, M; Falgout, R; MacLachlan, S; Manteuffel, T; McCormick, S; Ruge, J

    2004-04-09

    Our ability to simulate physical processes numerically is constrained by our ability to solve the resulting linear systems, prompting substantial research into the development of multiscale iterative methods capable of solving these linear systems with an optimal amount of effort. Overcoming the limitations of geometric multigrid methods to simple geometries and differential equations, algebraic multigrid methods construct the multigrid hierarchy based only on the given matrix. While this allows for efficient black-box solution of the linear systems associated with discretizations of many elliptic differential equations, it also results in a lack of robustness due to assumptions made on the near-null spaces of these matrices. This paper introduces an extension to algebraic multigrid methods that removes the need to make such assumptions by utilizing an adaptive process. The principles which guide the adaptivity are highlighted, as well as their application to algebraic multigrid solution of certain symmetric positive-definite linear systems.

  2. Tensor Algebra Library for NVidia Graphics Processing Units

    SciTech Connect

    Liakh, Dmitry

    2015-03-16

    This is a general purpose math library implementing basic tensor algebra operations on NVidia GPU accelerators. This software is a tensor algebra library that can perform basic tensor algebra operations, including tensor contractions, tensor products, tensor additions, etc., on NVidia GPU accelerators, asynchronously with respect to the CPU host. It supports a simultaneous use of multiple NVidia GPUs. Each asynchronous API function returns a handle which can later be used for querying the completion of the corresponding tensor algebra operation on a specific GPU. The tensors participating in a particular tensor operation are assumed to be stored in local RAM of a node or GPU RAM. The main research area where this library can be utilized is the quantum many-body theory (e.g., in electronic structure theory).

  3. On weak Lie 2-algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Roytenberg, Dmitry

    2007-11-01

    A Lie 2-algebra is a linear category equipped with a functorial bilinear operation satisfying skew-symmetry and Jacobi identity up to natural transformations which themselves obey coherence laws of their own. Functors and natural transformations between Lie 2-algebras can also be defined, yielding a 2-category. Passing to the normalized chain complex gives an equivalence of 2-categories between Lie 2-algebras and certain "up to homotopy" structures on the complex; for strictly skew-symmetric Lie 2-algebras these are L∞-algebras, by a result of Baez and Crans. Lie 2-algebras appear naturally as infinitesimal symmetries of solutions of the Maurer-Cartan equation in some differential graded Lie algebras and L∞-algebras. In particular, (quasi-) Poisson manifolds, (quasi-) Lie bialgebroids and Courant algebroids provide large classes of examples.

  4. Algebra for Gifted Third Graders.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Borenson, Henry

    1987-01-01

    Elementary school children who are exposed to a concrete, hands-on experience in algebraic linear equations will more readily develop a positive mind-set and expectation for success in later formal, algebraic studies. (CB)

  5. A Holistic Approach to Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Barbeau, Edward J.

    1991-01-01

    Described are two examples involving recursive mathematical sequences designed to integrate a holistic approach to learning algebra. These examples promote pattern recognition with algebraic justification, full class participation, and mathematical values that can be transferred to other situations. (MDH)

  6. Computer Program For Linear Algebra

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Krogh, F. T.; Hanson, R. J.

    1987-01-01

    Collection of routines provided for basic vector operations. Basic Linear Algebra Subprogram (BLAS) library is collection from FORTRAN-callable routines for employing standard techniques to perform basic operations of numerical linear algebra.

  7. Pawlak algebra and approximate structure on fuzzy lattice.

    PubMed

    Zhuang, Ying; Liu, Wenqi; Wu, Chin-Chia; Li, Jinhai

    2014-01-01

    The aim of this paper is to investigate the general approximation structure, weak approximation operators, and Pawlak algebra in the framework of fuzzy lattice, lattice topology, and auxiliary ordering. First, we prove that the weak approximation operator space forms a complete distributive lattice. Then we study the properties of transitive closure of approximation operators and apply them to rough set theory. We also investigate molecule Pawlak algebra and obtain some related properties.

  8. Atomic motions in poly(vinyl methyl ether): A combined study by quasielastic neutron scattering and molecular dynamics simulations in the light of the mode coupling theory.

    PubMed

    Capponi, S; Arbe, A; Alvarez, F; Colmenero, J; Frick, B; Embs, J P

    2009-11-28

    Quasielastic neutron scattering experiments (time-of-flight, neutron spin echo, and backscattering) on protonated poly(vinyl methyl ether) (PVME) have revealed the hydrogen dynamics above the glass-transition temperature. Fully atomistic molecular dynamics simulations properly validated with the neutron scattering results have allowed further characterization of the atomic motions accessing the correlation functions directly in real space. Deviations from Gaussian behavior are found in the high-momentum transfer range, which are compatible with the predictions of mode coupling theory (MCT). We have applied the MCT phenomenological version to the self-correlation functions of PVME atoms calculated from our simulation data, obtaining consistent results. The unusually large value found for the lambda-exponent parameter is close to that recently reported for polybutadiene and simple polymer models with intramolecular barriers.

  9. An algebra of reversible computation.

    PubMed

    Wang, Yong

    2016-01-01

    We design an axiomatization for reversible computation called reversible ACP (RACP). It has four extendible modules: basic reversible processes algebra, algebra of reversible communicating processes, recursion and abstraction. Just like process algebra ACP in classical computing, RACP can be treated as an axiomatization foundation for reversible computation.

  10. Field Theoretic Investigations in Current Algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jackiw, Roman

    The following sections are included: * Introduction * Canonical and Space-Time Constraints in Current Algebra * Canonical Theory of Currents * Space-Time Constraints on Commutators * Space-Time Constraints on Green's Functions * Space-Time Constraints on Ward Identities * Schwinger Terms * Discussion * The Bjorken-Johnson-Low Limit * The π 0 → 2γ Problem * Preliminaries * Sutherland-Veltman Theorem * Model Calculation * Anomalous Ward Identity * Anomalous Commutators * Anomalous Divergence of Axial Current * Discussion * Electroproduction Sum Rules * Preliminaries * Derivation of Sum Rules, Naive Method * Derivation of Sum Rules, Dispersive Method * Model Calculation * Anomalous Commutators * Discussion * Discussion of Anomalies in Current Algebra * Miscellaneous Anomalies * Non-Perturbative Arguments for Anomalies * Models without Anomalies * Discussion * Approximate Scale Symmetry * Introduction * Canonical Theory of Scale and Conformal Transformations * Ward Identities and Trace Identities * False Theorems * True Theorems * EXERCISES * SOLUTIONS

  11. Using Group Explorer in teaching abstract algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schubert, Claus; Gfeller, Mary; Donohue, Christopher

    2013-04-01

    This study explores the use of Group Explorer in an undergraduate mathematics course in abstract algebra. The visual nature of Group Explorer in representing concepts in group theory is an attractive incentive to use this software in the classroom. However, little is known about students' perceptions on this technology in learning concepts in abstract algebra. A total of 26 participants in an undergraduate course studying group theory were surveyed regarding their experiences using Group Explorer. Findings indicate that all participants believed that the software was beneficial to their learning and described their attitudes regarding the software in terms of using the technology and its helpfulness in learning concepts. A multiple regression analysis reveals that representational fluency of concepts with the software correlated significantly with participants' understanding of group concepts yet, participants' attitudes about Group Explorer and technology in general were not significant factors.

  12. From Arithmetic to Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ketterlin-Geller, Leanne R.; Jungjohann, Kathleen; Chard, David J.; Baker, Scott

    2007-01-01

    Much of the difficulty that students encounter in the transition from arithmetic to algebra stems from their early learning and understanding of arithmetic. Too often, students learn about the whole number system and the operations that govern that system as a set of procedures to solve addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division problems.…

  13. Computers in Abstract Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nwabueze, Kenneth K.

    2004-01-01

    The current emphasis on flexible modes of mathematics delivery involving new information and communication technology (ICT) at the university level is perhaps a reaction to the recent change in the objectives of education. Abstract algebra seems to be one area of mathematics virtually crying out for computer instructional support because of the…

  14. Algebraic Thinking through Origami.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Higginson, William; Colgan, Lynda

    2001-01-01

    Describes the use of paper folding to create a rich environment for discussing algebraic concepts. Explores the effect that changing the dimensions of two-dimensional objects has on the volume of related three-dimensional objects. (Contains 13 references.) (YDS)

  15. Computer Algebra versus Manipulation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Zand, Hossein; Crowe, David

    2004-01-01

    In the UK there is increasing concern about the lack of skill in algebraic manipulation that is evident in students entering mathematics courses at university level. In this note we discuss how the computer can be used to ameliorate some of the problems. We take as an example the calculations needed in three dimensional vector analysis in polar…

  16. On Cohen-Macaulayness of Algebras Generated by Generalized Power Sums. With an appendix by Misha Feigin

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Etingof, Pavel; Rains, Eric

    2016-10-01

    Generalized power sums are linear combinations of ith powers of coordinates. We consider subalgebras of the polynomial algebra generated by generalized power sums, and study when such algebras are Cohen-Macaulay. It turns out that the Cohen-Macaulay property of such algebras is rare, and tends to be related to quantum integrability and representation theory of Cherednik algebras. Using representation theoretic results and deformation theory, we establish Cohen-Macaulayness of the algebra of q, t-deformed power sums defined by Sergeev and Veselov, and of some generalizations of this algebra, proving a conjecture of Brookner, Corwin, Etingof, and Sam. We also apply representation-theoretic techniques to studying m-quasi-invariants of deformed Calogero-Moser systems. In an appendix to this paper, M. Feigin uses representation theory of Cherednik algebras to compute Hilbert series for such quasi-invariants, and show that in the case of one light particle, the ring of quasi-invariants is Gorenstein.

  17. A multi-layer discrete-ordinate method for vector radiative transfer in a vertically-inhomogeneous, emitting and scattering atmosphere. I - Theory. II - Application

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Weng, Fuzhong

    1992-01-01

    A theory is developed for discretizing the vector integro-differential radiative transfer equation including both solar and thermal radiation. A complete solution and boundary equations are obtained using the discrete-ordinate method. An efficient numerical procedure is presented for calculating the phase matrix and achieving computational stability. With natural light used as a beam source, the Stokes parameters from the model proposed here are compared with the analytical solutions of Chandrasekhar (1960) for a Rayleigh scattering atmosphere. The model is then applied to microwave frequencies with a thermal source, and the brightness temperatures are compared with those from Stamnes'(1988) radiative transfer model.

  18. Size effects and charge transport in metals: Quantum theory of the resistivity of nanometric metallic structures arising from electron scattering by grain boundaries and by rough surfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Munoz, Raul C.; Arenas, Claudio

    2017-03-01

    We discuss recent progress regarding size effects and their incidence upon the coefficients describing charge transport (resistivity, magnetoresistance, and Hall effect) induced by electron scattering from disordered grain boundaries and from rough surfaces on metallic nanostructures; we review recent measurements of the magneto transport coefficients that elucidate the electron scattering mechanisms at work. We review as well theoretical developments regarding quantum transport theories that allow calculating the increase in resistivity induced by electron-rough surface scattering (in the absence of grain boundaries) from first principles—from the parameters that describe the surface roughness that can be measured with a Scanning Tunnelling Microscope (STM). We evaluate the predicting power of the quantum version of the Fuchs-Sondheimer theory and of the model proposed by Calecki, abandoning the method of parameter fitting used for decades, but comparing instead theoretical predictions with resistivity measured in thin films where surface roughness has also been measured with a STM, and where electron-grain boundary scattering can be neglected. We also review the theory of Mayadas and Shatzkes (MS) [Phys. Rev. B 1, 1382 (1970)] used for decades, and discuss its severe conceptual difficulties that arise out of the fact that: (i) MS employed plane waves to describe the electronic states within the metal sample having periodic grain boundaries, rather than the Bloch states known since the thirties to be the solutions of the Schrödinger equation describing electrons propagating through a Krönig-Penney [Proc. R. Soc. London Ser. A 130, 499 (1931)] periodic potential; (ii) MS ignored the fact that the wave functions describing electrons propagating through a 1-D disordered potential are expected to decay exponentially with increasing distance, a fact known since the work of Anderson [Phys. Rev. 109, 1492 (1958)] in 1958 for which he was awarded the Nobel Prize in

  19. The Singularity Expansion Method and Complex Singularities of Exterior Scalar and Vector Scattering in Acoustics and Electromagnetic Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-01-01

    22. Reed, M. and Simon, B., Methods of Mathematical Physics , Vol. 1, p. 201, Academic Press, N.Y., N.Y., 1972 - 36 - -3 U- 23. Schmidt, "Spectral and...states and poles of the scattering matrix for perturbations of -A, .J. Math. Anal. and Ap . 37, 467 (1972). 17. M. Reed and B. Sirmon (1972), Methods of Mathematical Physics , Academic

  20. The Progressive Development of Early Embodied Algebraic Thinking

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Radford, Luis

    2014-01-01

    In this article I present some results from a 5-year longitudinal investigation with young students about the genesis of embodied, non-symbolic algebraic thinking and its progressive transition to culturally evolved forms of symbolic thinking. The investigation draws on a cultural-historical theory of teaching and learning--the theory of…

  1. Algebraic connectivity and graph robustness.

    SciTech Connect

    Feddema, John Todd; Byrne, Raymond Harry; Abdallah, Chaouki T.

    2009-07-01

    Recent papers have used Fiedler's definition of algebraic connectivity to show that network robustness, as measured by node-connectivity and edge-connectivity, can be increased by increasing the algebraic connectivity of the network. By the definition of algebraic connectivity, the second smallest eigenvalue of the graph Laplacian is a lower bound on the node-connectivity. In this paper we show that for circular random lattice graphs and mesh graphs algebraic connectivity is a conservative lower bound, and that increases in algebraic connectivity actually correspond to a decrease in node-connectivity. This means that the networks are actually less robust with respect to node-connectivity as the algebraic connectivity increases. However, an increase in algebraic connectivity seems to correlate well with a decrease in the characteristic path length of these networks - which would result in quicker communication through the network. Applications of these results are then discussed for perimeter security.

  2. On Dunkl angular momenta algebra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Feigin, Misha; Hakobyan, Tigran

    2015-11-01

    We consider the quantum angular momentum generators, deformed by means of the Dunkl operators. Together with the reflection operators they generate a subalgebra in the rational Cherednik algebra associated with a finite real reflection group. We find all the defining relations of the algebra, which appear to be quadratic, and we show that the algebra is of Poincaré-Birkhoff-Witt (PBW) type. We show that this algebra contains the angular part of the Calogero-Moser Hamiltonian and that together with constants it generates the centre of the algebra. We also consider the gl( N ) version of the subalge-bra of the rational Cherednik algebra and show that it is a non-homogeneous quadratic algebra of PBW type as well. In this case the central generator can be identified with the usual Calogero-Moser Hamiltonian associated with the Coxeter group in the harmonic confinement.

  3. Conductivity tensor of graphene dominated by spin-orbit coupling scatterers: A comparison between the results from Kubo and Boltzmann transport theories.

    PubMed

    Liu, Zhe; Jiang, Liwei; Zheng, Yisong

    2016-03-31

    The diagonal and Hall conductivities of graphene arising from the spin-orbit coupling impurity scattering are theoretically studied. Based on the continuous model, i.e. the massless Dirac equation, we derive analytical expressions of the conductivity tensor from both the Kubo and Boltzmann transport theories. By performing numerical calculations, we find that the Kubo quantum transport result of the diagonal conductivity within the self-consistent Born approximation exhibits an insulating gap around the Dirac point. And in this gap a well-defined quantized spin Hall plateau occurs. This indicates the realization of the quantum spin Hall state of graphene driven by the spin-orbit coupling impurities. In contrast, the semi-classical Boltzmann theory fails to predict such a topological insulating phase. The Boltzmann diagonal conductivity is nonzero even in the insulating gap, in which the Boltzmann spin Hall conductivity does not exhibit any quantized plateau.

  4. The Method of Unitary Clothing Transformations in Relativistic Quantum Field Theory: Recent Applications for the Description of Nucleon-Nucleon Scattering and Deuteron Properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shebeko, A.

    2013-12-01

    The clothing procedure, put forward in quantum field theory by Greenberg and Schweber, is applied for the description of nucleon-nucleon ( N- N) scattering below the pion production threshold and deuteron properties. We consider pseudoscalar ( π and η), vector ( ρ and ω) and scalar ( δ and σ) meson fields interacting with N and ones via the Yukawa-type couplings to introduce trial interactions between "bare" particles. The subsequent unitary clothing transformations (UCTs) are found to express the total Hamiltonian through new interaction operators that refer to particles with physical (observable) properties, the so-called clothed particles. The corresponding analytic expressions in momentum space are compared with the separate meson contributions to the one-boson-exchange potentials in the meson theory of nuclear forces. We will also show a worked example where the UCTs method is used in the framework of a gauge-independent field-theoretical treatment of electromagnetic interactions of deuterons (bound systems).

  5. Conductivity tensor of graphene dominated by spin-orbit coupling scatterers: A comparison between the results from Kubo and Boltzmann transport theories

    PubMed Central

    Liu, Zhe; Jiang, Liwei; Zheng, Yisong

    2016-01-01

    The diagonal and Hall conductivities of graphene arising from the spin-orbit coupling impurity scattering are theoretically studied. Based on the continuous model, i.e. the massless Dirac equation, we derive analytical expressions of the conductivity tensor from both the Kubo and Boltzmann transport theories. By performing numerical calculations, we find that the Kubo quantum transport result of the diagonal conductivity within the self-consistent Born approximation exhibits an insulating gap around the Dirac point. And in this gap a well-defined quantized spin Hall plateau occurs. This indicates the realization of the quantum spin Hall state of graphene driven by the spin-orbit coupling impurities. In contrast, the semi-classical Boltzmann theory fails to predict such a topological insulating phase. The Boltzmann diagonal conductivity is nonzero even in the insulating gap, in which the Boltzmann spin Hall conductivity does not exhibit any quantized plateau. PMID:27029398

  6. Three-dimensional time and frequency-domain theory of femtosecond x-ray pulse generation through Thomson Scattering

    SciTech Connect

    Brown, W J; Hartemann, F V

    2004-01-27

    The generation of high intensity, ultra-short x-ray pulses enables exciting new experimental capabilities, such as femtosecond pump-probe experiments used to temporally resolve material structural dynamics on atomic time scales. Thomson backscattering of a high intensity laser pulse with a bright relativistic electron bunch is a promising method for producing such high brightness x-ray pulses in the 10-100 keV range within a compact facility. While a variety of methods for producing sub-picosecond x-ray bursts by Thomson scattering exist, including compression of the electron bunch to sub-picosecond bunch lengths and/or colliding a sub-picosecond laser pulse in a side-on geometry to minimize the interaction time, a promising alternative approach to achieving this goal while maintaining ultra-high brightness is the production of a time correlated (or chirped) x-ray pulse in conjunction with pulse slicing or compression. We present the results of a complete analysis of this process using a recently developed 3-D time and frequency-domain code for analyzing the spatial, temporal, and spectral properties an x-ray beam produced by relativistic Thomson scattering. Based on the relativistic differential cross section, this code has the capability to calculate time and space dependent spectra of the x-ray photons produced from linear Thomson scattering for both bandwidth-limited and chirped incident laser pulses. Spectral broadening of the scattered x-ray pulse resulting from the incident laser bandwidth, laser focus, and the transverse and longitudinal phase space of the electron beam were examined. Simulations of chirped x-ray pulse production using both a chirped electron beam and a chirped laser pulse are presented. Required electron beam and laser parameters are summarized by investigating the effects of beam emittance, energy spread, and laser bandwidth on the scattered x-ray spectrum. It is shown that sufficient temporal correlation in the scattered x-ray spectrum

  7. Quartic Poisson algebras and quartic associative algebras and realizations as deformed oscillator algebras

    SciTech Connect

    Marquette, Ian

    2013-07-15

    We introduce the most general quartic Poisson algebra generated by a second and a fourth order integral of motion of a 2D superintegrable classical system. We obtain the corresponding quartic (associative) algebra for the quantum analog, extend Daskaloyannis construction obtained in context of quadratic algebras, and also obtain the realizations as deformed oscillator algebras for this quartic algebra. We obtain the Casimir operator and discuss how these realizations allow to obtain the finite-dimensional unitary irreducible representations of quartic algebras and obtain algebraically the degenerate energy spectrum of superintegrable systems. We apply the construction and the formula obtained for the structure function on a superintegrable system related to type I Laguerre exceptional orthogonal polynomials introduced recently.

  8. One-parameter formal deformations of Hom-Lie-Yamaguti algebras

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ma, Yao; Chen, Liangyun; Lin, Jie

    2015-01-01

    This paper studies one-parameter formal deformations of Hom-Lie-Yamaguti algebras. The first, second, and third cohomology groups on Hom-Lie-Yamaguti algebras extending ones on Lie-Yamaguti algebras are provided. It is proved that first and second cohomology groups are suitable to the deformation theory involving infinitesimals, equivalent deformations, and rigidity. However, the third cohomology group is not suitable for the obstructions.

  9. Generalizing the Connes Moscovici Hopf algebra to contain all rooted trees

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Agarwala, Susama; Delaney, Colleen

    2015-04-01

    This paper defines a generalization of the Connes-Moscovici Hopf algebra, H ( 1 ) , that contains the entire Hopf algebra of rooted trees. A relationship between the former, a much studied object in non-commutative geometry, and the latter, a much studied object in perturbative quantum field theory, has been established by Connes and Kreimer. The results of this paper open the door to study the cohomology of the Hopf algebra of rooted trees.

  10. Generalizing the Connes Moscovici Hopf algebra to contain all rooted trees

    SciTech Connect

    Agarwala, Susama; Delaney, Colleen

    2015-04-15

    This paper defines a generalization of the Connes-Moscovici Hopf algebra, H(1), that contains the entire Hopf algebra of rooted trees. A relationship between the former, a much studied object in non-commutative geometry, and the latter, a much studied object in perturbative quantum field theory, has been established by Connes and Kreimer. The results of this paper open the door to study the cohomology of the Hopf algebra of rooted trees.

  11. Scattering of massless scalar waves by magnetically charged black holes in Einstein–Yang–Mills–Higgs theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gußmann, Alexander

    2017-03-01

    The existence of the classical black hole solutions of the Einstein–Yang–Mills–Higgs equations with non-Abelian Yang–Mills–Higgs hair implies that not all classical stationary magnetically charged black holes can be uniquely described by their asymptotic characteristics. In fact, in a certain domain of parameters, there exist different spherically-symmetric, non-rotating and asymptotically-flat classical black hole solutions of the Einstein–Yang–Mills–Higgs equations which have the same ADM mass and the same magnetic charge but significantly different geometries in the near-horizon regions. (These are black hole solutions which are described by a Reissner–Nordström metric on the one hand and the black hole solutions with non-Abelian Yang–Mills–Higgs hair which are described by a metric which is not of Reissner–Nordström form on the other hand). One can experimentally distinguish such black holes with the same asymptotic characteristics but different near-horizon geometries classically by probing the near-horizon regions of the black holes. We argue that one way to probe the near-horizon region of a black hole which allows one to distinguish magnetically charged black holes with the same asymptotic characteristics but different near-horizon geometries is by classical scattering of waves. Using the example of a minimally-coupled massless probe scalar field scattered by magnetically charged black holes which can be obtained as solutions of the Einstein–Yang–Mills–Higgs equations with a Higgs triplet and gauge group SU(2) in the limit of an infinite Higgs self-coupling constant we show how, in this case, the scattering cross sections differ for the magnetically charged black holes with different near-horizon geometries but the same asymptotic characteristics. We find in particular that the characteristic glory peaks in the cross sections are located at different scattering angles.

  12. Generalized Wideband Harmonic Imaging of Nonlinearly Loaded Scatterers: Theory, Analysis, and Application for Forward-Looking Radar Target Detection

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-09-01

    The concept of nonlinear radar has been explored within the radio-frequency identification ( RFID ) community: associated applications range from...Comput. Electron. Agr. 2002;35:151–169. 7 Nikitin PV, Rao KVS. Harmonic scattering from passive UHF RFID tags. Proc. IEEE Antennas and Propagat. Soc...Symp. 2009. 8 Vera GA, Duroc Y, Tedjini S. RFID test platform: Nonlinear characterization. IEEE Trans. Instrum. M. 2014. 9 Schuman HK. Time-domain

  13. Theory and Numerical Modeling of Low-Frequency Acoustic Scattering from Bubble Plumes Near the Sea Surface

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-12-18

    of very general shape. They allow the surface to have creases and corners, but restrict their attention to uniform homogeneous interiors. We, however...from an infinite homogeneous exterior that will be needed for scattering from a near-surface plume - namely, the presence of the air/sea boundary. 2.3...density 1.8 gm/cc critical angle 59.0 deg Fig. 17 - Eigenray multipaths and simulation parameters the eigenrays that undergo total reflection at the

  14. Super-BMS3 algebras from {N}=2 flat supergravities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lodato, Ivano; Merbis, Wout

    2016-11-01

    We consider two possible flat space limits of three dimensional {N}=(1, 1) AdS supergravity. They differ by how the supercharges are scaled with the AdS radius ℓ: the first limit (democratic) leads to the usual super-Poincaré theory, while a novel `twisted' theory of supergravity stems from the second (despotic) limit. We then propose boundary conditions such that the asymptotic symmetry algebras at null infinity correspond to supersymmetric extensions of the BMS algebras previously derived in connection to non- and ultra-relativistic limits of the {N}=(1, 1) Virasoro algebra in two dimensions. Finally, we study the supersymmetric energy bounds and find the explicit form of the asymptotic and global Killing spinors of supersymmetric solutions in both flat space supergravity theories.

  15. New infinite-dimensional algebras, sine brackets, and SU (infinity)

    SciTech Connect

    Zachos, C.K.; Fairlie, D.B.

    1989-01-01

    We investigate the infinite dimensional algebras we have previously introduced, which involve trigonometric functions in their structure constants. We find a realization for them which provides a basis-independent formulation, identified with the algebra of sine brackets. A special family of them, the cyclotomic ones, contain SU(N) as invariant subalgebras. In this basis, it is evident by inspection that the algebra of SU(infinity) is equivalent to the centerless algebra of SDiff/sub 0/ on two-dimensional manifolds. Gauge theories of SU(infinity) are thus simply reformulated in terms of surface (sheet) coordinates. Spacetime-independent configurations of their gauge fields describe strings through the quadratic Schild action. 11 refs.

  16. Algebraic Multigrid Benchmark

    SciTech Connect

    2013-05-06

    AMG2013 is a parallel algebraic multigrid solver for linear systems arising from problems on unstructured grids. It has been derived directly from the Boomer AMG solver in the hypre library, a large linear solvers library that is being developed in the Center for Applied Scientific Computing (CASC) at LLNL. The driver provided in the benchmark can build various test problems. The default problem is a Laplace type problem on an unstructured domain with various jumps and an anisotropy in one part.

  17. Algebra of Majorana doubling.

    PubMed

    Lee, Jaehoon; Wilczek, Frank

    2013-11-27

    Motivated by the problem of identifying Majorana mode operators at junctions, we analyze a basic algebraic structure leading to a doubled spectrum. For general (nonlinear) interactions the emergent mode creation operator is highly nonlinear in the original effective mode operators, and therefore also in the underlying electron creation and destruction operators. This phenomenon could open up new possibilities for controlled dynamical manipulation of the modes. We briefly compare and contrast related issues in the Pfaffian quantum Hall state.

  18. The Algebra Artist

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Beigie, Darin

    2014-01-01

    Most people who are attracted to STEM-related fields are drawn not by a desire to take mathematics tests but to create things. The opportunity to create an algebra drawing gives students a sense of ownership and adventure that taps into the same sort of energy that leads a young person to get lost in reading a good book, building with Legos®,…

  19. Dynamics of gelling liquids: algebraic relaxation.

    PubMed

    Srivastava, Sunita; Kumar, C N; Tankeshwar, K

    2009-08-19

    The sol-gel system which is known, experimentally, to exhibit a power law decay of stress autocorrelation function has been studied theoretically. A second-order nonlinear differential equation obtained from Mori's integro-differential equation is derived which provides the algebraic decay of a time correlation function. Involved parameters in the expression obtained are related to exact properties of the corresponding correlation function. The algebraic model has been applied to Lennard-Jones and sol-gel systems. The model shows the behaviour of viscosity as has been observed in computer simulation and theoretical studies. The expression obtained for the viscosity predicts a logarithmic divergence at a critical value of the parameter in agreement with the prediction of other theories.

  20. Duncan F. Gregory, William Walton and the development of British algebra: 'algebraical geometry', 'geometrical algebra', abstraction.

    PubMed

    Verburgt, Lukas M

    2016-01-01

    This paper provides a detailed account of the period of the complex history of British algebra and geometry between the publication of George Peacock's Treatise on Algebra in 1830 and William Rowan Hamilton's paper on quaternions of 1843. During these years, Duncan Farquharson Gregory and William Walton published several contributions on 'algebraical geometry' and 'geometrical algebra' in the Cambridge Mathematical Journal. These contributions enabled them not only to generalize Peacock's symbolical algebra on the basis of geometrical considerations, but also to initiate the attempts to question the status of Euclidean space as the arbiter of valid geometrical interpretations. At the same time, Gregory and Walton were bound by the limits of symbolical algebra that they themselves made explicit; their work was not and could not be the 'abstract algebra' and 'abstract geometry' of figures such as Hamilton and Cayley. The central argument of the paper is that an understanding of the contributions to 'algebraical geometry' and 'geometrical algebra' of the second generation of 'scientific' symbolical algebraists is essential for a satisfactory explanation of the radical transition from symbolical to abstract algebra that took place in British mathematics in the 1830s-1840s.